Escolar Documentos
Profissional Documentos
Cultura Documentos
E E
E E
Which of the following statements is false Ã’ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ, ß‚ ∑§áÊ ∑§ ◊Í‹Á’¥ŒÈ
→ →
for the angular momentum L about the ∑§ ÁªŒ¸ ∑§ÊáÊËÿ •ÊÉÊÍáʸ L ∑§ Á‹ÿ, ª‹Ã „Ò?
origin ?
→ mv ∧ → mv ∧
(1) L =− R k when the particle is (1) L =− R k, ¡’ ∑§áÊ A ‚ B ∑§Ë
2 2
moving from A to B. •Ê⁄U ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò–
→ R ∧ → R ∧
(2) L = mv − a k when the (2) L = mv − a k , ¡’ ∑§áÊ C ‚
2 2
particle is moving from C to D. D ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò–
→ R ∧ → R ∧
(3) L = mv + a k when the (3) L = mv + a k , ¡’ ∑§áÊ B ‚
2 2
particle is moving from B to C. C ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò–
→ mv ∧ → mv ∧
(4) L = R k when the particle is (4) L = R k , ¡’ ∑§áÊ D ‚ A ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U
2 2
moving from D to A. ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò–
E/Page 2 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
3. A point particle of mass m, moves along 3. ‘m’ Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ ∑§áÊ ∞∑§ πÈ⁄UŒ⁄U ¬Õ PQR
the uniformly rough track PQR as shown (ÁøòÊ ŒÁπÿ) ¬⁄U ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò– ∑§áÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬Õ ∑§ ’Ëø
in the figure. The coefficient of friction, ÉÊ·¸áÊ ªÈáÊÊ¥∑§ µ „Ò– ∑§áÊ P ‚ ¿UÊ«∏ ¡ÊŸ ∑§ ’ÊŒ R ¬⁄U
between the particle and the rough track ¬„È°ø ∑§⁄U L§∑§ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ¬Õ ∑§ ÷ʪ PQ •ÊÒ⁄U QR ¬⁄U
equals µ. The particle is released, from rest, ø‹Ÿ ◊¥ ∑§áÊ mÊ⁄UÊ πø¸ ∑§Ë ªß¸ ™§¡Ê¸∞° ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò¥–
from the point P and it comes to rest at a PQ ‚ QR ¬⁄U „ÊŸ flÊ‹ ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ’Œ‹Êfl ◊¥ ∑§Ê߸ ™§¡Ê¸
point R. The energies, lost by the ball, over πø¸ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊÃË–
the parts, PQ and QR, of the track, are Ã’ µ •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÍ⁄UË x(=QR) ∑§ ◊ÊŸ ‹ª÷ª „Ò¥ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— —
equal to each other, and no energy is lost
when particle changes direction from PQ
to QR.
E/Page 3 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
4. A person trying to lose weight by burning 4. ∞∑§ ÷Ê⁄UÊûÊÊ‹∑§ ÷Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ¬„‹ ™§¬⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U Á»§⁄U ŸËø
fat lifts a mass of 10 kg upto a height of Ã∑§ ‹ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÿ„ ◊ÊŸÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ Á‚»¸§ ÷Ê⁄U ∑§Ê
1 m 1000 times. Assume that the potential ™§¬⁄U ‹ ¡ÊŸ ◊¥ ∑§Êÿ¸ „ÊÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ŸËø ‹ÊŸ ◊¥ ÁSÕÁá
energy lost each time he lowers the mass ™§¡Ê¸ ∑§Ê OÊ‚ „ÊÃÊ „Ò– ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ∑§Ë fl‚Ê ™§¡Ê¸ ŒÃË „Ò ¡Ê
is dissipated. How much fat will he use ÿÊ¥ÁòÊ∑§Ëÿ ™§¡Ê¸ ◊¥ ’Œ‹ÃË „Ò– ◊ÊŸ ‹¥ Á∑§ fl‚Ê mÊ⁄UÊ
up considering the work done only when ŒË ªß¸ ™§¡Ê¸ 3.8×107 J ¬˝Áà kg ÷Ê⁄U „Ò, ÃÕÊ ß‚∑§Ê
the weight is lifted up ? Fat supplies ◊ÊòÊ 20% ÿÊ¥ÁòÊ∑§Ëÿ ™§¡Ê¸ ◊¥ ’Œ‹ÃÊ „Ò– •’ ÿÁŒ
3.8×10 7 J of energy per kg which is ∞∑§ ÷Ê⁄UÊûÊÊ‹∑§ 10 kg ∑§ ÷Ê⁄U ∑§Ê 1000 ’Ê⁄U 1 m
converted to mechanical energy with a ∑§Ë ™°§øÊ߸ Ã∑§ ™§¬⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U ŸËø ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò Ã’ ©‚∑§
20% efficiency rate. Take g=9.8 ms−2 : ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ‚ fl‚Ê ∑§Ê ˇÊÿ „Ò — (g=9.8 ms−2 ‹¥)
(1) 2.45×10−3 kg (1) 2.45×10−3 kg
(2) 6.45×10−3 kg (2) 6.45×10−3 kg
(3) 9.89×10−3 kg (3) 9.89×10−3 kg
(4) 12.89×10−3 kg (4) 12.89×10−3 kg
5. A roller is made by joining together two 5. ŒÊ ‡Ê¥∑ȧ ∑§Ê ©Ÿ∑§ ‡ÊË·¸ O ¬⁄U ¡Ê«∏∑§⁄U ∞∑§ ⁄UÊ‹⁄U
cones at their vertices O. It is kept on two ’ŸÊÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ©‚ AB fl CD ⁄U‹ ¬⁄U •‚◊Á◊Ã
rails AB and CD which are placed ⁄UπÊ ªÿÊ „Ò (ÁøòÊ ŒÁπÿ)– ⁄UÊ‹⁄U ∑§Ê •ˇÊ CD ‚
asymmetrically (see figure), with its axis ‹ê’flà „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U O ŒÊŸÊ¥ ⁄U‹ ∑§ ’ËøÊ’Ëø „Ò– „À∑§ ‚
perpendicular to CD and its centre O at œ∑§‹Ÿ ¬⁄U ⁄UÊ‹⁄U ⁄U‹ ¬⁄U ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ‹È…∏∑§ŸÊ •Ê⁄Uê÷
the centre of line joining AB and CD (see ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ O ∑§Ê øÊ‹Ÿ CD ∑§ ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U „Ò (ÁøòÊ
figure). It is given a light push so that it ŒÁπÿ)– øÊÁ‹Ã „Ê ¡ÊŸ ∑§ ’ÊŒ ÿ„ ⁄UÊ‹⁄U —
starts rolling with its centre O moving
parallel to CD in the direction shown. As
it moves, the roller will tend to :
E E
E E
6. A satellite is revolving in a circular orbit at 6. ¬ÎâflË ∑§Ë ‚Ä ‚ ‘h’ ™°§øÊ߸ ¬⁄U ∞∑§ ©¬ª˝„ flÎûÊÊ∑§Ê⁄U
a height ‘h’ from the earth’s surface (radius ¬Õ ¬⁄U øÄ∑§⁄U ∑§Ê≈U ⁄U„Ê „Ò (¬ÎâflË ∑§Ë ÁòÊíÿÊ R ÃÕÊ
of earth R ; h<<R). The minimum increase h<<R)– ¬ÎâflË ∑§ ªÈL§àfl ˇÊòÊ ‚ ¬‹ÊÿŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§
in its orbital velocity required, so that the Á‹ÿ ß‚∑§Ë ∑§ˇÊËÿ ªÁà ◊¥ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ’Œ‹Êfl
satellite could escape from the earth’s „Ò — (flÊÿÈ◊¥«U‹Ëÿ ¬˝÷Êfl ∑§Ê Ÿªáÿ ‹ËÁ¡∞–)
gravitational field, is close to : (Neglect
the effect of atmosphere.)
(1) 2 gR (1) 2 gR
(2) gR (2) gR
(3) gR / 2 (3) gR / 2
(4) gR ( 2 −1 ) (4) gR ( 2 −1 )
7. A pendulum clock loses 12 s a day if the 7. ∞∑§ ¬ãU«ÈU‹◊ ÉÊ«∏Ë 408C Ãʬ◊ÊŸ ¬⁄U 12 s ¬˝ÁÃÁŒŸ
temperature is 408C and gains 4 s a day if œË◊Ë „Ê ¡ÊÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ 208C Ãʬ◊ÊŸ ¬⁄U 4 s ¬˝ÁÃÁŒŸ
the temperature is 208C. The temperature Ã$¡ „Ê ¡ÊÃË „Ò– Ãʬ◊ÊŸ Á¡‚ ¬⁄U ÿ„ ‚„Ë ‚◊ÿ
at which the clock will show correct time, Œ‡ÊʸÿªË ÃÕÊ ¬ãU«ÈU‹◊ ∑§Ë œÊÃÈ ∑§Ê ⁄UπËÿ-¬˝‚Ê⁄U ªÈáÊÊ¥∑§
and the co-efficient of linear expansion (α) ∑˝§◊‡Ê— „Ò¥ —
(α) of the metal of the pendulum shaft are
respectively :
E/Page 5 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
8. An ideal gas undergoes a quasi static, 8. ∞∑§ •ÊŒ‡Ê¸ ªÒ‚ ©à∑˝§◊áÊËÿ SÕÒÁÃ∑§-∑§À¬ ¬˝∑˝§◊ ‚
reversible process in which its molar heat ªÈ$¡⁄UÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ ©‚∑§Ë ◊Ê‹⁄U-™§c◊Ê-œÊÁ⁄UÃÊ C ÁSÕ⁄U
capacity C remains constant. If during this ⁄U„ÃË „Ò– ÿÁŒ ß‚ ¬˝∑˝§◊ ◊¥ ©‚∑§ ŒÊ’ P fl •Êÿß
process the relation of pressure P and V ∑§ ’Ëø ‚¥’¥œ PVn=constant „Ò– (CP ÃÕÊ
volume V is given by PVn=constant, then CV ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ÁSÕ⁄U ŒÊ’ fl ÁSÕ⁄U •Êÿß ¬⁄U ™§c◊Ê-
n is given by (Here CP and CV are molar œÊÁ⁄UÃÊ „Ò) Ã’ ‘n’ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ „Ò —
specific heat at constant pressure and
constant volume, respectively) :
CP CP
(1) n= (1) n=
CV CV
C − CP C − CP
(2) n= (2) n=
C − CV C − CV
CP − C CP − C
(3) n= (3) n=
C − CV C − CV
C − CV C − CV
(4) n= (4) n=
C − CP C − CP
9. ‘n’ moles of an ideal gas undergoes a 9. ‘n’ ◊Ê‹ •ÊŒ‡Ê¸ ªÒ‚ ∞∑§ ¬˝∑˝§◊ A→B ‚ ªÈ$¡⁄UÃË „Ò
process A→B as shown in the figure. The (ÁøòÊ ŒÁπÿ)– ß‚ ¬˝∑˝§◊ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ©‚∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ã◊
maximum temperature of the gas during Ãʬ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
the process will be :
9 P0 V0 9 P0 V0
(1) (1)
4 nR 4 nR
3 P0 V0 3 P0 V0
(2) (2)
2 nR 2 nR
9 P0 V0 9 P0 V0
(3) (3)
2 nR 2 nR
9 P0 V0 9 P0 V0
(4) (4)
nR nR
E/Page 6 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
10. A particle performs simple harmonic 10. ∞∑§ ∑§áÊ ‘A’ •ÊÿÊ◊ ‚ ‚⁄U‹-•Êflø ŒÊ‹Ÿ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„Ê
2A
motion with amplitude A. Its speed is „Ò– ¡’ ÿ„ •¬Ÿ ◊Í‹-SÕÊŸ ‚ ¬⁄U ¬„È°øÃÊ „Ò
3
trebled at the instant that it is at a distance Ã’ •øÊŸ∑§ ß‚∑§Ë ªÁà ÁÃªÈŸË ∑§⁄U ŒË ¡ÊÃË „Ò– Ã’
2A
3
from equilibrium position. The new ß‚∑§Ê ŸÿÊ •ÊÿÊ◊ „Ò —
amplitude of the motion is :
A A
(1) 41 (1) 41
3 3
(2) 3A (2) 3A
(3) A 3 (3) A 3
7A 7A
(4) (4)
3 3
11. A uniform string of length 20 m is 11. 20 m ‹ê’Ê߸ ∑§Ë ∞∑§‚◊ÊŸ «UÊ⁄UË ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ŒÎ…∏ •ÊœÊ⁄U
suspended from a rigid support. A short ‚ ‹≈U∑§ÊÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò– ß‚∑§ ÁŸø‹ Á‚⁄U ‚ ∞∑§ ‚͡◊
wave pulse is introduced at its lowest end. Ã⁄¥Uª-S¬¥Œ øÊÁ‹Ã „ÊÃÊ „Ò– ™§¬⁄U •ÊœÊ⁄U Ã∑§ ¬„È°øŸ
It starts moving up the string. The time ◊¥ ‹ªŸ flÊ‹Ê ‚◊ÿ „Ò —
taken to reach the support is : (g = 10 ms−2 ‹¥)
(take g = 10 ms−2)
(1) 2π 2 s (1) 2π 2 s
(2) 2s (2) 2s
(3) 2 2 s (3) 2 2 s
(4) 2 s (4) 2 s
E/Page 7 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
12. The region between two concentric spheres 12. ÁòÊíÿÊ ‘a’ ÃÕÊ ‘b’ ∑§ ŒÊ ∞∑§-∑§ãŒ˝Ë ªÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§ (ÁøòÊ
of radii ‘a’ and ‘b’, respectively (see figure), ŒÁπÿ) ’Ëø ∑§ SÕÊŸ ◊¥ •Êÿß •Êfl‡Ê-ÉÊŸàfl
A A
has volume charge density ρ = , where
r
ρ=
r
„Ò, ¡„Ê° A ÁSÕ⁄UÊ¥∑§ „Ò ÃÕÊ r ∑§ãŒ˝ ‚ ŒÍ⁄UË „Ò–
A is a constant and r is the distance from ªÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝ ¬⁄U ∞∑§ Á’ãŒÈ-•Êfl‡Ê Q „Ò– ‘A’ ∑§Ê
the centre. At the centre of the spheres is fl„ ◊ÊŸ ’ÃÊÿ¥ Á¡‚‚ ªÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§ SÕÊŸ ◊¥
a point charge Q. The value of A such ∞∑§‚◊ÊŸ flÒlÈÃ-ˇÊòÊ „Ê —
that the electric field in the region between
the spheres will be constant, is :
Q Q
(1) (1)
2
2π a 2π a2
Q Q
(2) (2)
(
2π b − a 2 2
) (
2π b − a 2 2
)
2Q 2Q
(3) (3)
(
π a −b 2 2
) (
π a − b2 2
)
2Q 2Q
(4) (4)
π a2 π a2
E/Page 8 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
13. A combination of capacitors is set up as 13. ‚¥œÊÁ⁄UòÊÊ¥ ‚ ’Ÿ ∞∑§ ¬Á⁄U¬Õ ∑§Ê ÁøòÊ ◊¥ ÁŒπÊÿÊ ªÿÊ
shown in the figure. The magnitude of „Ò– ∞∑§ Á’ãŒÈ-•Êfl‡Ê Q (Á¡‚∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ 4 µF ÃÕÊ
the electric field, due to a point charge Q 9 µF flÊ‹ ‚¥œÊÁ⁄UòÊÊ¥ ∑§ ∑ȧ‹ •Êfl‡ÊÊ¥ ∑§ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò)
(having a charge equal to the sum of the ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ 30 m ŒÍ⁄UË ¬⁄U flÒlÈÃ-ˇÊòÊ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄U◊ÊáÊ „ÊªÊ —
charges on the 4 µF and 9 µF capacitors),
at a point distant 30 m from it, would
equal :
14. The temperature dependence of resistances 14. ÃÊ°’Ê ÃÕÊ •◊ÊÁŒÃ (undoped) Á‚Á‹∑§ÊŸ ∑§
of Cu and undoped Si in the temperature ¬˝ÁÃ⁄Uʜʥ ∑§Ë ©Ÿ∑§ Ãʬ◊ÊŸ ¬⁄U ÁŸ÷¸⁄UÃÊ, 300-400 K
range 300-400 K, is best described by : Ãʬ◊ÊŸ •¥Ã⁄UÊ‹ ◊¥, ∑§ Á‹ÿ ‚„Ë ∑§ÕŸ „Ò —
(1) Linear increase for Cu, linear (1) ÃÊ°’Ê ∑§ Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ’…∏Êfl ÃÕÊ Á‚Á‹∑§ÊŸ ∑§
increase for Si. Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ’…∏Êfl–
(2) Linear increase for Cu, exponential (2) ÃÊ°’Ê ∑§ Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ’…∏Êfl ÃÕÊ Á‚Á‹∑§ÊŸ ∑§
increase for Si. Á‹ÿ ø⁄UUÉÊÊÃÊ¥∑§Ë ’…∏Êfl–
(3) Linear increase for Cu, exponential (3) ÃÊ°’Ê ∑§ Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ’…∏Êfl ÃÕÊ Á‚Á‹∑§ÊŸ ∑§
decrease for Si. Á‹ÿ ø⁄UUÉÊÊÃÊ¥∑§Ë ÉÊ≈UÊfl–
(4) Linear decrease for Cu, linear (4) ÃÊ°’Ê ∑§ Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ÉÊ≈UÊfl ÃÕÊ Á‚Á‹∑§ÊŸ ∑§
decrease for Si. Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ÉÊ≈UÊfl–
E/Page 9 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
15. Two identical wires A and B, each of length 15. ŒÊ ∞∑§‚◊ÊŸ ÃÊ⁄U A fl B ¬˝àÿ∑§ ∑§Ë ‹ê’Ê߸ ‘l’, ◊¥
‘l’, carry the same current I. Wire A is bent ‚◊ÊŸ œÊ⁄UÊ I ¬˝flÊÁ„à „Ò– A ∑§Ê ◊Ê«∏∑§⁄U R ÁòÊíÿÊ ∑§Ê
into a circle of radius R and wire B is bent ∞∑§ flÎûÊ •ÊÒ⁄U B ∑§Ê ◊Ê«∏∑§⁄U ÷È¡Ê ‘a’ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ flª¸
to form a square of side ‘a’. If BA and BB ’ŸÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ BA ÃÕÊ BB ∑˝§◊‡Ê— flÎûÊ ∑§
are the values of magnetic field at the ∑§ãŒ˝ ÃÕÊ flª¸ ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝ ¬⁄U øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ˇÊòÊ „Ò¥,
centres of the circle and square Ã’ •ŸÈ¬Êà BA „ÊªÊ —
BB
respectively, then the ratio BA is :
BB
2
(1) π (1) π2
8 8
(2) π2 (2) π2
16 2 16 2
(3) π2 (3) π2
16 16
(4) π2 (4) π2
8 2 8 2
16. Hysteresis loops for two magnetic materials 16. ŒÊ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ¬ŒÊÕ¸ A ÃÕÊ B ∑§ Á‹ÿ Á„S≈⁄UÁ‚‚-
A and B are given below : ‹Í¬ ŸËø ÁŒπÊÿ ªÿ „Ò¥ —
These materials are used to make magnets ߟ ¬ŒÊÕÊZ ∑§Ê øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ©¬ÿʪ ÁfllÈÃ-¡Ÿ⁄U≈U⁄U ∑§
for electric generators, transformer core øÈê’∑§, ≈˛UÊã‚»§ÊÚ◊¸⁄U ∑§Ë ∑˝§Ê«U ∞fl¥ ÁfllÈÃ-øÈê’∑§ ∑§Ë
and electromagnet core. Then it is proper ∑˝§Ê«U •ÊÁŒ ∑§ ’ŸÊŸ ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– Ã’ ÿ„ ©ÁøÃ
to use : „Ò Á∑§ —
(1) A for electric generators and (1) A ∑§Ê ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ÁfllÈÃ-¡Ÿ⁄U≈U⁄U ÃÕÊ ≈˛UÊã‚»§ÊÚ◊¸⁄U
transformers. ŒÊŸÊ¥ ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞–
(2) A for electromagnets and B for (2) A ∑§Ê ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ÁfllÈÃ-øÈê’∑§ ◊¥ ÃÕÊ B ∑§Ê
electric generators. ÁfllÈÃ-¡Ÿ⁄U≈U⁄U ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞–
(3) A for transformers and B for electric (3) A ∑§Ê ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ≈˛UÊã‚»§ÊÚ◊¸⁄U ◊¥ ÃÕÊ B ∑§Ê
generators. ÁfllÈÃ-¡Ÿ⁄U≈U⁄U ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞–
(4) B for electromagnets and (4) B ∑§Ê ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ÁfllÈÃ-øÈê’∑§ ÃÕÊ ≈˛UÊã‚»§ÊÚ◊¸⁄U
transformers. ŒÊŸÊ¥ ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞–
E/Page 10 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
17. An arc lamp requires a direct current of 17. ∞∑§ •Ê∑¸§ ‹Òê¬ ∑§Ê ¬˝∑§ÊÁ‡Êà ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ 80 V ¬⁄U
10 A at 80 V to function. If it is connected 10 A ∑§Ë ÁŒc≈U œÊ⁄UÊ (DC) ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË „Ò–
to a 220 V (rms), 50 Hz AC supply, the ©‚Ë •Ê∑¸§ ∑§Ê 220 V (rms) 50 Hz ¬˝àÿÊflÃ˸ œÊ⁄UÊ
series inductor needed for it to work is (AC) ‚ ø‹ÊŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ üÊáÊË ◊¥ ‹ªŸ flÊ‹ ¬˝⁄U∑§àfl
close to : ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
(1) 80 H (1) 80 H
18. Arrange the following electromagnetic 18. ÁŸêŸ ¬˝Áà ÄflÊ¥≈U◊ flÒlÈÃ-øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ÁflÁ∑§⁄UáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©Ÿ∑§Ë
radiations per quantum in the order of ™§¡Ê¸ ∑§ ’…∏à „È∞ ∑˝§◊ ◊¥ ‹ªÊÿ¥ —
increasing energy :
(2) A, B, D, C (2) A, B, D, C
(3) C, A, B, D (3) C, A, B, D
(4) B, A, D, C (4) B, A, D, C
19. An observer looks at a distant tree of 19. ŒÍ⁄U ÁSÕà 10 m ™°§ø ¬«∏ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ 20 •Êflœ¸Ÿ ˇÊ◊ÃÊ
height 10 m with a telescope of magnifying flÊ‹ ≈UÁ‹S∑§Ê¬ ‚ ŒπŸ ¬⁄U ÄÿÊ ◊„‚Í‚ „ʪÊ?
power of 20. To the observer the tree
appears :
E E
E E
20. The box of a pin hole camera, of length L, 20. ∞∑§ Á¬Ÿ-„Ê‹ ∑Ò§◊⁄UÊ ∑§Ë ÀÊê’Ê߸ ‘L’ „Ò ÃÕÊ Á¿UŒ˝ ∑§Ë
has a hole of radius a. It is assumed that ÁòÊíÿÊ a „Ò– ©‚ ¬⁄U λ Ã⁄¥UªŒÒÉÿ¸ ∑§Ê ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê
when the hole is illuminated by a parallel •Ê¬ÁÃà „Ò– Á¿UŒ˝ ∑§ ‚Ê◊Ÿ flÊ‹Ë ‚Ä ¬⁄U ’Ÿ S¬ÊÚ≈U
beam of light of wavelength λ the spread ∑§Ê ÁflSÃÊ⁄U Á¿UŒ˝ ∑§ íÿÊÁ◊ÃËÿ •Ê∑§Ê⁄U ÃÕÊ ÁflfløŸ
of the spot (obtained on the opposite wall ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ „È∞ ÁflSÃÊ⁄U ∑§Ê ∑ȧ‹ ÿʪ „Ò– ß‚ S¬ÊÚ≈U ∑§Ê
of the camera) is the sum of its geometrical ãÿÍŸÃ◊ •Ê∑§Ê⁄U bmin Ã’ „ÊªÊ ¡’ —
spread and the spread due to diffraction.
The spot would then have its minimum
size (say bmin) when :
λ2 2λ 2 λ2 2λ 2
(1) a= and bmin= L (1) a= ÃÕÊ bmin= L
L L
2λ 2 2λ 2
(2) a = λ L and bmin= L (2) a = λL ÃÕÊ bmin= L
λ2 λ2
(4) a= and bmin= 4λ L (4) a= ÃÕÊ bmin= 4λ L
L L
21. Radiation of wavelength λ, is incident on 21. ∞∑§ »§Ê≈UÊ-‚‹ ¬⁄U λ Ã⁄¥UªŒÒÉÿ¸ ∑§Ê ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê •Ê¬ÁÃÃ
a photocell. The fastest emitted electron „Ò– ©à‚Á¡¸Ã ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ ∑§Ë •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ªÁà ‘v’ „Ò–
has speed v. If the wavelength is changed 3λ
ÿÁŒ Ã⁄¥UªŒÒÉÿ¸ 4 „Ê Ã’ ©à‚Á¡¸Ã ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ ∑§Ë
3λ
to , the speed of the fastest emitted •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ªÁà „ÊªË —
4
electron will be :
1 1
4 4
(1) > v 2 (1) > v 2
3 3
1 1
4 4
(2) < v 2 (2) < v 2
3 3
1 1
4 4
(3) = v 2 (3) = v 2
3 3
1 1
3 3
(4) = v 2 (4) = v 2
4 4
E/Page 12 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
22. Half-lives of two radioactive elements 22. ŒÊ ⁄UÁ«UÿÊœ◊˸ Ãàfl A ÃÕÊ B ∑§Ë •h¸•ÊÿÈ ∑˝§◊‡Ê—
A and B are 20 minutes and 40 minutes, 20 min ÃÕÊ 40 min „Ò¥– ¬˝Ê⁄¥U÷ ◊¥ ŒÊŸÊ¥ ∑§ Ÿ◊ÍŸÊ¥ ◊¥
respectively. Initially, the samples have ŸÊÁ÷∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò– 80 min ∑§ ©¬⁄UÊ¥Ã
equal number of nuclei. After 80 minutes, A ÃÕÊ B ∑§ ˇÊÿ „È∞ ŸÊÁ÷∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ∑§Ê •ŸÈ¬ÊÃ
the ratio of decayed numbers of A and B „ÊªÊ —
nuclei will be :
(1) 1 : 16 (1) 1 : 16
23. If a, b, c, d are inputs to a gate and x is its 23. ∞∑§ ª≈U ◊¥ a, b, c, d ߟ¬È≈U „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U x •Ê™§≈U¬È≈U „Ò–
output, then, as per the following time Ã’ ÁŒÿ ªÿ ≈UÊß◊-ª˝Ê»§ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ª≈U „Ò —
graph, the gate is :
(3) OR (3) OR
E/Page 13 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
E/Page 14 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
26. A pipe open at both ends has a 26. ŒÊŸÊ¥ Á‚⁄UÊ¥ ¬⁄U πÈ‹ ∞∑§ ¬Ê߬ ∑§Ë flÊÿÈ ◊¥
fundamental frequency f in air. The pipe ◊Í‹-•ÊflÎÁûÊ ‘f ’ „Ò– ¬Ê߬ ∑§Ê ™§äflʸœ⁄U ©‚∑§Ë
is dipped vertically in water so that half of •ÊœË-‹ê’Ê߸ Ã∑§ ¬ÊŸË ◊¥ «ÈU’ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– Ã’ ß‚◊¥
it is in water. The fundamental frequency ’ø flÊÿÈ-∑§Ê‹◊ ∑§Ë ◊Í‹ •ÊflÎÁûÊ „ÊªË —
of the air column is now :
f f
(1) (1)
2 2
3f 3f
(2) (2)
4 4
(3) 2f (3) 2f
(4) f (4) f
27. A galvanometer having a coil resistance 27. ∞∑§ ªÒÀflŸÊ◊Ë≈U⁄U ∑§ ∑§Êß‹ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ 100 Ω „Ò–
of 100 Ω gives a full scale deflection, when 1 mA œÊ⁄UÊ ¬˝flÊÁ„à ∑§⁄UŸ ¬⁄U ß‚◊¥ »È§‹-S∑§‹ ÁflˇÊ¬
a current of 1 mA is passed through it. Á◊‹ÃÊ „Ò– ß‚ ªÒÀflŸÊ◊Ë≈U⁄U ∑§Ê 10 A ∑§ ∞◊Ë≈U⁄U ◊¥
The value of the resistance, which can ’Œ‹Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ¡Ê ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ ‹ªÊŸÊ „ÊªÊ fl„ „Ò —
convert this galvanometer into ammeter
giving a full scale deflection for a current
of 10 A, is :
(1) 0.01 Ω (1) 0.01 Ω
(2) 2Ω (2) 2Ω
(3) 0.1 Ω (3) 0.1 Ω
(4) 3Ω (4) 3Ω
28. In an experiment for determination of 28. ∞∑§ ¬˝ÿʪ ∑§⁄U∑§ ÃÕÊ i− δ ª˝Ê»§ ’ŸÊ∑§⁄U ∞∑§ ∑§Ê°ø
refractive index of glass of a prism by ‚ ’Ÿ Á¬˝ï◊ ∑§Ê •¬fløŸÊ¥∑§ ÁŸ∑§Ê‹Ê ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ¡’
i− δ, plot, it was found that a ray incident ∞∑§ Á∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê 358 ¬⁄U •Ê¬ÁÃà ∑§⁄UŸ ¬⁄U fl„ 408 ‚
at angle 358, suffers a deviation of 408 and ÁfløÁ‹Ã „ÊÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ ÿ„ 798 ¬⁄U ÁŸª¸◊ „ÊÃË „Ò– ß‚
that it emerges at angle 798⋅ Ιn that case ÁSÕÁà ◊¥ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ‚Ê ◊ÊŸ •¬fløŸÊ¥∑§ ∑§
which of the following is closest to the •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ◊ÊŸ ∑§ ‚’‚ ¬Ê‚ „Ò?
maximum possible value of the refractive
index ?
(1) 1.5 (1) 1.5
(2) 1.6 (2) 1.6
(3) 1.7 (3) 1.7
(4) 1.8 (4) 1.8
E/Page 15 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
29. Identify the semiconductor devices whose 29. ÁøòÊ (a), (b), (c), (d) Œπ∑§⁄U ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄Uà ∑§⁄¥U Á∑§ ÿ
characteristics are given below, in the ÁøòÊ ∑˝ § ◊‡Ê— Á∑§Ÿ ‚ ◊ Ë∑§ã«U Ä ≈U ⁄ U Á«U fl Ê߸ ‚ ∑ §
order (a), (b), (c), (d) : •Á÷‹ˇÊÁáÊ∑§ ª˝Ê»§ „Ò¥?
(1) Simple diode, Zener diode, Solar cell, (1) ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ «UÊÿÊ«U, ¡ËŸ⁄U «UÊÿÊ«, ‚Ê‹⁄U ‚‹,
Light dependent resistance LDR (‹Ê߸≈U Á«U¬ã«Uã≈U ⁄UÁ¡S≈Uã‚)
(2) Zener diode, Simple diode, Light (2) ¡ËŸ⁄U «UÊÿÊ«U, ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ «UÊÿÊ«U, LDR (‹Ê߸≈U
dependent resistance, Solar cell Á«U¬ã«Uã≈U ⁄UÁ¡S≈Uã‚), ‚Ê‹⁄U ‚‹
(3) Solar cell, Light dependent (3) ‚Ê‹⁄U ‚‹, LDR (‹Ê߸≈U Á«U¬ã «Uã≈U ⁄UÁ¡S≈Uã‚),
resistance, Zener diode, Simple ¡ËŸ⁄U «UÊÿÊ«U, ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ «UÊÿÊ«U
diode
(4) Zener diode, Solar cell, Simple diode, (4) ¡ËŸ⁄U «UÊÿÊ«U, ‚Ê‹⁄U ‚‹, ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ «UÊÿÊ«U,
Light dependent resistance LDR (‹Ê߸≈U Á«U¬ã«Uã≈U ⁄UÁ¡S≈Uã‚)
30. For a common emitter configuration, if 30. ©÷ÿÁŸc∆U-©à‚¡¸∑§ ÁflãÿÊ‚ ∑§ Á‹ÿ α ÃÕÊ β ∑§
α and β have their usual meanings, the ’Ëø ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ‚Ê ‚¥’¥œ ª‹Ã „Ò? α ÃÕÊ β
incorrect relationship between α and β Áøq ‚Ê◊Êãÿ ◊Ë’ flÊ‹ „Ò¥ —
is :
1 1 1 1
(1) = +1 (1) = +1
α β α β
β β
(2) α= (2) α=
1− β 1− β
β β
(3) α= (3) α=
1+ β 1+ β
β2 β2
(4) α= (4) α=
1+ β2 1+ β2
E/Page 16 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
32. Two closed bulbs of equal volume (V) 32. ‚◊ÊŸ •Êÿß (V) ∑§ ŒÊ ’¥Œ ’À’, Á¡Ÿ◊¥ ∞∑§ •ÊŒ‡Ê¸
containing an ideal gas initially at pressure ªÒ‚ ¬˝Ê⁄UÁê÷∑§ ŒÊ’ pi ÃÕÊ Ãʬ T1 ¬⁄U ÷⁄UË ªß¸ „Ò, ∞∑§
p i and temperature T 1 are connected Ÿªáÿ •Êÿß ∑§Ë ¬Ã‹Ë ≈˜UÿÍ’ ‚ ¡È«∏ „Ò¥ ¡Ò‚Ê Á∑§
through a narrow tube of negligible ŸËø ∑§ ÁøòÊ ◊¥ ÁŒπÊÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò– Á»§⁄U ߟ◊¥ ‚ ∞∑§
volume as shown in the figure below. The ’À’ ∑§Ê Ãʬ ’…∏Ê∑§⁄U T2 ∑§⁄U ÁŒÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– •¥ÁÃ◊
temperature of one of the bulbs is then ŒÊ’ pf „Ò —
raised to T2. The final pressure pf is :
T1T2 T1T2
(1) pi (1) pi
T1 + T2 T1 + T2
T1 T1
(2) 2 pi (2) 2 pi
T1 + T2 T1 + T2
T2 T2
(3) 2 pi (3) 2 pi
T1 + T2 T1 + T2
T1T2 T1T2
(4) 2 pi (4) 2 pi
T1 + T2 T1 + T2
E/Page 17 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
33. A stream of electrons from a heated 33. ∞∑§ ª◊¸ Á»§‹Ê◊¥≈U ‚ ÁŸ∑§‹Ë ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ œÊ⁄UÊ ∑§Ê
filament was passed between two charged V esu ∑§ Áfl÷flÊãÃ⁄U ¬⁄ ⁄Uπ ŒÊ •ÊflÁ‡Êà åÀÊ≈UÊ¥ ∑§
plates kept at a potential difference V esu. ’Ëø ‚ ÷¡Ê ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ ∑§ •Êfl‡Ê ÃÕÊ
If e and m are charge and mass of an ‚¥„Áà ∑˝§◊‡Ê— e ÃÕÊ m „Ê¥ ÃÊ h/λ ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚
electron, respectively, then the value of Á∑§‚∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŒÿÊ ¡ÊÿªÊ? (¡’ ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ Ã⁄¥Uª ‚
h/λ (where λ is wavelength associated ‚ê’ÁãœÃ Ã⁄¥UªŒÒäÿ¸ λ „Ò)
with electron wave) is given by :
34. The species in which the N atom is in a 34. fl„ S¬Ë‡ÊË$¡, Á¡‚◊¥ N ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ sp ‚¥∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ë •flSÕÊ
state of sp hybridization is : ◊¥ „Ò, „ÊªË —
+ +
(1) NO 2 (1) NO 2
− −
(2) NO 2 (2) NO 2
(3) −
NO 3 (3) NO 3
−
35. The heats of combustion of carbon and 35. ∑§Ê’¸Ÿ ÃÕÊ ∑§Ê’¸Ÿ ◊ÊŸÊÄ‚ÊÚß«U ∑§Ë Œ„Ÿ ™§c◊Êÿ¥ ∑˝§◊‡Ê—
carbon monoxide are −393.5 and −393.5 ÃÕÊ −283.5 kJ mol−1 „Ò¥– ∑§Ê’¸Ÿ
−283.5 kJ mol−1, respectively. The heat ◊ÊŸÊÄ‚Êß«U ∑§Ë ‚¥÷flŸ ™§c◊Ê (kJ ◊)¥ ¬˝Áà ◊Ê‹ „ÊªË —
of formation (in kJ) of carbon monoxide
per mole is :
E/Page 18 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
36. 18 g glucose (C 6 H 12 O 6 ) is added to 36. 18 g Ç‹È∑§Ê‚ (C6H12O6) ∑§Ê 178.2 g ¬ÊŸË ◊¥
178.2 g water. The vapor pressure of Á◊‹ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ß‚ ¡‹Ëÿ Áfl‹ÿŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡‹
water (in torr) for this aqueous solution ∑§Ê flÊc¬ ŒÊ’ (torr ◊¥) „ÊªÊ —
is :
37. The equilibrium constant at 298 K for a 37. Ãʬ◊ÊŸ 298 K ¬⁄U, ∞∑§ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ A+B ⇌ C+D
reaction A+B ⇌ C+D is 100. If the initial ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚Êêÿ ÁSÕ⁄UÊ¥∑§ 100 „Ò– ÿÁŒ ¬˝Ê⁄UÁê÷∑§ ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ
concentration of all the four species were ‚÷Ë øÊ⁄UÊ¥ S¬Ë‡ÊË¡ ◊¥ ‚ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ∑§Ë 1 M „ÊÃË, ÃÊ D
1 M each, then equilibrium concentration ∑§Ë ‚Êêÿ ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ (mol L−1 ◊¥) „ÊªË —
of D (in mol L−1) will be :
38. Galvanization is applying a coating of : 38. ªÒÀflŸÊß¡‡ÊŸ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚∑§ ∑§Ê≈U ‚ „ÊÃÊ „Ò?
(1) Pb (1) Pb
(2) Cr (2) Cr
(3) Cu (3) Cu
(4) Zn (4) Zn
E/Page 19 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
39. Decomposition of H 2O 2 follows a first 39. H2O2 ∑§Ê ÁflÉÊ≈UŸ ∞∑§ ¬˝Õ◊ ∑§ÊÁ≈U ∑§Ë •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ
order reaction. In fifty minutes the „Ò– ¬øÊ‚ Á◊Ÿ≈U ◊¥ ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ ÁflÉÊ≈UŸ ◊¥ H2O2
concentration of H 2 O 2 decreases from ∑§Ë ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ ÉÊ≈U∑§⁄U 0.5 ‚ 0.125 M „Ê ¡ÊÃË „Ò– ¡’
0.5 to 0.125 M in one such decomposition. H2O2 ∑§Ë ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ 0.05 M ¬„È°øÃË „Ò, ÃÊ O2 ∑§
When the concentration of H2O2 reaches ’ŸŸ ∑§Ë Œ⁄U „ÊªË —
0.05 M, the rate of formation of O2 will
be :
40. For a linear plot of log (x/m) versus log p 40. »˝ § ÊÚ ÿ ã«UÁ‹∑§ •Áœ‡ÊÊ · áÊ ‚◊ÃÊ¬Ë fl∑˝ § ◊ ¥
in a Freundlich adsorption isotherm, log (x/m) ÃÕÊ log p ∑§ ’Ëø πË¥ø ªÿ ⁄UπËÿ
which of the following statements is å‹Ê≈U ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁãÊêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò?
correct ? (k and n are constants) (k ÃÕÊ n ÁSÕ⁄UÊ¥∑§ „Ò¥)
(1) Both k and 1/n appear in the slope (1) k ÃÕÊ 1/n ŒÊŸÊ¥ „Ë S‹Ê¬ ¬Œ ◊¥ •Êà „Ò¥–
term.
(2) 1/n appears as the intercept. (2) 1/n ßã≈U⁄U‚å≈U ∑§ M§¬ •ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(3) Only 1/n appears as the slope. (3) ◊ÊòÊ 1/n S‹Ê¬ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ •ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(4) log (1/n) appears as the intercept. (4) log (1/n) ßã≈U⁄U‚å≈U ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ •ÊÃÊ „Ò–
41. Which of the following atoms has the 41. ÁŸêŸ ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ•Ê¥ ◊¥ Á∑§‚∑§Ë ¬˝Õ◊ •ÊÿŸŸ ™§¡Ê¸ ©ëøÃ◊
highest first ionization energy ? „Ò?
(1) Rb (1) Rb
(2) Na (2) Na
(3) K (3) K
(4) Sc (4) Sc
E/Page 20 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
42. Which one of the following ores is best 42. »˝§ÊÚÕ ç‹Ê≈U‡ÊŸ ÁflÁœ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ fl„ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê
concentrated by froth floatation method ? •ÿS∑§ ‚flʸÁœ∑§ M§¬ ‚ ‚ÊÁãŒ˝Ã Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ
„Ò?
(1) Magnetite (1) ◊ÒÇŸ≈UÊß≈U
(2) Siderite (2) Á‚«U⁄UÊß≈U
(3) Galena (3) ªÒ‹ŸÊ
(4) Malachite (4) ◊Ò‹Ê∑§Êß≈U
43. Which one of the following statements 43. ¡‹ ∑§ ‚ê’㜠◊¥ ÁŸêŸ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∞∑§
about water is FALSE ? ª‹Ã „Ò?
(1) Water is oxidized to oxygen during (1) ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê‚¥‡‹·áÊ ◊¥ ¡‹ •ÊÄ‚Ë∑Χà „Ê∑§⁄U
photosynthesis. •ÊÄ‚Ë$¡Ÿ ŒÃÊ „Ò–
(2) Water can act both as an acid and (2) ¡‹, •ê‹ ÃÕÊ ˇÊÊ⁄U∑§ ŒÊŸÊ¥ „Ë M§¬ ◊¥ ∑§Êÿ¸
as a base. ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
(3) There is extensive intramolecular (3) ß‚∑§ ‚¥ÉÊÁŸÃ ¬˝ÊflSÕÊ ◊¥ ÁflSÃËáʸ •¥Ã—•áÊÈ∑§
hydrogen bonding in the condensed „Êß«˛UÊ¡Ÿ •Ê’㜠„Êà „Ò¥–
phase.
(4) Ice formed by heavy water sinks in (4) ÷Ê⁄UË ¡‹ mÊ⁄UÊ ’ŸÊ ’»¸§ ‚Ê◊Êãÿ ¡‹ ◊¥ «ÍU’ÃÊ
normal water. „Ò–
44. The main oxides formed on combustion of 44. „flÊ ∑§ •ÊÁœÄÿ ◊¥ Li, Na •ÊÒ⁄U K ∑§ Œ„Ÿ ¬⁄U
Li, Na and K in excess of air are, ’ŸŸflÊ‹Ë ◊ÈÅÿ •ÊÄ‚Êß«¥U ∑˝§◊‡Ê— „Ò¥ —
respectively :
(1) Li2O, Na2O and KO2 (1) Li2O, Na2O ÃÕÊ KO2
(2) LiO2, Na2O2 and K2O (2) LiO2, Na2O2 ÃÕÊ K2O
(3) Li2O2, Na2O2 and KO2 (3) Li2O2, Na2O2 ÃÕÊ KO2
(4) Li2O, Na2O2 and KO2 (4) Li2O, Na2O2 ÃÕÊ KO2
E/Page 21 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
45. The reaction of zinc with dilute and 45. ÃŸÈ ÃÕÊ ‚ÊãŒ˝ ŸÊßÁ≈˛U∑§ ∞Á‚«U ∑§ ‚ÊÕ Á¡¥∑§ ∑§Ë
concentrated nitric acid, respectively, •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ mÊ⁄UÊ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ©à¬ãŸ „Êà „Ò¥ —
produces :
46. The pair in which phosphorous atoms 46. fl„ ÿÈÇ◊ Á¡Ÿ◊¥ »§ÊS»§Ê⁄U‚ ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë »§Ê◊¸‹
have a formal oxidation state of +3 is : •ÊÚÄ‚Ë∑§⁄UáÊ •flSÕÊ +3 „Ò, „Ò —
47. Which of the following compounds is 47. ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ÿÊÒÁª∑§ œÊÁàfl∑§ ÃÕÊ »§⁄UÊ◊ÒªŸÁ≈U∑§
metallic and ferromagnetic ? (‹ÊÒ„ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ) „Ò?
(3) VO 2 (3) VO 2
E/Page 22 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
48. The pair having the same magnetic 48. ∞∑§„Ë øÈê’∑§Ëÿ •ÊÉÊÍáʸ ∑§Ê ÿÈÇ◊ „Ò —
moment is :
[At. No. : Cr=24, Mn=25, Fe=26, Co=27] [At. No. : Cr=24, Mn=25, Fe=26, Co=27]
49. Which one of the following complexes 49. ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÊÚêå‹Ä‚ ¬˝∑§ÊÁ‡Ê∑§ ‚◊ÊflÿflÃÊ
shows optical isomerism ? ¬˝ŒÁ‡Ê¸Ã ∑§⁄UªÊ?
(1) [Co(NH3)3Cl3] (1) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]
(en=ethylenediamine) (en=ethylenediamine)
50. The concentration of fluoride, lead, nitrate 50. ÷ÍÁ◊ªÃ ¤ÊË‹ ‚ ¬˝Êåà ¡‹ ¬˝ÁÃŒ‡Ê¸ ◊¥ ç‹Ê⁄UÊß«U, ‹«U,
and iron in a water sample from an ŸÊß≈˛U≈U ÃÕÊ •Êÿ⁄UŸ ∑§Ë ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— 1000 ppb,
underground lake was found to be 40 ppb, 100 ppm ÃÕÊ 0.2 ppm ¬Ê߸ ªß¸– ÿ„
1000 ppb, 40 ppb, 100 ppm and 0.2 ppm, ¡‹ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚∑§Ë ©ìÊ ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ ‚ ¬ËŸ ÿÊÇÿ
respectively. This water is unsuitable for Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
drinking due to high concentration of :
E/Page 23 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
51. The distillation technique most suited for 51. ‚Ê’ÈŸ ©lʪ ◊¥ ÷ÈÄÇʷ ‹Êß (S¬ã≈U ‹Ê߸) ‚ ÁÇ‹‚⁄UÊ‹
Ú
separating glycerol from spent-lye in the ¬ÎÕ∑§ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄà •Ê‚flŸ ÁflÁœ
soap industry is : „Ò —
(4) Distillation under reduced pressure (4) ‚◊ÊŸËà ŒÊ’ ¬⁄U •Ê‚flŸ
52. The product of the reaction given below 52. ŸËø ŒË ªß¸ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ©à¬ÊŒ „ÊªÊ —
is :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
E/Page 24 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
53. The absolute configuration of 53. ÁŒ∞ ªÿ ÿÊÒÁª∑§ ∑§Ê ÁŸ⁄U¬ˇÊ ÁflãÿÊ‚ „Ò —
CO2 H CO2 H
H OH H OH
H Cl H Cl
CH3 CH3
is :
(a) (a)
(b) (b)
(c) (c)
E/Page 25 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
55. The reaction of propene with HOCl 55. ¬˝Ê¬ËŸ ∑§Ë HOCl (Cl2+H2O) ∑§ ‚ÊÕ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ
(Cl 2 +H 2 O) proceeds through the Á¡‚ ◊äÿflÃ˸ ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ‚ê¬ãŸ „ÊÃË „Ò, fl„ „Ò —
intermediate :
(3) CH 3−CH(OH)−CH+
2 (3) CH 3−CH(OH)−CH+
2
(4) CH3−CHCl−CH+
2 (4) CH3−CHCl−CH+
2
56. In the Hofmann bromamide degradation 56. „Ê»§◊ÊŸ ’˝Ê◊Ê◊Êß«U ÁŸêŸË∑§⁄UáÊ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ◊¥, NaOH
reaction, the number of moles of NaOH ÃÕÊ Br2 ∑§ ¬˝ÿÈÄà ◊Ê‹Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ¬˝ÁÃ◊Ê‹ •◊ËŸ
and Br2 used per mole of amine produced ∑§ ’ŸŸ ◊¥ „ÊªË —
are :
(1) One mole of NaOH and one mole of (1) ∞∑§ ◊Ê‹ NaOH ÃÕÊ ∞∑§ ◊Ê‹ Br2–
Br2 .
(2) Four moles of NaOH and two moles (2) øÊ⁄U ◊Ê‹ NaOH ÃÕÊ ŒÊ ◊Ê‹ Br2–
of Br2 .
(3) Two moles of NaOH and two moles (3) ŒÊ ◊Ê‹ NaOH ÃÕÊ ŒÊ ◊Ê‹ Br2–
of Br2 .
(4) Four moles of NaOH and one mole (4) øÊ⁄U ◊Ê‹ NaOH ÃÕÊ ∞∑§ ◊Ê‹ Br2–
of Br2 .
57. Which of the following statements about 57. ÁŸêŸ ÉÊãÊàfl ∑§ ¬Ê‹ËÕËŸ ∑§ ‚ê’㜠◊¥ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚
low density polythene is FALSE ? ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ª‹Ã „Ò?
(1) Its synthesis requires high pressure. (1) ß‚∑§ ‚¥‡‹·áÊ ◊¥ ©ìÊ ŒÊ’ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ
„ÊÃË „Ò–
(2) It is a poor conductor of electricity. (2) ÿ„ ÁfllÈà ∑§Ê „ËŸ øÊ‹∑§ „Ò–
(3) Its synthesis requires dioxygen or a (3) ß‚◊¥ «UÊ߸•ÊÄ‚Ë¡Ÿ •ÕflÊ ¬⁄U•ÊÄ‚Êß«U
peroxide initiator as a catalyst. ߟËÁ‚ÿ≈U⁄ (¬˝Ê⁄Uê÷∑§) ©à¬˝⁄U∑§ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥
øÊÁ„∞–
(4) It is used in the manufacture of (4) ÿ„ ’∑§≈U (’ÊÀ≈UË), «US≈U-Á’Ÿ, •ÊÁŒ ∑§
buckets, dust-bins etc. ©à¬ÊŒŸ ◊¥ ¬˝ÿÈÄà „ÊÃË „Ò–
E/Page 26 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
58. Thiol group is present in : 58. ÕÊÿÊ‹ ª˝È¬ Á¡‚◊¥ ©¬ÁSÕà „Ò, fl„ „Ò —
(1) Cytosine (1) ‚Êß≈UÊ‚ËŸ
(2) Cystine (2) Á‚ÁS≈UŸ (Cystine)
59. Which of the following is an anionic 59. ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∞ŸÊßÁŸ∑§ Á«U≈U⁄U¡¥≈U „Ò?
detergent ?
60. The hottest region of Bunsen flame shown 60. ŸËø ŒË ªß¸ Á»§ª⁄U ◊¥ ’Èã‚Ÿ ç‹◊ ∑§Ê ‚flʸÁœ∑§ ª◊¸
in the figure below is : ÷ʪ „Ò —
E E
E E
2 + 3 i sinθ 2 + 3 i sinθ
62. A value of θ for which is 62. θ ∑§Ê fl„ ∞∑§ ◊ÊŸ Á¡‚∑§ Á‹∞ ¬Íáʸ×
1 − 2 i sinθ 1 − 2 i sinθ
purely imaginary, is : ∑§ÊÀ¬ÁŸ∑§ „Ò, „Ò —
π π
(1) (1)
3 3
π π
(2) (2)
6 6
3 3
(3) sin−1 (3) sin−1
4 4
1 1
(4) sin−1 (4) sin−1
3 3
63. The sum of all real values of x satisfying 63. x ∑§ ©Ÿ ‚÷Ë flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ◊ÊŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÿʪ ¡Ê ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ
the equation x 2 + 4 x − 60
x 2 + 4 x − 60
( x2− 5 x + 5 ) =1 ∑§Ê ‚¥ÃÈc≈U ∑§⁄UÃ
( x − 5 x + 5)
2
= 1 is : „Ò¥, „Ò —
(1) 3 (1) 3
(2) −4 (2) −4
(3) 6 (3) 6
(4) 5 (4) 5
E/Page 28 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
5 a −b 5 a −b
64. If A = and A adj A=A AT, then 64. ÿÁŒ A= ÃÕÊ A adj A=A AT „Ò¥,
3 2 3 2
5a+b is equal to : ÃÊ 5a+b ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
(1) −1 (1) −1
(2) 5 (2) 5
(3) 4 (3) 4
(4) 13 (4) 13
λx−y−z=0 λx−y−z=0
x+y−λz=0 x+y−λz=0
has a non-trivial solution for : ∑§Ê ∞∑§ •ÃÈë¿U „‹ „ÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ —
(1) infinitely many values of λ. (1) λ ∑§ •Ÿ¥Ã ◊ÊŸ „Ò¥–
(2) exactly one value of λ. (2) λ ∑§Ê Ãâÿ× ∞∑§ ◊ÊŸ „Ò–
(3) exactly two values of λ. (3) λ ∑§ Ãâÿ× ŒÊ ◊ÊŸ „Ò¥–
(4) exactly three values of λ. (4) λ ∑§ Ãâÿ× ÃËŸ ◊ÊŸ „Ò¥–
66. If all the words (with or without meaning) 66. ‡ÊéŒ SMALL ∑§ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿʪ ∑§⁄U∑§, ¬Ê°ø •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥
having five letters, formed using the letters flÊ‹ ‚÷Ë ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ (•Õ¸¬Íáʸ •ÕflÊ •Õ¸„ËŸ) ∑§Ê
of the word SMALL and arranged as in a ‡ÊéŒ∑§Ê‡Ê ∑§ ∑˝§◊ÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ⁄UπŸ ¬⁄U, ‡ÊéŒ SMALL ∑§Ê
dictionary; then the position of the word SÕÊŸ „Ò —
SMALL is :
E/Page 29 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
n
2 4
67. If the number of terms in the expansion of 67. ÿÁŒ 1− x + 2 , x ≠ 0 ∑§ ¬˝‚Ê⁄U ◊¥ ¬ŒÊ¥
n
x
2 4
1 − x + 2 , x ≠ 0, is 28, then the sum ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ 28 „Ò, ÃÊ ß‚ ¬˝‚Ê⁄U ◊¥ •ÊŸ flÊ‹ ‚÷Ë ¬ŒÊ¥
x
of the coefficients of all the terms in this ∑§ ªÈáÊÊ¥∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÿʪ „Ò —
expansion, is :
(1) 64 (1) 64
68. If the 2 nd , 5 th and 9 th terms of a 68. ÿÁŒ ∞∑§ •ø⁄UÃ⁄U ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U üÊ…∏Ë ∑§Ê ŒÍ‚⁄UÊ, 5 flÊ¥ ÃÕÊ
non-constant A.P. are in G.P., then the 9 flÊ¥ ¬Œ ∞∑§ ªÈáÊÊûÊ⁄U üÊ…∏Ë ◊¥ „Ò¥, ÃÊ ©‚ ªÈáÊÊûÊ⁄U üÊ…∏Ë
common ratio of this G.P. is : ∑§Ê ‚Êfl¸ •ŸÈ¬Êà „Ò —
8 8
(1) (1)
5 5
4 4
(2) (2)
3 3
(3) 1 (3) 1
7 7
(4) (4)
4 4
69. If the sum of the first ten terms of the series 69. ÿÁŒ üÊáÊË
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 2 1 2 4 3 2 1 2 4
1
+ 2 + 3 + 4 + 4 +...... , 1
+ 2 + 3 + 4 + 4 +...... ,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
16 16
is m , then m is equal to : ∑§ ¬˝Õ◊ Œ‚ ¬ŒÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÿʪ m „Ò, ÃÊ m ’⁄UÊ’⁄U
5 5
„Ò —
(1) 102 (1) 102
(4) 99 (4) 99
E/Page 30 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
1 1
70. Let p = lim ( 1 + tan 2 x ) 2 x then log p 70. ◊ÊŸÊ p = lim ( 1 + tan 2 x )2x „Ò, ÃÊ log p
x→0+ x→0+
is equal to : ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
(1) 2 (1) 2
(2) 1 (2) 1
1 1
(3) (3)
2 2
1 1
(4) (4)
4 4
(1) g is not differentiable at x=0 (1) x=0 ¬⁄U g •fl∑§‹ŸËÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(2) g9(0)=cos(log2) (2) g9(0)=cos(log2) „Ò–
(3) g9(0)=−cos(log2) (3) g9(0)=−cos(log2) „Ò–
(4) g is differentiable at x=0 and (4) x=0 ¬⁄U g •fl∑§‹ŸËÿ „Ò ÃÕÊ
g9(0)=−sin(log2) g9(0)=−sin(log2) „Ò–
1 + sin x π
72. Consider 72. f ( x ) = tan−1 , x 0,
1 − sin x 2
1 + sin x π
f ( x ) = tan−1 , x 0, . ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞– y=f (x) ∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ x =
π
¬⁄U
1 − sin x 2 6
π
A normal to y=f (x) at x =
6
also passes πË¥øÊ ªÿÊ •Á÷‹¥’ ÁŸêŸ Á’¥ŒÈ ‚ ÷Ë „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò —
through the point :
2π 2π
(2) 0, (2) 0,
3 3
π π
(3) , 0 (3) , 0
6 6
π π
(4) , 0 (4) , 0
4 4
E/Page 31 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
73. A wire of length 2 units is cut into two 73. 2 ß∑§Ê߸ ‹¥’Ë ∞∑§ ÃÊ⁄U ∑§Ê ŒÊ ÷ʪʥ ◊¥ ∑§Ê≈U ∑§⁄U ©ã„¥
parts which are bent respectively to form ∑˝§◊‡Ê— x ß∑§Ê߸ ÷È¡Ê flÊ‹ flª¸ ÃÕÊ r ß∑§Ê߸ ÁòÊíÿÊ
a square of side=x units and a circle of flÊ‹ flÎûÊ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ◊Ê«∏Ê ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ ’ŸÊÿ ªÿ flª¸
radius=r units. If the sum of the areas of ÃÕÊ flÎûÊ ∑§ ˇÊòÊ»§‹Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÿʪ ãÿÍŸÃ◊ „Ò, ÃÊ —
the square and the circle so formed is
minimum, then :
2 x12 + 5 x 9 2 x 12 + 5 x 9
74. The integral 3
dx is equal 74. ‚◊Ê∑§‹ 3
dx ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
(x 5
+ x +13
) (x 5 3
+ x +1 )
to :
− x5 − x5
(1) 2
+C (1) 2
+C
( x +x +1)
5 3
( x +x +1)
5 3
x 10 x 10
(2) 2
+C (2) 2
+C
(
2 x 5+x 3+1 ) (
2 x 5+x 3+1 )
x5 x5
(3) 2
+C (3) 2
+C
(
2 x +x +15 3
) (
2 x +x +1 5 3
)
− x 10 − x 10
(4) 2
+C (4) 2
+C
(
2 x +x +15 3
) (
2 x +x +1 5 3
)
where C is an arbitrary constant. ¡„Ê° C ∞∑§ Sflë¿U •ø⁄U „Ò–
E/Page 32 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
1 1
75. ( n + 1 ) ( n + 2 ) . . . 3n n is equal 75. ( n + 1 ) ( n + 2 ) . . . 3n n ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
lim lim
n→∞ n2n n→∞ n2n
to :
18 18
(1) 4 (1)
e e4
27 27
(2) 2 (2)
e e2
9 9
(3) 2 (3)
e e2
76. The area (in sq. units) of the region 76. ˇÊòÊ
{( x , y ): y 22 x and x2+ y 2≤ 4 x, x0, y0} {( x , y ): y 22 x ÃÕÊ x2+ y 2≤ 4 x, x0, y0}
is : ∑§Ê ˇÊòÊ»§‹ (flª¸ ß∑§ÊßÿÊ¥ ◊¥) „Ò —
4 4
(1) π− (1) π−
3 3
8 8
(2) π− (2) π−
3 3
4 2 4 2
(3) π− (3) π−
3 3
π 2 2 π 2 2
(4) − (4) −
2 3 2 3
E/Page 33 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
77. If a curve y=f (x) passes through the point 77. ÿÁŒ ∞∑§ fl∑˝§ y=f (x) Á’¥ŒÈ (1, −1) ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃÊ
(1, −1) and satisfies the differential „Ò ÃÕÊ •fl∑§‹ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ y(1+xy) dx=x dy
equation, y(1+xy) dx=x dy, then f − 1
1
∑§Ê ‚¥ÃÈc≈U ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò, ÃÊ f − ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
2 2
is equal to :
2 2
(1) − (1) −
5 5
4 4
(2) − (2) −
5 5
2 2
(3) (3)
5 5
4 4
(4) (4)
5 5
78. Two sides of a rhombus are along the lines, 78. ÿÁŒ ∞∑§ ‚◊øÃÈ÷¸È¡ ∑§Ë ŒÊ ÷È¡Ê∞°, ⁄UπÊ•Ê¥
x−y+1=0 and 7x−y−5=0. If its x−y+1=0 ÃÕÊ 7x−y−5=0 ∑§Ë ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ „Ò¥
diagonals intersect at (−1, −2), then ÃÕÊ ß‚∑§ Áfl∑§áʸ Á’¥ŒÈ (−1, −2) ¬⁄U ¬˝ÁÃë¿UŒ
which one of the following is a vertex of ∑§⁄Uà „Ò¥, ÃÊ ß‚ ‚◊øÃÈ÷¸È¡ ∑§Ê ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê
this rhombus ? ‡ÊË·¸ „Ò?
(1) (−3, −9) (1) (−3, −9)
(2) (−3, −8) (2) (−3, −8)
1 8 1 8
(3) ,− (3) ,−
3 3 3 3
10 7 10 7
(4) − , − (4) − , −
3 3 3 3
79. The centres of those circles which touch 79. ©Ÿ flÎûÊÊ¥ ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝, ¡Ê flÎûÊ x2+y2−8x−8y−4=0
the circle, x 2 +y 2 −8x−8y−4=0, ∑§Ê ’Ês M§¬ ‚ S¬‡Ê¸ ∑§⁄Uà „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ x-•ˇÊ ∑§Ê ÷Ë
externally and also touch the x-axis, lie S¬‡Ê¸ ∑§⁄Uà „Ò¥, ÁSÕà „Ò¥ —
on :
(1) a circle. (1) ∞∑§ flÎûÊ ¬⁄U–
(2) an ellipse which is not a circle. (2) ∞∑§ ŒËÉʸflÎûÊ ¬⁄U ¡Ê flÎûÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(3) a hyperbola. (3) ∞∑§ •Áì⁄Ufl‹ÿ ¬⁄U–
(4) a parabola. (4) ∞∑§ ¬⁄Ufl‹ÿ ¬⁄U–
E/Page 34 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
80. If one of the diameters of the circle, given 80. ÿÁŒ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ x2+y2−4x+6y−12=0 mÊ⁄UÊ
by the equation, x2+y2−4x+6y−12=0, ¬˝ŒûÊ ∞∑§ flÎûÊ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ √ÿÊ‚ ∞∑§ •ãÿ flÎûÊ S, Á¡‚∑§Ê
is a chord of a circle S, whose centre is at ∑§ãŒ˝ (−3, 2) „Ò, ∑§Ë ¡ËflÊ „Ò, ÃÊ flÎûÊ S ∑§Ë ÁòÊíÿÊ
(−3, 2), then the radius of S is : „Ò —
(1) 5 2 (1) 5 2
(2) 5 3 (2) 5 3
(3) 5 (3) 5
(4) 10 (4) 10
81. Let P be the point on the parabola, y2=8x 81. ◊ÊŸÊ ¬⁄Ufl‹ÿ y2=8x ∑§Ê P ∞∑§ ∞‚Ê Á’¥ŒÈ „Ò ¡Ê
which is at a minimum distance from the flÎûÊ x2+(y+6)2=1, ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝ C ‚ ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ŒÍ⁄UË
centre C of the circle, x 2 +(y+6) 2 =1. ¬⁄U „Ò, ÃÊ ©‚ flÎûÊ ∑§Ê ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ¡Ê C ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃÊ
Then the equation of the circle, passing „Ò ÃÕÊ Á¡‚∑§Ê ∑§ãŒ˝ P ¬⁄U „Ò, „Ò —
through C and having its centre at P is :
x x
(3) x2+y2− +2y−24=0 (3) x 2+y 2− +2y−24=0
4 4
(4) x 2+y 2−4x+9y+18=0 (4) x 2+y 2−4x+9y+18=0
82. The eccentricity of the hyperbola whose 82. ©‚ •Áì⁄Ufl‹ÿ, Á¡‚∑§ ŸÊÁ÷‹¥’ ∑§Ë ‹¥’Ê߸ 8 „Ò
length of the latus rectum is equal to 8 and ÃÕÊ Á¡‚∑§ ‚¥ÿÈÇ◊Ë •ˇÊ ∑§Ë ‹¥’Ê߸ ©‚∑§Ë ŸÊÁ÷ÿÊ¥
the length of its conjugate axis is equal to ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§Ë ŒÍ⁄UË ∑§Ë •ÊœË „Ò, ∑§Ë ©à∑§ãŒ˝ÃÊ „Ò —
half of the distance between its foci, is :
4 4
(1) (1)
3 3
4 4
(2) (2)
3 3
2 2
(3) (3)
3 3
(4) 3 (4) 3
E/Page 35 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
83. The distance of the point (1, −5, 9) from 83. Á’¥ŒÈ (1, −5, 9) ∑§Ë ‚◊Ë x−y+z=5 ‚ fl„
the plane x−y+z=5 measured along the ŒÍ⁄UË ¡Ê ⁄UπÊ x=y=z ∑§Ë ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ ◊Ê¬Ë ªß¸ „Ò, „Ò —
line x=y=z is :
(1) 3 10 (1) 3 10
(2) 10 3 (2) 10 3
10 10
(3) (3)
3 3
20 20
(4) (4)
3 3
x −3 y +2 z + 4 lies in x −3 y +2 z + 4 , ‚◊Ë
84. If the line, = = 84. ÿÁŒ ⁄UπÊ = =
2 −1 3 2 −1 3
the plane, lx+my−z=9, then l2+m2 is lx+my−z=9 ◊¥ ÁSÕà „Ò, ÃÊ l2+m2 ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
equal to :
(1) 26 (1) 26
(2) 18 (2) 18
(3) 5 (3) 5
(4) 2 (4) 2
→ → → → → →
85. Let a , b and c be three unit vectors such 85. ◊ÊŸÊ a, b ÃÕÊ c ÃËŸ ∞‚ ◊ÊòÊ∑§ ‚ÁŒ‡Ê „Ò¥ Á∑§
→ → → 3 → → → → → 3 → →
that a × b × c = b + c . If a × b × c = b + c . „Ò – ÿÁŒ
2 2
→ → → → → →
b is not parallel to c , then the angle b , c ∑§ ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò, ÃÊ a ÃÕÊ b ∑§ ’Ëø
→ →
between a and b is : ∑§Ê ∑§ÊáÊ „Ò —
3π 3π
(1) (1)
4 4
π π
(2) (2)
2 2
2π 2π
(3) (3)
3 3
5π 5π
(4) (4)
6 6
E/Page 36 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
86. If the standard deviation of the numbers 86. ÿÁŒ ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ 2, 3, a ÃÕÊ 11 ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ∑§ Áflø‹Ÿ
2, 3, a and 11 is 3.5, then which of the 3.5 „Ò, ÃÊ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ‚àÿ „Ò?
following is true ?
87. Let two fair six-faced dice A and B be 87. ◊ÊŸÊ ŒÊ •ŸÁ÷ŸÃ ¿U— »§‹∑§Ëÿ ¬Ê‚ A ÃÕÊ B ∞∑§
thrown simultaneously. If E1 is the event ‚ÊÕ ©¿UÊ‹ ªÿ– ◊ÊŸÊ ÉÊ≈UŸÊ E1 ¬Ê‚ A ¬⁄U øÊ⁄U
that die A shows up four, E2 is the event •ÊŸÊ Œ‡ÊʸÃË „Ò, ÉÊ≈UŸÊ E2 ¬Ê‚ B ¬⁄U 2 •ÊŸÊ Œ‡ÊʸÃË
that die B shows up two and E3 is the event „Ò ÃÕÊ ÉÊ≈UŸÊ E3 ŒÊŸÊ¥ ¬Ê‚Ê¥ ¬⁄U •ÊŸ flÊ‹Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥
that the sum of numbers on both dice is ∑§Ê ÿʪ Áfl·◊ Œ‡ÊʸÃË „Ò, ÃÊ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê
odd, then which of the following ∑§ÕŸ ‚àÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
statements is NOT true ?
88. If 0≤x<2π, then the number of real values 88. ÿÁŒ 0≤x<2π „Ò, ÃÊ x ∑§ ©Ÿ flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ◊ÊŸÊ¥ ∑§Ë
of x, which satisfy the equation ‚¥ÅÿÊ ¡Ê ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ
cosx+cos2x+cos3x+cos4x=0, is : cosx+cos2x+cos3x+cos4x=0 ∑§Ê ‚¥ÃÈc≈U
∑§⁄Uà „Ò¥, „Ò —
(1) 3 (1) 3
(2) 5 (2) 5
(3) 7 (3) 7
(4) 9 (4) 9
E/Page 37 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
89. A man is walking towards a vertical pillar 89. ∞∑§ √ÿÁÄà ∞∑§ ™§äflʸœ⁄U π¥÷ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ∞∑§ ‚Ëœ ¬Õ
in a straight path, at a uniform speed. At ¬⁄U ∞∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ øÊ‹ ‚ ¡Ê ⁄U„Ê „Ò– ⁄UÊSà ¬⁄U ∞∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ
a certain point A on the path, he observes A ‚ fl„ π¥÷ ∑§ Á‡Êπ⁄U ∑§Ê ©ÛÊÿŸ ∑§ÊáÊ 308 ◊ʬÃÊ
that the angle of elevation of the top of „Ò– A ‚ ©‚Ë ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ 10 Á◊Ÿ≈U •ÊÒ⁄U ø‹Ÿ ∑§ ’ÊŒ
the pillar is 308. After walking for 10 Á’¥ŒÈ B ‚ fl„ π¥÷ ∑§ Á‡Êπ⁄U ∑§Ê ©ÛÊÿŸ ∑§ÊáÊ 608
minutes from A in the same direction, at a ¬ÊÃÊ „Ò, ÃÊ B ‚ π¥÷ Ã∑§ ¬„È°øŸ ◊¥ ©‚ ‹ªŸ flÊ‹Ê
point B, he observes that the angle of ‚◊ÿ (Á◊Ÿ≈UÊ¥ ◊¥) „Ò —
elevation of the top of the pillar is 608.
Then the time taken (in minutes) by him,
from B to reach the pillar, is :
(1) 6 (1) 6
(2) 10 (2) 10
(3) 20 (3) 20
(4) 5 (4) 5
90. The Boolean Expression (p∧~q)∨q∨(~p∧q) 90. ’Í‹ ∑§ √ÿ¥¡∑§ (Boolean Expression)
is equivalent to : (p∧~q)∨q∨(~p∧q) ∑§Ê ‚◊ÃÈÀÿ „Ò —
(1) ~p∧q (1) ~p∧q
(2) p∧q (2) p∧q
(3) p∨q (3) p∨q
(4) p∨~q (4) p∨~q
-oOo- -oOo-
E/Page 38 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
E E
JEE Main 2016 Answer Key Paper 1 Offline (April 3) - SET E
(2)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(4)
(1) 5.0
(1) 5.0 (1) 5.0 (2) 6.7
(2) 6.7 (2) 6.7 (3) 9.4
(3) 9.4 (3) 9.4 (4) 13.3
(4) 13.3 (4) 13.3
6. k|e® (S) t1 _u afs¡ Nrs L$fsp A¡L$ D`N°l_p¡ D`hgeu
∞∑§ ª˝„ ‚Íÿ¸ S ∑§ øÊ⁄UÊ¥ •Ê⁄U ∞∑§ ŒËÉʸflÎûÊËÿ ∑§ˇÊ
6. Figure shows elliptical path abcd of a planet
around the sun S such that the area of
6. dpN® abcd A¡ ApL©$rsdp„ v$ip®h¡g R>¡. Äep„ rÓcyS> csa
abcd ◊¥ ß‚ Ã⁄U„ ‚ øÄ∑§⁄U ‹ªÊÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ csa ÁòÊ÷È¡ •
• _y„ n¡Óam A¡ D`hge_p n¡Óam_y„ R>¡, db A¡ s¡_u
•
triangle csa is the area of the ellipse. (See ∑§Ê ˇÊòÊ»§‹ ŒËÉʸflÎûÊ ∑§ ˇÊòÊ»§‹ ∑§Ê ∞∑§-øÊÒÕÊ߸ „Ò •
figure) With db as the semimajor axis, and (ÿ„Ê° ¬⁄U ac ‹ÉÊÈ-•ˇÊ ∞fl¥ bd ŒËÉʸ-•ˇÊ „Ò)– ÿÁŒ v$uO®-An s\p ca s¡_u gOy-An R>¡. Å¡ D`N°l s¡_p
ca as the semiminor axis. If t1 is the time ª˝„ abc ÃÕÊ cda ∑§ˇÊËÿ ¬ÕÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— L$nue `\ abc A_¡ cda dpV¡$ g¡hpsp¡ kde A_y¾$d¡ t1
taken for planet to go over path abc and t2 t1 ÃÕÊ t2 ∑§Ê ‚◊ÿ ‹ÃÊ „Ò, Ã’ — A_¡ t2 lp¡e sp¡ :
for path taken over cda then :
Consider a water jar of radius R that has ∞∑§ R ÁòÊíÿÊ ∑§ ¬ÊŸË ∑§ ¡Ê⁄, Á¡‚ ¬ÊŸË ‚ H ™°§øÊ߸ R rÓÄep ^fphsp A¡L$ `pZu_p Åfdp„ H KQpC ky^u_y„
water filled up to height H and is kept on a Ã∑§ ÷⁄UÊ ªÿÊ „Ò, ∑§Ê h ™°§øÊ߸ ∑§ S≈Ò¥U«U ¬⁄U ⁄UπÊ ªÿÊ „Ò `pZu cf¡gy A_¡ s¡_¡ h KQpC_p õV¡$ÞX$ `f fpM¡g R>¡
stand of height h (see figure). Through a
hole of radius r (r << R) at its bottom, the
(ÁøòÊ Œπ¥)– Ë ◊¥ ∞∑§ ¿UÊ≈U Á¿UŒ˝, Á¡‚∑§Ë ÁòÊíÿÊ r s¡d ^pfp¡. (ApL©$rs Sy>Ap¡) Åf_p smue¡ r -rÓÄep_p
water leaks out and the stream of water „Ò (r << R), ‚ ŸËø Áª⁄Uà „È∞ ¬ÊŸË ∑§Ë œÊ⁄U ∞∑§ A¡L$ L$pZpdp„\u (r << R) `pZu r_L$m¡ R>¡ S>¡ N°pDÞX$
coming down towards the ground has a “∑§Ë¬” ∑§Ê •Ê∑§Ê⁄U œÊ⁄UáÊ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò– ÿÁŒ ÷ÍÁ◊ ∑§ Ë sfa _pmQp_p ApL$pfdp„ Å¡hp dm¡ R>¡. Ap `pZu_u
shape like a funnel as shown in the figure. ¬⁄U ¬ÊŸË ∑§Ë œÊ⁄U ∑§ •ŸÈ¬˝SÕ ∑§Ê≈U ∑§Ë ÁòÊíÿÊ x „Ò, ^pfp Äepf¡ S>du__¡ AX¡$ R>¡ Ðepf¡ s¡_p ApX$R>¡v$_u rÓÄep
If the radius of the cross-section of water
stream when it hits the ground is x. Then : Ã’ — x R>¡ sp¡ :
• • •
• •• ••• • •• •••
• •• •••
• •• ••
(1)
• •• ••
(1)
• •• ••
(1)
• •
• • •
• • • • • •• •••
• •• ••• • •• ••• (2)
• •• ••
(2)
• •• ••
(2)
• •• ••
• •
• • •
• • • • • •• •••
• •• ••• • •• ••• (3)
• •• ••
(3)
• •• ••
(3)
• •• ••
• •
• • •
• • •• ••• • •• •••
• •• ••• (4) (4)
• •• ••
(4)
• •• ••
• •• ••
9. The ratio of work done by an ideal 9. Á∑§‚Ë ‚◊÷ÊÁ⁄U∑§ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ◊¥ ∞∑§ •ÊŒ‡Ê¸ ∞∑§¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ∑§ 9. L$p¡C kdcpqfL$ âq¾$epdp„ A¡L$ Apv$i® A¡L$ `fdpÎhue
monoatomic gas to the heat supplied to it ªÒ‚ ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ Á∑§ÿ ª∞ ∑§Êÿ¸ ÃÕÊ ©‚ ŒË ªß¸ ™§c◊Ê ∑§Ê hpey Üpfp \sp L$pe® s\p s¡_¡ Ap`hpdp„ Aphsu Dódp_p¡
in an isobaric process is :
•ŸÈ¬Êà „ÊªÊ — NyZp¡Ñf R>¡ :
•
• •
•
(1)
•
(1)
•
(1)
•
• •
•
(2)
•
(2)
•
(2)
•
• •
•
(3)
•
(3)
•
(3)
•
• •
•
(4)
•
(4)
•
(4)
In the circuit shown, the resistance r is a ÁŒÿ „È∞ ¬Á⁄U¬Õ ◊¥ r ∞∑§ ø⁄U-¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ „Ò– ÿÁŒ Ap`¡g `qf`\dp„ r A¡L$ Qg Ahfp¡^ R>¡. Å¡ r=f R
r=f R, Ã’ r ◊¥ ™§c◊Ê ©à¬ÊŒŸ •Áœ∑§Ã◊ „ÊŸ ∑§ dpV¡$ r dp„ dlÑd Dódp DÐ`Þ_ \pe sp¡ f _u qL„$ds
variable resistance. If for r=f R, the heat
generation in r is maximum then the value
of f is : Á‹ÿ f ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ — \i¡ :
• • •
• •
(1) (1)
•
(1)
• • •
• •
(2) (2)
•
(2)
• • •
• •
(3) (3)
•
(3)
15. A magnetic dipole is acted upon by two 15. ∞∑§ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ Ámœ˝Èfl ¬⁄U ŒÊ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ˇÊòÊ, ¡Ê •Ê¬‚ 15. A¡L$buÅ_u kpd¡ 75 _p MyZp¡ Y$msp b¡ Qy„bL$ue n¡Óp¡
magnetic fields which are inclined to each ◊¥ 75 ∑§ÊáÊ ’ŸÊà „Ò¥, ∞∑§ ‚ÊÕ Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§⁄Uà „Ò¥– ÿÁŒ `f A¡L$ Qy„bL$ue qÜ-^y°h (Dipole) L$pe®fs R>¡. L$p¡C
ÿ„ Ámœ˝Èfl ‚¥ÃÈ‹Ÿ ∑§Ë •flSÕÊ ◊¥ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ¬˝⁄UáÊ
other at an angle of 75. One of the fields
has a magnitude of 15 mT. The dipole
A¡L$ n¡Ó_y„ dyëe 15 mT R>¡ A_¡ Ap n¡Ó kp\¡ 30 _p
attains stable equilibrium at an angle of 30 15 mT ∑§ ∞∑§ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ˇÊòÊ ‚ 30 ∑§Ê ∑§ÊáÊ ’ŸÊÃÊ MyZp\u X$pe`p¡g õ\peu k„sygus Ahõ\p âpá L$f¡ R>¡.
with this field. The magnitude of the other „Ò, ÃÊ ŒÍ‚⁄U øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ˇÊòÊ ∑§ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ¬̋⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê ‹ª÷ª buÅ n¡Ó_y„ dyëe (mT dp„) Apif¡ li¡ :
field (in mT ) is close to : ◊ÊŸ ( mT ◊¥ ) „ÊªÊ — (1) 11
(1) 11 (2) 36
(1) 11
(2) 36 (3) 1
(2) 36
(3) 1 (4) 1060
(3) 1
(4) 1060
(4) 1060
(1) (1)
(1)
(2)
(2) (2)
(3)
(3) (3)
(4)
(4) (4)
OR ª≈U
(2) OR - Gate
(2)
(3) NAND - Gate
(3) NAND ª≈U
(4) NOR - Gate
(4) NOR ª≈U
•
(1) α •
•
(2)
(2)
• •
•
(2) (3) 2α
(3) 2α
•
(3) 2α •
•
(4)
(4)
• •
•
(4)
48. Which one of the following complexes will 48. ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà ‚¥∑ȧ‹Ê¥ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚¥∑ȧ‹ Ag(NO3) 48. _uQ¡ Ap`¡gp k„L$uZp£dp„\u L$e„y A¡L$ Ag(NO3) _p S>gue
consume more equivalents of aqueous ∑§ ¡‹Ëÿ Áfl‹ÿŸ ∑§ •Áœ∑§ ‚◊ÃÈÀÿ π¬ÊÿªÊ ? ÖphZ_u Ar^L$ syëesp_p¡ D`ep¡N L$fi¡ ?
solution of Ag(NO3) ? (1) Na3[CrCl6]
(1) Na3[CrCl6]
(1) Na3[CrCl6] (2) [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2
(2) [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2
(2) [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2 (3) [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3
(3) [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3
(3) [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3 (4) Na2[CrCl5(H2O)]
(4) Na2[CrCl5(H2O)]
(4) Na2[CrCl5(H2O)]
58. ∞S¬ÊÁ≈¸U∑§ •ê‹ ∑§ ÁŸêŸÁ‹Áπà •ŸÈ∑˝§◊ ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U 58. A¡õ`pqV®$L$ A¡rkX$ dpV¡$ _uQ¡_p¡ ¾$d Ýep_dp„ gp¡.
58. Consider the following sequence for
aspartic acid : ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
62. The point represented by 2+i in the 62. •Ê⁄Uªá«U ‚◊Ë ◊¥ 2+i mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸÁŒ¸c≈U Á’¥ŒÈ, 1 ß∑§Ê߸ 62. ApN®ÞX$ kdsgdp„ 2+i \u v$ip®h¡g tbvy$ A¡L$ A¡L$d
Argand plane moves 1 unit eastwards, then ¬Ífl¸ ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ ø‹ÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U Á»§⁄U 2 ß∑§Ê߸ ©ûÊ⁄U ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ `|h® sfa Mk¡ R>¡, Ðepfbpv$ 2 A¡L$d DÑf sfa Mk¡ R>¡
2 units northwards and finally from there
ø‹ÃÊ „Ò ÃÕÊ •ãà ◊¥ • • ß∑§Ê߸ ŒÁˇÊáÊ-¬Á‡ø◊ A_¡ Ðep„\u R>¡hV¡$ • • A¡L$d _¥F>Ðe sfa Mk¡ R>¡.
• • units in the south-westwards ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÃÊ •Ê⁄Uªá«U ‚◊Ë ◊¥ ß‚∑§Ê ŸÿÊ ApN®ÞX$ kdsgdp„ Ap tbvy$_y„ _hy„ õ\p_ L$C k„¿ep\u
direction. Then its new position in the
Argand plane is at the point represented SÕÊŸ Á¡‚ Á’¥ŒÈ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸÁŒ¸c≈U „ÊÃÊ „Ò, fl„ „Ò — v$ip®hhpdp„ Aph¡ ?
by : (1) 2+2i (1) 2+2i
(1) 2+2i (2) 1+i (2) 1+i
(2) 1+i (3) −1−i (3) −1−i
(3) −1−i (4) −2−2i (4) −2−2i
(4) −2−2i
• • • •
• • •• •• • • • • • • • •
• •
If • •• •• • , • •• •• • • •• •• • • •• ••
• •• • •• •• • • • •• •• • •
64. and
• • • • •• ÿÁŒ • , • •• •• ÃÕÊ Å¡ • , • •• •• A_¡
•• • • •• • ••
64. 64.
• • •
•
•
• • • • •• • • • • ••
•• • • •• • •
• • • • • • • •
Q=PAPT, then PT Q2015 P is :
Q=PAPT „Ò, ÃÊ PT Q2015 P „Ò — Q=PAPT lp¡e sp¡ PT Q2015 P bfpbf :
•• •••••
(1) •• • •• •• ••••• •• •••••
• ••
(1) •• • ••
(1)
• • ••
•
•• • • • • •
(2) • • • • • • •• •• • • • • • •• • • • • •
• • •
(2) • • • • • • ••
(2)
• • • • • ••
•
•• • • • • •
(3) • • • • • • •• •• • • • • • •• • • • • •
• • •
(3) • • • • • • ••
(3)
• • • • • ••
•
•• •••••
(4) •• • •• •• ••••• •• •••••
• ••
(4) •• • ••
(4)
• • ••
•
68. ◊ÊŸÊ x, y, z ∞‚Ë œŸÊà◊∑§ flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ‚¥ÅÿÊ∞° „Ò¥ Á∑§, 68. ^pfp¡ L¡$ ^_ hpõsrhL$ k„¿epAp¡ x, y, z A¡hu R>¡ L¡$ S>¡\u
x+y+z=12 A_¡ x3y4z5=(0.1) (600)3. sp¡
68. Let x, y, z be positive real numbers
such that x+y+z=12 and x+y+z=12 ÃÕÊ x3y4z5=(0.1) (600)3 „Ò, ÃÊ
x3+y3+z3=
x3y4z5=(0.1) (600)3. Then x3+y3+z3 is x3+y3+z3 ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
equal to : (1) 270
(1) 270
(1) 270 (2) 258
(2) 258
(2) 258 (3) 342
(3) 342
(3) 342 (4) 216
(4) 216
(4) 216
•• ••
• • • •
••• • •+ − • = • • ••• • •+ − • = • • •
• •
•• ÿÁŒ „Ò, ÃÊ ‘a’ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U 70. Å¡ sp¡ ‘a’ =
• •
70.
70.
•
If ••• • •+ − • = • • then ‘a’ is • →∞ • • →∞ •
• →∞ • • „Ò — (1) 2
equal to :
(1) 2 •
(1) 2
•
(2)
•
•
•
(2)
•
•
(2)
•
(3)
•
•
•
(3)
•
•
(3)
•
(4)
•
•
•
(4)
•
(4)
72. ÿÁŒ fl∑˝§ x=4t2+3, y=8t3−1, t R ∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ P, 72. Å¡ h¾$ x=4t2+3, y=8t3−1, t R, _p¡ P tbvy$
72. If the tangent at a point P, with parameter
t, on the curve x=4t2+3, y=8t3−1, t R, t ¬˝Êø‹ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ, ¬⁄U S¬‡Ê¸ ⁄UπÊ, fl∑˝§ ∑§Ê ŒÈ’Ê⁄UÊ Á’¥ŒÈ ApNm_p¡ õ`i®L$, âpQg t kp\¡, h¾$_¡ afuhpf Q tbvy$A¡
meets the curve again at a point Q, then the Q ¬⁄U Á◊‹ÃË „Ò, ÃÊ Q ∑§ ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊ¥∑§ „Ò¥ — dm¡ R>¡ sp¡ Q tbvy$_p„ epd R>¡:
coordinates of Q are : (1) (t2+3, −t3−1) (1) (t2+3, −t3−1)
(1) (t2+3, −t3−1) (2) (4t2+3, −8t3−1) (2) (4t2+3, −8t3−1)
(2) (4t2+3, −8t3−1) (3) (t2+3, t3−1) (3) (t2+3, t3−1)
(3) (t2+3, t3−1) (4) (16t2+3, −64t3−1) (4) (16t2+3, −64t3−1)
(4) (16t2+3, −64t3−1)
74. If
74. ÿÁŒ 74. Å¡
••
•
• ( •• • • )• • • ( •• • • )• • • • •• ••
•• • • • •••• • •
•
• ( •• • • )• • • ( •• • • )• • • •
• ( •• • • )• • • ( •• • • )• • • •
•• • • • •••• • • •• • • • •••• • •
where k is a constant of integration, then
A+B+C equals : „Ò, ¡„Ê° k ‚◊Ê∑§‹Ÿ •ø⁄U „Ò, ÃÊ A+B+C ’⁄UÊ’⁄U Äep„ k A¡ k„L$g__p¡ AQmp„L$ R>¡, sp¡ A+B+C=
•• „Ò — ••
•
(1)
•
(1)
••
•
(1)
•• ••
•
(2)
•
(2)
••
•
(2)
• •
••
(3)
••
(3)
•
••
(3)
•• ••
••
(4)
••
(4)
••
••
(4)
• • • •
78. If a variable line drawn through the • • • • f¡ M pAp¡ •• • •• •• A_¡ •• • •• •• _p„
78. ÿÁŒ ⁄ U π Ê•Ê ¥ •• • •• •• ÃÕÊ •• • •• •• 78.
• • • •
• • • • • •
•• • •• •• and R>¡v$dp„\u `kpf \su A¡L$ Qrgs f¡Mp epdpnp¡_¡ tbvy$Ap¡
intersection of the lines
• • ∑§ ¬˝ÁÃë¿UŒŸ ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊŸ flÊ‹Ë ∞∑§ ø⁄U ⁄UπÊ ß‚
A A_¡ B, (A ≠ B) dp„ dm¡ R>¡. f¡MpM„X$ AB _p
• • ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U πË¥øË ªß¸ „Ò Á∑§ ÿ„ ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊ¥∑§ •ˇÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê
•• • •• •• , meets the coordinate axes at dÝetbvy$_p¡ tbvy$`\ L$ep kduL$fZ_y„ kdp^p_ L$fi¡ ?
• • A ÃÕÊ B, (A ≠ B) ¬⁄U Á◊‹ÃË „Ò, ÃÊ AB ∑§ ◊äÿÁ’¥ŒÈ
A and B, (A ≠ B), then the locus of the ∑§Ê Á’¥ŒÈ¬Õ „Ò — (1) 6xy=7(x+y)
midpoint of AB is : (2) 4(x+y)2−28(x+y)+49=0
(1) 6xy=7(x+y)
(1) 6xy=7(x+y) (3) 7xy=6(x+y)
(2) 4(x+y)2−28(x+y)+49=0
(2) 4(x+y)2−28(x+y)+49=0 (4) 14(x+y)2−97(x+y)+168=0
(3) 7xy=6(x+y)
(3) 7xy=6(x+y) (4) 14(x+y)2−97(x+y)+168=0
(4) 14(x+y)2−97(x+y)+168=0
80. A circle passes through (−2, 4) and touches 80. ∞∑§ flÎûÊ Á’¥ŒÈ (−2, 4) ‚ „Ê ∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò ÃÕÊ y-•ˇÊ 80. A¡L$ hsy®m (−2, 4) dp„\u `kpf \pe R>¡ A_¡
the y-axis at (0, 2). Which one of the ∑§Ê (0, 2) ¬⁄U S¬‡Ê¸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò– ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∞∑§ y-An_¡ tbvy$ (0, 2) ApNm õ`i£ R>¡. _uQ¡_pdp„\u
‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ß‚ flÎûÊ ∑§ √ÿÊ‚ ∑§Ê ÁŸM§Á¬Ã ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò?
following equations can represent a
diameter of this circle ?
L$ey„ kduL$fZ Ap hsy®m_p„ ìepk_¡ kdphsu f¡Mp
(1) 4x+5y−6=0 (1) 4x+5y−6=0 v$ip®hi¡ ?
(2) 2x−3y+10=0 (2) 2x−3y+10=0 (1) 4x+5y−6=0
(3) 3x+4y−3=0 (3) 3x+4y−3=0 (2) 2x−3y+10=0
(4) 5x+2y+4=0 (4) 5x+2y+4=0 (3) 3x+4y−3=0
(4) 5x+2y+4=0
81. Let a and b respectively be the semi- 81. ◊ÊŸÊ a ÃÕÊ b ∑˝§◊‡Ê—, ∞∑§ •Áì⁄Ufl‹ÿ Á¡‚∑§Ë
transverse and semi-conjugate axes of a ©à∑¥§Œ˝ÃÊ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ 9e2−18e+5=0 ∑§Ê ‚¥ÃÈc≈U ∑§⁄UÃË 81. ^pfp¡ L¡$ a A_¡ b A_y¾$d¡ A¡ Arshge_p„ A^® dy¿eAn
hyperbola whose eccentricity satisfies the „Ò, ∑§ •œ¸•ŸÈ¬˝SÕ •ˇÊ ÃÕÊ •œ¸‚¥ÿÈÇ◊Ë •ˇÊ „Ò¥– A_¡ A^® A_ybÝ^ An_p„ dp` R>¡ S>¡_u DÐL¡$ÞÖsp
equation 9e2−18e+5=0. If S(5, 0) is a focus
and 5x=9 is the corresponding directrix of ÿÁŒ S(5, 0) ß‚ •Áì⁄Ufl‹ÿ ∑§Ë ∞∑§ ŸÊÁ÷ ÃÕÊ kduL$fZ 9e2−18e+5=0 _y„ kdp^p_ L$f¡ R>¡. Å¡
this hyperbola, then a2−b2 is equal to : 5x=9 ‚¥ªÃ ÁŸÿãÃÊ (directrix) „Ò, ÃÊ a2−b2 ’⁄UÊ’⁄U S(5, 0) A¡ _prc A_¡ A_yê$` r_eprdL$p 5x=9 lp¡e
(1) 7 „Ò — sp¡ Ap Arshge dpV¡$ a2−b2 bfpbf :
(2) −7 (1) 7 (1) 7
(3) 5 (2) −7 (2) −7
(4) −5 (3) 5 (3) 5
(4) −5 (4) −5
SET - 04 ENGLISH SET - 04 HINDI SET - 04 GUJARATI
Set - 04 43
•• •• •• ••
82. If the tangent at a point on the ellipse
• • ÿÁŒ ŒËÉʸflÎûÊ •• • •• •• ∑§ ∞∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ ¬⁄U πË¥øË Å¡ D`hge •• • •• •• _p¡ õ`i®L$, epdpnp¡_¡
• • 82.
•• •
82.
•• •
•• • •• •• meets the coordinate axes at
•• • ªß¸ S¬‡Ê¸ ⁄UπÊ, ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊ¥∑§ •ˇÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê A ÃÕÊ B ¬⁄U Á◊‹ÃË A A_¡ B tbvy$dp„ dmsp¡ lp¡s s\p Å¡ O ENdtbvy$
A and B, and O is the origin, then the
„Ò ÃÕÊ O ◊Í‹ Á’¥ŒÈ „Ò, ÃÊ ÁòÊ÷È¡ OAB ∑§Ê ãÿÍŸÃ◊ lp¡e sp¡ rÓL$p¡Z OAB _y„ gOyÑd n¡Óam (Qp¡.A¡L$ddp„)
minimum area (in sq. units) of the triangle
OAB is : ˇÊòÊ»§‹ (flª¸ ß∑§ÊßÿÊ¥ ◊¥) „Ò — L¡$V$gy„ \pe ?
• • •
• •
(1) (1)
•
(1)
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
∧ ∧ ∧ • i • j • k ••• i • • j • p k
• • • • • • • • ÃÕÊ A_y ¾ $d¡ • i • j • k ••• i • • j • p k
• • • • • • • • A_¡
and • i •• •q j •• •• k • then the point (p, q) lies
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
on a line : • i •• •q j •• •• k „Ò¥, ÃÊ Á’¥ŒÈ (p, q) Á¡‚ ⁄UπÊ ¬⁄U • i •• •q j •• •• k lp¡e sp¡, tbvy$ (p, q) S>¡ f¡Mp D`f
ÁSÕÃ „Ò, fl„ —
(1) parallel to x-axis.
Aph¡g R>¡ s¡
(2) parallel to y-axis.
(3) making an acute angle with the (1) x-•ˇÊ ∑§ ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U „Ò– (1) x-An_¡ kdp„sf R>¡.
positive direction of x-axis. (2) y-•ˇÊ ∑§ ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U „Ò– (2) y-An_¡ kdp„sf R>¡.
(4) making an obtuse angle with the (3) x-•ˇÊ ∑§Ë œŸÊà◊∑§ ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ‚ ãÿÍŸ ∑§ÊáÊ ’ŸÊÃË (3) ^_ x-An kp\¡ gOyL$p¡Z b_ph¡ R>¡.
positive direction of x-axis.
„Ò– (4) ^_ x-An kp\¡ NyfyL$p¡Z b_ph¡ R>¡.
(4) x-•ˇÊ ∑§Ë œŸÊà◊∑§ ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ‚ •Áœ∑§ ∑§ÊáÊ
’ŸÊÃË „Ò–
• • • •
=1 is : • ••• • • • • • •• • • • •• • • •• • • • • • • ••• • •
• • • •
=1, „Ò —
(1) 2
(1) 2 =1 lp¡e s¡hp L¡$V$gp x dmi¡ ?
(2) 4
(2) 4 (1) 2
(3) 6
(3) 6 (2) 4
(4) 8
(4) 8 (3) 6
(4) 8
SET - 04 ENGLISH SET - 04 HINDI SET - 04 GUJARATI
Set - 04 46
89. If m and M are the minimum and the ÿÁŒ m ÃÕÊ M, √ÿ¥¡∑§ •
• •• • ••• • • • •• •• •• • • • •
89.
maximum values of 89. Å¡ m A_¡ M A¡ •
•
• • •• • ••• • • • •• •• •• • • • • x R ∑ § ∑˝ § ◊‡Ê— _p„ Þe|_sd A_¡ dlÑd d|ëep¡ lp¡e sp¡ M−m
• •• • ••• • • • •• •• •• • • • • x R, then • xR
• _u qL„$ds L¡$V$gu \i¡ ?
ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ÃÕÊ •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ◊ÊŸ „Ò¥, ÃÊ M−m ’⁄UÊ’⁄U
M−m is equal to :
„Ò — ••
•• (1)
•
••
•
(1)
•
(1)
•
• (2)
•
•
•
(2)
•
(2)
•
• (3)
•
•
•
(3)
•
(3)
•
• (4)
•
•
•
(4)
•
(4)
90. Consider the following two statements : 90. ÁŸêŸ ŒÊ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞ — 90. _uQ¡_p b¡ rh^p_p¡ Ap`¡g R>¡ :
P : If 7 is an odd number, then 7 is P : ÿÁŒ 7 ∞∑§ Áfl·◊ ‚¥ÅÿÊ „Ò, ÃÊ 7, 2 ‚ ÷Êíÿ P : Å¡ 7 A¡ AeyÁd k„¿ep lp¡e sp¡ 7 _¡ 2 hX¡$
divisible by 2. „Ò– r_:i¡j cpNu iL$pe R>¡.
Q : If 7 is a prime number, then 7 is an
Q : ÿÁŒ 7 ∞∑§ •÷Êíÿ ‚¥ÅÿÊ „Ò, ÃÊ 7 ∞∑§ Áfl·◊ Q : Å¡ 7 A¡ ArhcpÄe k„¿ep lp¡e sp¡ 7 AeyÁd
odd number.
‚¥ÅÿÊ „Ò– R>¡.
If V1 is the truth value of the contrapositive
of P and V 2 is the truth value of ÿÁŒ V1, P ∑§ ¬˝ÁÃœŸÊà◊∑§ ∑§Ê ‚àÿ◊ÊŸ „Ò ÃÕÊ Å¡ V1 A¡ P dp„ kdp_p\} â¡fZ (contrapositive)
contrapositive of Q, then the ordered pair V2, Q ∑§ ¬˝ÁÃœŸÊà◊∑§ ∑§Ê ‚àÿ◊ÊŸ „Ò, ÃÊ ∑˝§Á◊à ÿÈÇ◊ _y„ kÐep\®sp d|ëe A_¡ V2 A¡ Q _p kdp_p\} â¡fZ_p„
(V1, V2) equals :
(V1, V2) ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò — kÐep\®sp d|ëe lp¡e sp¡ ¾$dey¼s Å¡X$ (V1, V2) bfpbf:
(1) (T, T)
(1) (T, T) (1) (T, T)
(2) (T, F)
(2) (T, F) (2) (T, F)
(3) (F, T)
(3) (F, T) (3) (F, T)
(4) (F, F)
(4) (F, F) (4) (F, F)
-oOo-
-oOo- -oOo-
5. In the figure shown ABC is a uniform wire. 5. ÁŒÿ ªÿ ÁøòÊ ◊¥ ÃÊ⁄U ABC ∞∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ „Ò– ÿÁŒ 5. ApL©$rÑdp„ v$ip®ìep dyS>b ABC A¡ kdp_ spf R>¡. Å¡
If centre of mass of wire lies vertically below ‚¥„ÁÃ-∑§ãŒ˝ Á’¥ŒÈ A ∑ ™§äflʸœ⁄U ŸËø ÁSÕà „Ò, Ã’ spf_y„ Öìedp_ L¡$ÞÖ tbvy$ A _u bfp¡bf _uQ¡ Aphsy„
•• •• ••
point A, then
• •
is close to : ‹ª÷ª „Ò — lp¡e sp¡ _y„ d|ëe _________ _u _ÆL$_y„ \i¡.
• • • •
• •• •• • •• •
•• • „Ò– [õ\rsdp„ R>¡.
••
(2)
•• • •• •
• •• •• • •• • • •• •• • •• •
•• ••
(2) (2)
•• • •• •
•• •• • •• •
•• •• •• •• ••
(3)
•• • •• • •• • •• •
•• •• • •• • •• •• • •• •
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
(3) (3)
•• •
• • •• •
•• •• •• ••
(4)
•• • •• •
• • •• • • • •• •
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
(4) (4)
••
•• •
••
(1)
•• ••
•• • •• •
••
(1)
••
(1)
••
(2) •• •
•• •• ••
(2) •• • •• •
••
(2)
•• ••
(3) •• •
•• •• ••
(3) •• • •• •
•• ••
(3)
••
•• •
••
(4)
•• ••
•• • •• •
••
(4)
••
(4)
(4) 300 J
π • • • • •• π • • • • ••
(4)
τ•
(4)
τ•
(4)
τ•
•
∧
( ∧
•• • • ••• ••• •• • •−• • , ) •
•
→
• •= ( ∧ ∧
•• • • ••• ••• •• • •−• • ) A_¡
→
• •=
•
•
(
•• • • ••• ••• •• • •−• •
∧ ∧
) and the →
B •• •
•
( ∧
•Byz ••x, •t •• y •• • z
∧
)
•
•
• Qy„bL$ue n¡Ó
magnetic field is
•
→
B •• •
• ∧
( ∧
•Byz ••x, •t •• y •• • z ) (2) +x ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ øÊÁ‹Ã flÒlÈÃ-øÈê’∑§Ëÿ Ã⁄¥Uª ∑§ →
B •• •
•
∧
( ∧
•Byz ••x, •t •• y •• • z ) \i¡.
• •
(2) For an electromagnetic wave
Á‹ÿ
→
• •• •
•
∧
(∧
•• • • • • •• •••• •• • •• • • , ) (2) +x -qv$ipdp„ Nrs L$fsp rhÛysQy„bL$ue sf„N
propagating in +x direction the dpV¡$ rhÛys n¡Ó
•
electric field is
→
• •• •
•
∧
( ∧
•• • • •• • •• •••• •• • •• • • ) → •
(
∧ ∧
) A_¡
• •• • •• • • • • •• •••• •• • •• • •
•
→
• •• •
•
∧
( ∧
•• • • • • •• •••• •• • •• • • ) and (3) +y ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ ø‹ ⁄U„Ë flÒlÈÃ-øÈê’∑§Ëÿ Ã⁄¥Uª ∑§
•
Qy„bL$ue n¡Ó
→ • ∧
the magnetic field is
Á‹ÿ • •• • •• • • •• • •• • •• • , •
→ •
( ∧ ∧
) •
→
• •• •
•
∧
( ∧
•• • • •• • •• •••• •• • •• • • ) \i¡.
• •• • •• • • •• • •• •••• •• • •• • •
• → • ∧
B •• • •Byz ••x, •t •• z - qv$ipdp„ Nrs L$fsp rhÛysQy„bL$ue sf„N
•
(3) +y
(3) For an electromagnetic wave
→ • ∧
propagating in +y direction the dpV¡$ rhÛys n¡Ó • •• • •• • • •• • •• • •• •
→ • ∧ •
electric field is • •• • •• • • •• • •• • •• •
• → • ∧
A_¡ Qy„bL$ue n¡Ó B •• • •Byz •• x, •t •• z
and the magnetic field is •
→ • ∧ \i¡.
B •• • •Byz •• x, •t •• z
•
(1) (1)
(1)
(2)
(2) (2)
(3)
(3) (3)
30. The ratio (R) of output resistance r0, and 30. Á∑§‚Ë ≈˛UÊ¥Á¡S≈U⁄U ∑§Ë ÁŸfl‡Ê-ÁŸª¸◊ •Á÷‹ÊˇÊÁáÊ∑§ 30. V²$p[ÞTõV$f_u C_`yV$ A_¡ ApDV$`yV$ gpnrZL$sp_p
the input resistance ri in measurements of
◊ʬŸ ∑ § Á‹ÿ ¬˝ ÿ È Ä Ã ÁŸª¸ ◊ -¬˝ Á Ã⁄U Ê œ (r 0) fl dp`_dp„ ApDV$`yV$ Ahfp¡^ r0 A_¡ C_`yV$ Ahfp¡^ ri
input and output characteristics of a
transistor is typically in the range : ÁŸfl‡Ê-¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ (ri) ∑§ •ŸÈ¬Êà (R) ∑§Ê •ÊÿÊ◊ _p¡ NyZp¡Ñf (R) __________ S>¡V$gu f¡ÞS>dp„ lp¡e R>¡.
(1) R~102−103 (range) „ʪÊ? (1) R~102−103
(2) R~1−10 (1) R~102−103 (2) R~1−10
(3) R~0.1−0.01 (2) R~1−10 (3) R~0.1−0.01
(4) R~0.1−1.0 (3) R~0.1−0.01 (4) R~0.1−1.0
(4) R~0.1−1.0
31. The volume of 0.1N dibasic acid sufficient 31. 0.1N X$peb¡rTL$ A¡rkX$_y„ L$v$ iy„ li¡ L¡$ S>¡ 1 g b¡CT_p
to neutralize 1 g of a base that furnishes 0.04 31. 0.1N ÁmˇÊÊ⁄UËÿ •ê‹ ∑§Ê •Êÿß ÄÿÊ „ÊªÊ ¡Ê 1 ª˝Ê◊ sV$õ\uL$fZ L$fhp dpV¡$ `ep®á lp¡e L¡$ S>¡_p S>gue ÖphZdp„
mole of OH− in aqueous solution is :
ˇÊÊ⁄U∑§ Á¡‚∑§ ¡‹Ëÿ Áfl‹ÿŸ ◊¥ 0.04 ◊Ê‹ OH− „Ò 0.04 dp¡g OH− Aph¡gp R>¡ ?
(1) 200 mL
∑§Ê ©ŒÊ‚ËŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ¬ÿʸ# „Ò? (1) 200 mL
(2) 400 mL (2) 400 mL
(1) 200 mL
(3) 600 mL (3) 600 mL
(2) 400 mL
(4) 800 mL (4) 800 mL
(3) 600 mL
(4) 800 mL
37. A solid XY kept in an evacuated sealed 37. ∞∑§ ’¥Œ (‚ËÀ«U) ÁŸflʸÁÃà ¬ÊòÊ ◊¥ ⁄UπÊ ªÿÊ ∆UÊ‚ XY 37. A¡L$ b„^ (sealed) r_hp®rss (evacuated) `pÓdp„
container undergoes decomposition to ÁflÉÊÁ≈Uà „Ê∑§⁄U Ãʬ T ¬⁄U ŒÊ ªÒ‚¥ X ÃÕÊ Y ∑§Ê Á◊üÊáÊ fpMhpdp„ Aph¡g O_ (solid) XY rhOV$us \C_¡ T
form a mixture of gases X and Y at
temperature T. The equilibrium pressure ’ŸÊÃÊ „Ò– ß‚ ¬ÊòÊ ◊¥ ‚Êêÿ ŒÊ’ 10 bar „Ò– ß‚ sp`dp_¡ hpeyAp¡_y„ rdîZ X A_¡ Y b_¡ R>¡. Ap `pÓdp„
is 10 bar in this vessel. Kp for this reaction •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§ Á‹ÿ Kp „ÊªÊ — k„syg_ v$bpZ 10 bar (bpf) R>¡. Ap âq¾$ep dpV¡$ Kp
is : (1) 5 iy„ R>¡ ?
(1) 5 (2) 10 (1) 5
(2) 10 (3) 25 (2) 10
(3) 25 (4) 100 (3) 25
(4) 100
(4) 100
39. The rate law for the reaction below is given 39. ŸËø ŒË ªß¸ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ Œ⁄U ÁŸÿ◊ k [A][B] 39. _uQ¡ Ap`¡g âq¾$ep dpV¡$_p¡ h¡N-r_ed k [A][B] ìe„S>L$
by the expression k [A][B] √ÿ¥¡∑§ ‚ √ÿÄà Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò \u ìe¼s (expression) L$f¡g R>¡.
A+B Product A+B ©à¬ÊŒ A+B _u`S>
If the concentration of B is increased from A _u kp„Ösp 0.1 mole (dp¡g) fpMuA¡ A_¡ Å¡ B _u
A ∑§Ë ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ 0.1 ◊Ê‹ ¬⁄U ⁄Uπà „È∞ ÿÁŒ B
0.1 to 0.3 mole, keeping the value of A at
∑§Ë ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ 0.1 ‚ ’…∏Ê∑§⁄U 0.3 ◊Ê‹ ∑§⁄U ŒË ¡ÊÃË „Ò ÃÊ kp„Ösp 0.1 \u h^pfu_¡ 0.3 dp¡g L$fhpdp„ Aph¡ sp¡
0.1 mole, the rate constant will be :
(1) k Œ⁄U ÁSÕ⁄UÊ¥∑§ „ÊªÊ — h¡NAQmp„L$ iy„ li¡ ?
(1) k
(2) k/3 (1) k
(2) k/3
(3) 3k (2) k/3
(3) 3k
(4) 9k (3) 3k
(4) 9k
(4) 9k
40. Gold numbers of some colloids 40. L¡$V$gpL$ L$rggp¡_p õhZp¯L$ (Np¡ëX$ _„bf) Ap âdpZ¡ R>¡.
40. ∑È § ¿U ∑§Ê ‹ Êß«U Ê ¥ ∑ § SfláÊÊZ ∑ § „Ò ¥ , Á¡‹ Á ≈U Ÿ —
are : Gelatin : 0.005 - 0.01, Gum Æg¡V$u_ (Gelatin) : 0.005 - 0.01, Nd Af¡rbL$
Arabic : 0.15 - 0.25; Oleate : 0.04 - 1.0; 0.005 - 0.01, ª◊ ∞⁄ U Á’∑§ — 0.15 - 0.25;
(Gum Arabic) : 0.15 - 0.25; Ap¡ r gA¡ V $$
Starch : 15 - 25. Which among these is a •ÊÁ‹∞≈U — 0.04 - 1.0; S≈UÊø¸ — 15 - 25, ߟ◊¥ ∑§ÊÒŸ-
(Oleate) : 0.04 - 1.0; õV$pQ® (Starch) : 15 - 25.
better protective colloid ?
‚Ê ’„Ã⁄U ⁄UˇÊË ∑§Ê‹Êÿ«U „ʪÊ?
(1) Gelatin Apdp„\u L$ep¡ kp¥\u h^pfp¡ kpfp¡ frns L$rgg R>¡ ?
(1) Á¡‹Á≈UŸ
(2) Gum Arabic (1) Æg¡V$u_ (Gelatin)
(3) Oleate (2) ª◊ ∞⁄UÁ’∑§ (2) Nd Af¡rbL$ (Gum Arabic)
(4) Starch (3) •ÊÁ‹∞≈U (3) Ap¡rgA¡V$ (Oleate)
(4) S≈UÊø¸ (4) õV$pQ® (Starch)
SET - 03 ENGLISH SET - 03 HINDI SET - 03 GUJARATI
Set - 03 27
41. The following statements concern elements 41. ÁŸêŸ ∑§ÕŸ •Êflø ÃÊÁ‹∑§Ê ◊¥ ©¬ÁSÕà ÃàflÊ¥ ‚ ‚ê’¥ÁœÃ 41. _uQ¡_p rh^p_p¡ Aphs®L$p¡ô$dp„_p sÒhp¡_¡ k„b„r^s R>¡.
in the periodic table. Which of the
„Ò¥– ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ‚àÿ „Ò? _uQ¡_pdp„\u L$ey„ kpQy„ R>¡ ?
following is true ?
(1) All the elements in Group 17 are (1) ª˝È¬ 17 ◊¥ ‚÷Ë Ãàfl ªÒ‚ „Ò¥– (1) kd|l 17 dp„ b^p S> sÒhp¡ hpeyAp¡ R>¡.
gases. (2) ª˝È¬ 13 ◊¥ ‚÷Ë Ãàfl œÊÃÈ „Ò¥– (2) kd|l 13 dp„ b^p S> sÒhp¡ ^psyAp¡ R>¡.
(2) The Group 13 elements are all metals.
(3) ª˝È¬ 15 ∑§ ÃàflÊ¥ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ◊¥ ‚¥ªÃ •Êflø ∑§ (3) Aphs®_¡ A_ygnu_¡ kd|l 15 _p sÒhp¡_u
(3) Elements of Group 16 have lower
ª˝È¬ 16 ∑§ ÃàflÊ¥ ◊¥ •ÊÿŸŸ ∞ãÕÒÀ¬Ë ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ syg_pdp„ kd|l 16 _p sÒhp¡_u â\d Ape_uL$fZ
ionization enthalpy values compared
to those of Group 15 in the ∑§◊ ⁄U„ÃÊ „Ò– A¡Þ\pë`u Ap¡R>u R>¡.
(4) kd|l 15 _p sÒhp¡ dpV¡$, kd|ldp„ _uQ¡ S>CA¡
corresponding periods. (4) ª˝È¬ 15 ∑§ ÃàflÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞, ª˝È¬ ◊¥ ŸËø ¡ÊŸ ¬⁄U
(4) For Group 15 elements, the stability +5 •ÊÚÄ‚Ë∑§⁄UáÊ •flSÕÊ ∑§Ê SÕÊÁÿàfl ’…∏ÃÊ
s¡d +5 Ap¡[¼kX¡$i_ Ahõ\p_u [õ\fsp h^¡
of +5 oxidation state increases down
„Ò– R>¡.
the group.
••
•• ••
(1)
(1) (1)
••
•• ••
••
•• ••
(2)
(2) (2)
•• ••
••
(3)
(3) (3)
•• ••
••
••
•• ••
(4)
(4)
••
(4)
•• ••
X X
is :
„Ò — X iy„ R>¡ ?
••
••
• •• • ••
• •• •
• •• •
(1)
(1)
(1)
••
••
••
• •• • ••
• •• • ••
• •• • ••
(2)
(2)
(2)
••
••
••
••• • ••• •
••• •
(3)
(3)
(3)
54. Which one of the following reagents is not 54. Áfl‹Ê¬Ÿ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ߟ •Á÷∑§Ê⁄U∑§Ê¥ ◊¥ ‚ 54. _uQ¡ Ap`¡gpdp„\u L$ep¡ âq¾$eL$ A¡ rhgp¡`_ âq¾$ep dpV¡$
suitable for the elimination reaction ?
∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ©¬ÿÈÄà Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò? kyk„Ns _\u ?
•• ••
••
(1) NaOH/H2O (1) NaOH/H2O
(1) NaOH/H2O
(2) NaOEt/EtOH (2) NaOEt/EtOH
(2) NaOEt/EtOH
(3) NaOH/H2O-EtOH (3) NaOH/H2O-EtOH
(3) NaOH/H2O-EtOH
(4) NaI (4) NaI
(4) NaI
55. The correct statement about the synthesis 55. PETN _u b_phV$dp„ h`fpsp¡ Cfu\° u V$p¡ g
of erythritol (C(CH 2OH) 4 ) used in the 55. PETN ∑§ ’ŸÊŸ ◊¥ ¬˝ÿÈÄà ß⁄UËÁÕ˝≈UÊÚ‹ (C(CH2OH)4) (C(CH2OH)4) _p k„ïg¡jZ dpV¡$ L$ey„ rh^p_ kpQy„
preparation of PETN is : ∑§ ‚¥‡‹·áÊ ∑§ ‚ê’㜠◊¥ ‚„Ë ∑§ÕŸ „Ò — R>¡ ?
(1) The synthesis requires four aldol (1) ‚¥‡‹·áÊ ◊¥ ◊ÕŸÊÚ‹ ÃÕÊ ∞ÕŸÊÚ‹ ∑§ ’Ëø øÊ⁄U (1) k„ïg¡jZ dpV¡$ rd\¡_p¡g A_¡ C\¡_p¡g_u hÃQ¡
∞À«UÊ‹ ‚¥ÉÊŸŸ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË „Ò–
condensations between methanol
and ethanol. Qpf ApëX$p¡g k„O___u AphíeL$sp lp¡e R>¡.
(2) The synthesis requires two aldol (2) ‚¥‡‹·áÊ ◊¥ ŒÊ ∞À«UÊ‹ ‚¥ÉÊŸŸ ÃÕÊ ŒÊ ∑Ò§ÁŸ¡Ê⁄UÊ (2) k„ïg¡jZdp„ b¡ ApëX$p¡g k„O__ A_¡ b¡ L¡$r_Tpfp¡
condensations and two Cannizzaro •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§Ë ¡M§⁄Uà „ÊÃË „Ò– âq¾$ep_u AphíeL$sp R>¡.
reactions.
(3) ‚¥‡‹·áÊ ◊¥ ÃËŸ ∞À«UÊ‹ ‚¥ÉÊŸŸ ÃÕÊ ∞∑§ (3) k„ïg¡jZdp„ ÓZ ApëX$p¡g k„O__ A_¡ A¡L$
(3) The synthesis requires three aldol
condensations and one Cannizzaro ∑Ò§ÁŸ¡Ê⁄UÊ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË „Ò– L¡$r_Tpfp¡ âq¾$ep_u AphíeL$sp R>¡.
reaction. (4) ß‚ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ◊¥ ∞ÕŸÊÚ‹ ∑§ •À»§Ê „Êß«˛UÊ¡Ÿ (4) Ap âq¾$epdp„ C\¡_p¡g_p¡ Apëap lpCX²$p¡S>_ A_¡
(4) Alpha hydrogens of ethanol and ÃÕÊ ◊ÕŸÊÚ‹ ÷ʪ ‹Ã „Ò¥– rd\¡_p¡g cpN g¡ R>¡.
methanol are involved in this
reaction.
• • •
•
(2)
•
(2)
•
(2)
(3) 2 (3) 2 (3) 2
(4) • • (4) • • (4) • •
• • •
• • •
(3) (3) (3)
•• ••
74. The integral is equal 74. ‚◊Ê∑§‹ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
( • •• • • ) • • •• •• • ( • •• • • ) • • •• •• • ••
74. =__________.
( • •• • • ) • • •• •• •
to : (¡„Ê° C ∞∑§ ‚◊Ê∑§‹Ÿ •ø⁄U „Ò–)
(where C is a constant of integration.)
(Äep„ C k„L$g__p¡ AQmp„L$ R>¡.)
• •• • •
• •• • • (1) • •• •• ••
• •• •• •• • •• • • • •• • •
• •• •• ••
(1)
• •• • • (1)
• •• • •
• •• • •
• •• • • (2) • •• •• ••
• •• •• •• • •• • • • •• • •
• •• •• ••
(2)
• •• • • (2)
• •• • •
• •• • •
• •• • • (3) • • •• ••
• •• •• • •• • • • •• • •
• • •• ••
(3)
• •• • • (3)
• •• • •
• •• • •
• •• • • (4) •• •• ••
•• •• •• • •• • • • •• • •
•• •• ••
(4)
• •• • • (4)
• •• • •
83. ABC is a triangle in a plane with vertices 83. ∞∑§ ‚◊Ë ◊¥ ∞∑§ ÁòÊ÷È¡ ABC „Ò Á¡‚∑§ ‡ÊË·¸ 83. A¡L$ kdsgdp„ A¡L$ rÓL$p¡Z ABC R>¡. S>¡_p rifp¡tbvy$Ap¡
A(2, 3, 5), B(−1, 3, 2) and C(λ, 5, µ). If the A(2, 3, 5), B(−1, 3, 2) ÃÕÊ C(λ, 5, µ) „Ò¥– ÿÁŒ A(2, 3, 5), B(−1, 3, 2) A_¡ C(λ, 5, µ) R>¡. Å¡ A
A ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃË ◊ÊÁäÿ∑§Ê ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊ¥∑§ •ˇÊÊ¥ ¬⁄U ‚◊ÊŸ
median through A is equally inclined to the
coordinate axes, then the value of
dp„\u _uL$msu dÝeNp epdpnp kp\¡ kdp_ fus¡ Y$m¡g
(λ3+µ3+5) is : M§¬ ‚ ! ÊÈ∑§Ë „Ò, ÃÊ (λ3+µ3+5) ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò — R>¡, sp¡ (λ3+µ3+5) _u qL„$ds __________ R>¡.
(1) 1130 (1) 1130 (1) 1130
(2) 1348 (2) 1348 (2) 1348
(3) 676 (3) 676 (3) 676
(4) 1077 (4) 1077 (4) 1077
87. An experiment succeeds twice as often as 87. ∞∑§ ¬˝ÿʪ ∑§ ‚»§‹ „ÊŸ ∑§Ê ‚¥ÿʪ ©‚∑§ Áfl»§‹ 87. A¡L$ âep¡N S>¡V$gp hMs Akam \pe R>¡ s¡_p\u b¡
it fails. The probability of at least 5 „ÊŸ ∑§ ‚¥ÿʪ ∑§Ê ŒÈªÈŸÊ „Ò– ß‚ ¬˝ÿʪ ∑§ 6 ¬⁄UˡÊáÊÊ¥ NZp¡ kam \pe R>¡. Ap âep¡N_p R> âeÐ_p¡dp„\u
successes in the six trials of this experiment ◊¥ ‚ ∑§◊ ‚ ∑§◊ ¬Ê°ø ∑§ ‚»§‹ „ÊŸ ∑§Ë ¬˝ÊÁÿ∑§ÃÊ Ap¡ R >pdp„ Ap¡ R >u 5 kamsp dmhp_u k„ c ph_p
is :
„Ò — __________ R>¡.
•••
••• •••
•••
(1)
•••
(1)
•••
(1)
•••
••• •••
•••
(2)
•••
(2)
•••
(2)
•••
••• •••
•••
(3)
•••
(3)
•••
(3)
•••
••• •••
•••
(4)
•••
(4)
•••
(4)
89. The angle of elevation of the top of a 89. Á’¥ŒÈ A ‚, ¡Ê ∞∑§ ™§äflʸœ⁄U ◊ËŸÊ⁄U ∑§ ¬Ífl¸ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U
vertical tower from a point A, due east of it „Ò, ◊ËŸÊ⁄U ∑§ ‡ÊË·¸ ∑§Ê ©ãŸÿŸ ∑§ÊáÊ 45 „Ò– Á’¥ŒÈ B, 89. A¡L$ rifp¡g„b V$phf_u `|h® sfa_p tbvy$ A \u V$phf_u
is 45. The angle of elevation of the top of
¡Ê Á’¥ŒÈ A ∑§ ŒÁˇÊáÊ ◊¥ „Ò, ‚ ©‚Ë ◊ËŸÊ⁄U ∑§ ‡ÊË·¸ ∑§Ê V$p¡Q_p¡ DÐk¡^L$p¡Z 45 R>¡. tbvy$ A _u v$rnZ¡ Aph¡g
the same tower from a point B, due south
©ãŸÿŸ ∑§ÊáÊ 30 „Ò– ÿÁŒ A ÃÕÊ B ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§Ë ŒÍ⁄UË tbvy$ B \u V$phf_u V$p¡Q_p¡ DÐk¡^L$p¡Z 30 R>¡. Å¡ A
of A is 30. If the distance between A and
B is • • • •• , then the height of the tower • • • ◊Ë. „Ò, ÃÊ ◊ËŸÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ™§°øÊ߸ (◊Ë. ◊¥) „Ò — A_¡ B hÃQ¡_y„ A„sf • • • •• lp¡e, sp¡ V$phf_u
KQpC (duV$fdp„) __________ R>¡.
•• •
(in metres), is :
(1)
(1) •• • (2) 54 (1) •• •
(2) 54
•• •
(2) 54
(3)
(3) •• • (4) 108 (3) •• •
(4) 108 (4) 108
D
Do not open this Test Booklet until you are asked to do so.
§â ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æð ÌÕ Ì·¤ Ù ¹æðÜð´ ÁÕ Ì·¤ ·¤ãæ Ù Áæ°Ð
Read carefully the Instructions on the Back Cover of this Test Booklet.
§â ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ çÂÀÜð ¥æßÚæ ÂÚ çΰ »° çÙÎðüàææð´ ·¤æð ØæÙ âð Âɸð´Ð
Important Instructions : ×ãßÂêæü çÙÎðüàæ Ñ
1. Immediately fill in the particulars on this page of the Test 1. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ §â ÂëcÆU ÂÚU ¥æßàØ·¤ çßßÚUæ ÙèÜð / ·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ
Booklet with Blue/Black Ball Point Pen. Use of pencil is strictly
prohibited.
ß槴ÅU ÂðÙ âð Ì·¤æÜ ÖÚð´Ð ÂðçâÜ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» çÕË·é¤Ü ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
2. The Answer Sheet is kept inside this Test Booklet. When you 2. ©æÚU Âæ §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥ÎÚU ÚU¹æ ãñÐ ÁÕ ¥æ·¤æð ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
are directed to open the Test Booklet, take out the Answer ¹æðÜÙð ·¤æð ·¤ãæ Áæ°, Ìæð ©æÚU Âæ çÙ·¤æÜ ·¤ÚU âæßÏæÙèÂêß·ü ¤ çßßÚUæ ÖÚðÚÐ
Sheet and fill in the particulars carefully. 3. ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤è ¥ßçÏ 3 æ´ÅðU ãñÐ
3. The test is of 3 hours duration.
4. §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ 90 ÂýàÙ ãñ´Ð ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ¥´·¤ 360 ãñ´Ð
4. The Test Booklet consists of 90 questions. The maximum
marks are 360. 5. §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ÌèÙ Öæ» A, B, C ãñ´, çÁâ·ð¤ ÂýØð·¤ Öæ» ×ð´
5. There are three parts in the question paper A, B, C ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ, »çæÌ °ß´ ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ ·ð¤ 30 ÂýàÙ ãñ´ ¥æñÚU âÖè
consisting of Physics, Mathematics and Chemistry having ÂýàÙæ𴠷𤠥´·¤ â×æÙ ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ âãè ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° 4 (¿æÚU)
30 questions in each part of equal weightage. Each question
is allotted 4 (four) marks for correct response.
¥´·¤ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ ç·¤Øð »Øð ãñ´Ð
6. Candidates will be awarded marks as stated above in instruction 6. ¥ØçÍüØæð´ ·¤æð ÂýØð·¤ âãè ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° ©ÂÚUæðÌ çÙÎðüàæÙ â´Øæ 5 ·ð¤
No. 5 for correct response of each question. ¼ (one fourth) marks çÙÎðüàææÙéâæÚU ¥´·¤ çÎØð ÁæØð´»ðÐ ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ »ÜÌ ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜØð
will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. ¼ ßæ´ Öæ» ·¤æÅU çÜØæ ÁæØð»æÐ ØçÎ ©æÚU Âæ ×ð´ ç·¤âè ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ©æÚU
No deduction from the total score will be made if no response is
indicated for an item in the answer sheet.
Ùãè´ çÎØæ »Øæ ãæð Ìæð ·é¤Ü Âýæ#æ´·¤ âð ·¤æð§ü ·¤ÅUæñÌè Ùãè´ ·¤è ÁæØð»èÐ
7. There is only one correct response for each question. Filling 7. ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ·ð¤ßÜ °·¤ ãè âãè ©æÚU ãñÐ °·¤ âð ¥çÏ·¤ ©æÚU ÎðÙð ÂÚU
up more than one response in any question will be treated as ©âð »ÜÌ ©æÚU ×æÙæ ÁæØð»æ ¥æñÚU ©ÂÚUæðÌ çÙÎðüàæ 6 ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU ¥´·¤ ·¤æÅU
wrong response and marks for wrong response will be çÜØð ÁæØð´»ðÐ
deducted accordingly as per instruction 6 above.
8. Use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only for writing particulars/
8. ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëcÆU-1 °ß´ ÂëcÆU-2 ÂÚU ßæ´çÀUÌ çßßÚUæ °ß´ ©æÚU ¥´ç·¤Ì
marking responses on Side-1 and Side2 of the Answer Sheet. ·¤ÚUÙð ãðÌé ·ð¤ßÜ ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ß槴ÅU ÂðÙ ·¤æ ãè ÂýØæð» ·¤Úð´UÐ
Use of pencil is strictly prohibited. ÂðçâÜ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» çÕË·é¤Ü ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
9. No candidate is allowed to carry any textual material, printed 9. ÂÚUèÿææÍèü mæÚUæ ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ×ð́ Âýßðàæ ·¤æÇüU ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU
or written, bits of papers, pager, mobile phone, any electronic
device, etc. except the Admit Card inside the examination ·¤è ÂæÆ÷UØ âæ×»ýè, ×éçÎýÌ Øæ ãSÌçÜç¹Ì, ·¤æ»Á ·¤è Âç¿üØæ¡, ÂðÁÚU, ×æðÕæ§Ü
room/hall. ȤæðÙ Øæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU ·ð¤ §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUææð́ Øæ ç·¤âè ¥Ø Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è
10. Rough work is to be done on the space provided for this âæ×»ýè ·¤æð Üð ÁæÙð Øæ ©ÂØæð» ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è ¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
purpose in the Test Booklet only. This space is given at the 10. ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ·ð¤ßÜ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ Á»ã ÂÚU ãè ·¤èçÁ°Ð Øã
bottom of each page and in one page (i.e. Page 39) at the end
of the booklet. Á»ã ÂýØð·¤ ÂëcÆU ÂÚU Ùè¿ð ·¤è ¥æðÚU ¥æñÚU ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥´Ì ×ð´ °·¤ ÂëcÆU ÂÚU
11. On completion of the test, the candidate must hand over the (ÂëcÆU 39) Îè »§ü ãñÐ
Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the Room/Hall. 11. ÂÚUèÿææ â×æÌ ãæðÙð ÂÚU, ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ÀUæðǸÙð âð Âêßü ©æÚU Âæ ·¤ÿæ
However, the candidates are allowed to take away this Test
Booklet with them.
çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ßàØ âæñ´Â Îð´Ð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð âæÍ §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
12. The CODE for this Booklet is D. Make sure that the CODE
·¤æð Üð Áæ â·¤Ìð ãñ´Ð
printed on Side2 of the Answer Sheet and also tally the 12. §â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æ â´·ð¤Ì D ãñÐ Øã âéçÙçà¿Ì ·¤ÚU Üð´ ç·¤ §â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æ
serial number of the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet are the â´·ð¤Ì, ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëcÆU-2 ÂÚU ÀUÂð â´·ð¤Ì âð ç×ÜÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚU Øã Öè
same as that on this booklet. In case of discrepancy, the âéçÙçà¿Ì ·¤ÚU Üð´ ç·¤ ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ, ©æÚU Âæ ÂÚU ·ý¤× â´Øæ ç×ÜÌè ãñÐ
candidate should immediately report the matter to the
Invigilator for replacement of both the Test Booklet and the
¥»ÚU Øã çÖóæ ãæð Ìæð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ÎêâÚUè ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ¥æñÚU ©æÚU Âæ ÜðÙð
Answer Sheet. ·ð¤ çÜ° çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ÌéÚUÌ ¥ß»Ì ·¤ÚUæ°¡Ð
13. Do not fold or make any stray mark on the Answer Sheet. 13. ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æð Ù ×æðǸ𴠰ߴ Ù ãè ©â ÂÚU ¥Ø çÙàææ٠ܻ氡Ð
Name of the Candidate (in Capital letters ) :
ÂÚèÿææÍèü ·¤æ Ùæ× (ÕǸð ¥ÿæÚæð´ ×ð´) Ñ
Roll Number : in figures
¥Ùé·¤ý ×æ´·¤ Ñ ¥´·¤æð´ ×ð´
: in words
Ñ àæÎæð´ ×ð´
Examination Centre Number :
ÂÚèÿææ ·ð¤Îý ÙÕÚU Ñ
Name of Examination Centre (in Capital letters) :
ÂÚUèÿææ ·ð¤Îý ·¤æ Ùæ× (ÕǸð ¥ÿæÚUæð´ ×ð´ ) Ñ
Candidates Signature : 1. Invigilators Signature :
ÂÚèÿææÍèü ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ çÙÚèÿæ·¤ ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ
2. Invigilators Signature :
çÙÚèÿæ·¤ ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ
PART A PHYSICS Öæ» A ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ
1. Distance of the centre of mass of a solid 1. ç·¤âè °·¤â×æÙ ÆUæðâ àæ´·é¤ ·ð¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ ·ð¤Îý ·¤è
uniform cone from its vertex is z0. If the ©â·ð¤ àæèáü âð ÎêÚUè z0 ãñÐ ØçÎ àæ´·é¤ ·ð¤ ¥æÏæÚU ·¤è
radius of its base is R and its height is h çæØæ R ÌÍæ àæ´·é¤ ·¤è ª¡¤¿æ§ü h ãæð Ìæð z0 ·¤æ ×æÙ
then z0 is equal to : çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì ×ð´ âð ç·¤â·ð¤ ÕÚUæÕÚU ãæð»æ?
5h 5h
(1) (1)
8 8
3h 2 3h 2
(2) (2)
8R 8R
h2 h2
(3) (3)
4R 4R
3h 3h
(4) (4)
4 4
2. A red LED emits light at 0.1 watt uniformly 2. °·¤ ÜæÜ Ú´U» ·¤æ °Ü.§ü.ÇUè. (Âý·¤æàæ ©âÁü·¤ ÇUæØæðÇU)
around it. The amplitude of the electric 0.1 ßæÅU ÂÚU, °·¤â×æÙ Âý·¤æàæ ©âçÁüÌ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ
field of the light at a distance of 1 m from ÇUæØæðÇU âð 1 m ÎêÚUè ÂÚU, §â Âý·¤æàæ ·ð¤ çßléÌ ÿæðæ ·¤æ
the diode is : ¥æØæ× ãæð»æ Ñ
D/Page 2 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
3. A pendulum made of a uniform wire of 3. ç·¤âè °·¤â×æÙ ÌæÚU ·¤è ¥ÙéÂýSÍ·¤æÅU ·¤æ ÿæðæȤÜ
cross sectional area A has time period T. A ãñÐ §ââð ÕÙæØð »Øð °·¤ ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤æ ¥æßÌü·¤æÜ
When an additional mass M is added to T ãñÐ §â ÜæðÜ·¤ ·ð¤ »æðÜ·¤ âð °·¤ ¥çÌçÚUÌ M
its bob, the time period changes to TM. If ÎýÃØ×æÙ ÁæðǸ ÎðÙð âð ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤æ ¥æßÌü·¤æÜ ÂçÚUßçÌüÌ
the Youngs modulus of the material of the ãæð·¤ÚU TM ãæð ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ §â ÌæÚU ·ð¤ ÂÎæÍü ·¤æ Ø´»
1 1
wire is Y then
Y
is equal to : »éææ´·¤ Y ãæð Ìæð Y
·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
(g5gravitational acceleration) (g5»éL¤ßèØ ßÚUæ)
2 2
T A T A
(1) 1 2 M (1) 1 2 M
T Mg T Mg
2 2
T A T A
(2) 1 2 (2) 1 2
TM Mg TM Mg
TM 2 A TM 2 A
(3) 21 (3) 21
T Mg T Mg
TM 2 Mg TM 2 Mg
(4) 21 (4) 2 1
T A T A
D/Page 3 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
4. For a simple pendulum, a graph is plotted 4. ç·¤âè âÚUÜ ÜæðÜ·¤ ·ð¤ çÜØð, ©â·ð¤ çßSÍæÂÙ d ÌÍæ
between its kinetic energy (KE) and ©â·¤è »çÌÁ ª¤Áæü ·ð¤ Õè¿ ¥æñÚU çßSÍæÂÙ d ÌÍæ
potential energy (PE) against its ©â·¤è çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü ·ð¤ Õè¿ »ýæȤ ¹è´¿ð »Øð ãñ´Ð
displacement d. Which one of the çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ »ýæȤ (¥æÜð¹) âãè ãñ?
following represents these correctly ? (Øãæ¡ »ýæȤ ·ð¤ßÜ ÃØßSÍæ ¥æÚðU¹ ãñ´ ¥æñÚU S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤
(graphs are schematic and not drawn to scale) ¥ÙéâæÚU Ùãè´ ãñ´)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
5. A train is moving on a straight track with 5. °·¤ ÅþðUÙ (ÚðUÜ»æǸè) âèÏè ÂÅUçÚUØæð´ ÂÚU 20 ms21 ·¤è
speed 20 ms21. It is blowing its whistle at ¿æÜ âð »çÌ ·¤ÚU ÚUãè ãñÐ §â·¤è âèÅUè ·¤è ßçÙ ·¤è
the frequency of 1000 Hz. The percentage ¥æßëçæ 1000 Hz ãñÐ ØçÎ ßçÙ ·¤è ßæØé ×ð´ ¿æÜ
change in the frequency heard by a person 320 ms21 ãæð Ìæð, ÂÅUçÚUØæð´ ·ð¤ çÙ·¤ÅU ¹Ç¸ð ÃØçÌ ·ð¤
standing near the track as the train passes Âæâ âð ÅþðUÙ ·ð¤ »éÁÚUÙð ÂÚU, ©â ÃØçÌ mæÚUæ âéÙè »§ü
him is (speed of sound5320 ms21) close âèÅUè ·¤è ßçÙ ·¤è ¥æßëçæ ×ð´ ÂýçÌàæÌ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ ãæð»æ
to : ֻܻ Ñ
(1) 18% (1) 18%
(2) 24% (2) 24%
(3) 6% (3) 6%
(4) 12% (4) 12%
D/Page 4 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
6. When 5V potential difference is applied 6. 0.1 m Ü´Õð ç·¤âè ÌæÚU ·ð¤ çâÚUæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿ 5V çßÖßæ´ÌÚUU
across a wire of length 0.1 m, the drift ¥æÚUæðçÂÌ ·¤ÚUÙð âð §ÜðÅþUæòÙæð´ ·¤è ¥Âßæã ¿æÜ
speed of electrons is 2.531024 ms21. If 2.531024 ms21 ãæðÌè ãñÐ ØçÎ §â ÌæÚU ×ð´ §ÜðÅþUæòÙ
the electron density in the wire is æÙß 831028 m23 ãæð Ìæð, §â ·ð¤ ÂÎæÍü ·¤è
831028 m23, the resistivity of the material ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ·¤Ìæ ãæð»è, ֻܻ Ñ
is close to :
(1) 1.631026 Vm (1) 1.631026 Vm
(2) 1.631025 Vm (2) 1.631025 Vm
(3) 1.631028 Vm (3) 1.631028 Vm
(4) 1.631027 Vm (4) 1.631027 Vm
7. 7.
Two long current carrying thin wires, both Îæð ÂÌÜð ÜÕð ÌæÚUæð´ ×ð´ ÂýØð·¤ âð I ÏæÚUæ ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð ÚUãè
with current I, are held by insulating ãñÐ §ãð´ L ÜÕæ§ü ·ð¤ çßléÌÚUæðÏè Ïæ»æð´ âð ÜÅU·¤æØæ
threads of length L and are in equilibrium »Øæ ãñÐ §Ù Ïæ»æð´ ×ð´ ÂýØð·¤ ·ð¤ mæÚUæ ª¤ßæüÏÚU çÎàææ âð
as shown in the figure, with threads u ·¤æðæ ÕÙæÙð ·¤è çSÍçÌ ×ð´, Øð ÎæðÙæð´ ÌæÚU âæØæßSÍæ
making an angle u with the vertical. If ×ð´ ÚUãÌð ãñ´Ð ØçÎ §Ù ÌæÚUæð´ ·¤è ÂýçÌ §·¤æ§ü ÜÕæ§ü
wires have mass l per unit length then the ÎýÃØ×æÙ l ãñ ÌÍæ g »éL¤ßèØ ßÚUæ ãñ Ìæð, I ·¤æ ×æÙ
value of I is : ãæð»æ Ñ
(g5gravitational acceleration)
pgL pgL
(1) 2 tan u (1) 2 tan u
m0 m0
plgL plgL
(2) tan u (2) tan u
m0 m0
plgL plgL
(3) sinu (3) sinu
m0 cosu m0 cosu
plgL plgL
(4) 2sinu (4) 2sinu
m0 cosu m0 cosu
D/Page 5 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
8. 8.
In the circuit shown, the current in the 1V ÎàææüØð »Øð ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´ 1V ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ·¤ âð ÂýßæçãÌ ÏæÚUæ
resistor is : ãæð»è Ñ
(1) 0.13 A, from Q to P (1) 0.13 A, Q âð P ·¤æð
(2) 0.13 A, from P to Q (2) 0.13 A, P âð Q ·¤æð
(3) 1.3 A, from P to Q (3) 1.3 A, P âð Q ·¤è ¥æðÚU
(4) 0A (4) 0 (àæêØ) A
9. Assuming human pupil to have a radius 9. ØçÎ ×æÙß Ùðæ ·¤è ÂéÌÜè ·¤è çæØæ 0.25 cm, ¥æñÚU
of 0.25 cm and a comfortable viewing SÂcÅU âéçßÏæ ÁÙ·¤ Îð¹Ùð ·¤è ÎêÚUè 25 cm ãæð Ìæð,
distance of 25 cm, the minimum separation 500 nm ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü ·ð¤ Âý·¤æàæ ×ð´, Îæð ßSÌé¥æð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿
between two objects that human eye can ç·¤ÌÙè ØêÙÌ× ÎêÚUè Ì·¤ ×æÙß Ùðæ ©Ù ÎæðÙæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿
resolve at 500 nm wavelength is : çßÖðÎÙ ·¤ÚU â·ð¤»æ?
(1) 100 mm (1) 100 mm
(2) 300 mm (2) 300 mm
(3) 1 mm (3) 1 mm
(4) 30 mm (4) 30 mm
10. An inductor (L50.03H) and a resistor 10. ÎàææüØð »Øð ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´, °·¤ ÂýðÚU·¤ (L50.03H) ÌÍæ
(R50.15 kV) are connected in series to a °·¤ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ·¤ (R50.15 kV) ç·¤âè 15V çßléÌ
battery of 15V EMF in a circuit shown ßæã·¤ ÕÜ (§ü.°×.°È¤) ·¤è ÕñÅUÚUè âð ÁéǸð ãñ´Ð ·é´¤Áè
below. The key K1 has been kept closed K1 ·¤æð ÕãéÌ â×Ø Ì·¤ ÕÎ ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñÐ §â·ð¤
for a long time. Then at t50, K1 is opened Âà¿æÌ÷ â×Ø t50 ÂÚU, K1 ·¤æð ¹æðÜ ·¤ÚU âæÍ ãè
and key K 2 is closed simultaneously. âæÍ, K2 ·¤æð ÕÎ ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ â×Ø t51ms
At t51ms, the current in the circuit will ÂÚU, ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´ çßléÌ ÏæÚUæ ãæð»è Ñ (e5@150)
be : (e5@150)
D/Page 6 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
11. An LCR circuit is equivalent to a damped 11. LCR (°Ü.âè.¥æÚU) ÂçÚUÂÍ ç·¤âè ¥ß×´çÎÌ ÜæðÜ·¤
pendulum. In an LCR circuit the capacitor ·ð¤ ÌéËØ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ ç·¤âè LCR ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´ â´ÏæçÚUæ ·¤æð
is charged to Q0 and then connected to Q0 Ì·¤ ¥æßðçàæÌ ç·¤Øæ »Øæ ãñ, ¥æñÚU çȤÚU §âð ¥æÚðU¹
the L and R as shown below : ×ð´ ÎàææüØð »Øð ¥ÙéâæÚU L ß R âð ÁæðÇ¸æ »Øæ ãñÐ
If a student plots graphs of the square of ØçÎ °·¤ çßlæÍèü L ·ð¤, Îæð çßçÖóæ ×æÙæð´, L1 ÌÍæ L2
2
maximum charge ( QMax ) on the capacitor (L 1 >L 2 ) ·ð ¤ çÜØð , â×Ø t ÌÍæ â´ Ï æçÚU æ ÂÚU
with time(t) for two different values L1 and ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ¥æßðàæ ·ð¤ ß»ü QMax 2
·ð¤ Õè¿ Îæð »ýæȤ
L2 (L1>L2) of L then which of the following
ÕÙæÌæ ãñ Ìæð çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ »ýæȤ âãè ãñ?
represents this graph correctly ? (plots are
(ÜæòÅU ·ð¤ßÜ ÃØßSÍæ ÜæòÅU ãñ´ ÌÍæ S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU
schematic and not drawn to scale)
Ùãè´ ãñ´)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
D/Page 7 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
12. In the given circuit, charge Q2 on the 2mF 12. çÎØð »Øð ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´, C ·ð¤ ×æÙ ·ð¤ 1mF âð 3mF
capacitor changes as C is varied from 1mF ÂçÚUßçÌüÌ ãæðÙð âð, 2mF â´ÏæçÚUæ ÂÚU ¥æßðàæ Q2 ×ð´
to 3mF. Q2 as a function of C is given ÂçÚUßÌüÙ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ C ·ð¤ ȤÜÙ ·ð¤ M¤Â ×ð´ Q2 ·¤æð
properly by : (figures are drawn schematically ·¤æñÙ âæ ¥æÜð¹ âãè ÎàææüÌæ ãñ? (¥æÜð¹ ·ð¤ßÜ
and are not to scale) ÃØßSÍæ ¥æÚðU¹ ãñ´ ¥æñÚU S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU Ùãè´ ãñ´Ð)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
D/Page 8 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
13. From a solid sphere of mass M and radius 13. ç·¤âè ÆUæðâ »æðÜð ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ M ÌÍæ §â·¤è çæØæ
R a cube of maximum possible volume is R ãñÐ §â×ð´ âð ¥çÏ·¤Ì× â´Öß ¥æØÌÙ ·¤æ °·¤
cut. Moment of inertia of cube about an ØêÕ (æÙ) ·¤æÅU çÜØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ §â ØêÕ ·¤æ
axis passing through its center and ÁÇ¸ß ¥ææêæü ç·¤ÌÙæ ãæð»æ, ØçÎ, §â·¤è æêæüÙ-¥ÿæ,
perpendicular to one of its faces is : §â·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý âð ãæð·¤ÚU »é$ÁÚUÌè ãñ ÌÍæ §â·ð¤ ç·¤âè °·¤
Ȥܷ¤ ·ð¤ ÜÕßÌ÷U ãñ?
4MR 2 4MR 2
(1) (1)
9 3p 9 3p
4MR 2 4MR 2
(2) (2)
3 3p 3 3p
MR 2 MR 2
(3) (3)
32 2p 32 2p
MR 2 MR 2
(4) (4)
16 2p 16 2p
L
14. The period of oscillation of a simple 14. ç·¤âè âÚUÜ ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤æ ¥æßÌü, T 5 2p ãñÐ
g
L
pendulum is T 5 2p . Measured value
g L ·¤æ ×æçÂÌ ×æÙ 20.0 cm ãñ, çÁâ·¤è ØÍæÍüÌæ
of L is 20.0 cm known to 1 mm accuracy 1 mm ãñÐ §â ÜæðÜ·¤ ·ð¤ 100 ÎæðÜÙæð´ ·¤æ â×Ø
and time for 100 oscillations of the 90 s ãñ, çÁâð 1s çßÖðÎÙ ·¤è æǸè âð ÙæÂæ »Øæ ãñÐ Ìæð,
pendulum is found to be 90 s using a wrist g ·ð¤ çÙÏæüÚUæ ×ð´ ØÍæÍüÌæ ãæð»è Ñ
watch of 1s resolution. The accuracy in
the determination of g is :
(1) 1% (1) 1%
(2) 5% (2) 5%
(3) 2% (3) 2%
(4) 3% (4) 3%
D/Page 9 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
15. On a hot summer night, the refractive 15. »ýèc× «¤Ìé ·¤è »×ü ÚUæçæ ×ð´, Öê-ÌÜ ·ð¤ çÙ·¤ÅU, ßæØé ·¤æ
index of air is smallest near the ground and ¥ÂßÌüÙæ´·¤ ØêÙÌ× ãæðÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚU Öê-ÌÜ â𠪡¤¿æ§ü ·ð¤
increases with height from the ground. âæÍ ÕɸÌæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ, ·¤æð§ü Âý·¤æàæ-ç·¤ÚUæ-´éÁ
When a light beam is directed horizontally, ÿæñçÌÁ çÎàææ ×ð´ Áæ ÚUãæ ãæð Ìæð, ã槻ðâ ·ð¤ çâhæÌ âð
the Huygens principle leads us to conclude Øã ÂçÚUææ× Âý æ Ì ãæð Ì æ ãñ ç·¤, ¿ÜÌð ãé °
that as it travels, the light beam : Âý·¤æàæ-ç·¤ÚUæ ´éÁ Ñ
(4) goes horizontally without any (4) çÕÙæ çßÿæðçÂÌ ãé°, ÿæñçÌÁ çÎàææ ×ð´ ¿ÜÌæ
deflection ÚUã»ð æÐ
16. A signal of 5 kHz frequency is amplitude 16. 5 kHz ¥æßëçæ ·ð¤ ç·¤âè â´·ð¤Ì (çâÙÜ) ·¤æ
modulated on a carrier wave of frequency 2 MHz ¥æßëçæ ·¤è ßæã·¤ ÌÚ´U» ÂÚU ¥æØæ× ×æòÇéUÜÙ
2 MHz. The frequencies of the resultant ç·¤Øæ »Øæ ãñÐ Ìæð, ÂçÚUææ×è çâÙÜ (â´·ð¤Ì) ·¤è
signal is/are : ¥æßëçæ ãæð»è Ñ
(1) 2005 kHz, 2000 kHz and 1995 kHz (1) 2005 kHz, 2000 kHz ÌÍæ 1995 kHz
(2) 2000 kHz and 1995 kHz (2) 2000 kHz ÌÍæ 1995 kHz
(4) 2005 kHz, and 1995 kHz (4) 2005 kHz, ÌÍæ 1995 kHz
D/Page 10 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
17. A solid body of constant heat capacity 17. °·¤ ÆUæðâ ç´ÇU (ßSÌé) ·¤è çSÍÚU ª¤c×æ ÏæçÚUÌæ
1 J/8C is being heated by keeping it in 1 J/8C ãñÐ §â·¤æ𠪤c×·¤æð´ (ª¤c×æ Ö´ÇUæÚUæð´) ·ð¤ â·ü¤
contact with reservoirs in two ways : ×ð´ ÚU¹·¤ÚU çÙÙ Îæð Âý·¤æÚU âð »×ü ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñ,
(i) Sequentially keeping in contact with (i) ¥Ùé·ý¤ç×·¤ M¤Â âð 2 ª¤c×·¤æð´ ·ð¤ â·ü¤ ×ð´
2 reservoirs such that each reservoir §â Âý·¤æÚU ÚU¹·¤ÚU ç·¤ ÂýØð·¤ ª¤c×·¤ â×æÙ
supplies same amount of heat. ×æææ ×ð´ ª¤c×æ ÎðÌæ ãñ,
(ii) Sequentially keeping in contact with (ii) ¥Ùé·ý¤ç×·¤ M¤Â âð 8 ª¤c×·¤æð´ ·ð¤ â·ü¤ ×ð´
8 reservoirs such that each reservoir §â Âý·¤æÚU ÚU¹·¤ÚU ç·¤ ÂýØð·¤ ª¤c×·¤ â×æÙ
supplies same amount of heat. ×æææ ×ð´ ª¤c×æ ÎðÌæ ãñ,
In both the cases body is brought from ÎæðÙæð´ çSÍçÌØæð´ ×ð´ ç´ÇU ·¤æ ÂýæÚ´UçÖ·¤ Ìæ 1008C ÌÍæ
initial temperature 1008C to final ¥çÌ× Ìæ 2008C ãñÐ Ìæð, §Ù Îæð çSÍçÌØæð´ ×ð´ ç´ÇU
temperature 2008C. Entropy change of the ·¤è °ÅþUæòÂè ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ ãæð»æ, ·ý¤×àæÑ
body in the two cases respectively is :
(1) ln2, 2ln2 (1) ln2, 2ln2
(2) 2ln2, 8ln2 (2) 2ln2, 8ln2
(3) ln2, 4ln2 (3) ln2, 4ln2
(4) ln2, ln2 (4) ln2, ln2
18. Consider a spherical shell of radius R at 18. ç·¤âè »æðÜèØ ·¤æðàæ (àæñÜ) ·¤è çæØæ R ãñ ¥æñÚU §â·¤æ
temperature T. The black body radiation Ìæ T ãñÐ §â·ð¤ ÖèÌÚU ·ë¤çcæ·¤æ çßç·¤ÚUææð´ ·¤æð ȤæðÅUæòÙæð´
inside it can be considered as an ideal gas ·¤è °·¤ °ðâè ¥æÎàæü »ñâ ×æÙæ Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ çÁâ·¤è
of photons with internal energy per unit U
ÂýçÌ §·¤æ§ü ¥æØÌÙ ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ª¤Áæü, u5 ; T4
U V
volume u5 ; T4 and pressure
V 1 U
ÌÍæ ÎæÕ, p5 ãñÐ
3 V
ØçÎ §â ·¤æðàæ ×ð́ L¤Î÷Ïæðc×
1 U
p 5 . If the shell now undergoes
3 V ÂýâæÚU ãæð Ìæð, T ÌÍæ R ·ð¤ Õè¿ â´Õ´Ï ãæð»æ Ñ
an adiabatic expansion the relation
between T and R is :
1 1
(1) T; (1) T;
R R
1 1
(2) T; 3 (2) T;
R R3
(3) T ; e2R (3) T ; e2R
(4) T ; e23R (4) T ; e23R
D/Page 11 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
19. Two stones are thrown up simultaneously 19. ç·¤âè 240 m ª¡¤¿è ¿æðÅUè ·ð¤ °·¤ ç·¤ÙæÚðU âð, Îæð
from the edge of a cliff 240 m high with ÂÍÚUæð´ ·¤æð °·¤âæÍ ª¤ÂÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU Èð´¤·¤æ »Øæ ãñ, §Ù·¤è
initial speed of 10 m/s and 40 m/s ÂýæÚ´UçÖ·¤ ¿æÜ ·ý¤×àæÑ 10 m/s ÌÍæ 40 m/s ãñ, Ìæð,
respectively. Which of the following graph çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙâæ »ýæȤ (¥æÜð¹) ÂãÜð ÂÍÚU
best represents the time variation of ·ð¤ âæÂðÿæ ÎêâÚðU ÂÍÚU ·¤è çSÍçÌ ·ð¤ â×Ø çß¿ÚUæ
relative position of the second stone with (ÂçÚUßÌüÙ) ·¤æð âßæüçÏ·¤ âãè ÎàææüÌæ ãñ?
respect to the first ?
(Assume stones do not rebound after (×æÙ ÜèçÁ° ç·¤, ÂÍÚU Á×èÙ âð ÅU·¤ÚUæÙð ·ð¤ Âà¿æÌ
hitting the ground and neglect air ª¤ÂÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU Ùãè´ ©ÀUÜÌð ãñ´ ÌÍæ ßæØé ·¤æ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ
resistance, take g510 m/s2) Ù»Ø ãñ, çÎØæ ãñ g510 m/s2)
(The figures are schematic and not drawn to (Øãæ¡ »ýæȤ ·ð¤ßÜ ÃØßSÍæ ¥æÚðU¹ ãñ´ ¥æñÚU S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤
scale) ¥ÙéâæÚU Ùãè´ ãñ´)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
D/Page 12 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
20. A uniformly charged solid sphere of radius 20. R çæØæ ·ð¤ ç·¤âè °·¤â×æÙ ¥æßðçàæÌ ÆUæðâ »æðÜð ·ð¤
R has potential V0 (measured with respect ÂëcÆU ·¤æ çßÖß V0 ãñ (: ·ð¤ âæÂðÿæ ×æÂæ »Øæ)Ð §â
to :) on its surface. For this sphere the 3V0 5V0 3V0 V0
equipotential surfaces with potentials
»æðÜð ·ð¤ çÜØð, , , ÌÍæ çßÖßæð´
2 4 4 4
3V0 5V0 3V0 V ßæÜð â×çßÖßè Âë c ÆU æ ð ´ ·¤è çæØæØð ´ , ·ý ¤ ×àæÑ
, , and 0 have radius R1,
2 4 4 4 R1, R2, R3 ÌÍæ R4 ãñ´Ð Ìæð,
R2, R3 and R4 respectively. Then
(1) R150 and R2 < (R42R3) (1) R150 ÌÍæ R2 < (R42R3)
(2) 2R < R4 (2) 2R < R4
(3) R150 and R2 > (R42R3) (3) R150 ÌÍæ R2 > (R42R3)
(4) R1 ¹ 0 and (R22R1) > (R42R3) (4) R1 ¹ 0 ÌÍæ (R22R1) > (R42R3)
21. Monochromatic light is incident on a glass 21. ·¤æ¡¿ ·ð¤ ç·¤âè çÂý× ·¤æ ·¤æðæ A ãñÐ §â ÂÚU
prism of angle A. If the refractive index of °·¤ßæèü Âý·¤æàæ ¥æÂçÌÌ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ, çÂý× ·ð¤
the material of the prism is m, a ray, ÂÎæÍü ·¤æ ¥ÂßÌüÙæ´·¤ m ãñ Ìæð, çÂý× ·ð¤ AB Ȥܷ¤
incident at an angle u, on the face AB ÂÚU, u ·¤æðæ ¥æÂçÌÌ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤è ç·¤ÚUæ, çÂý× ·ð¤
would get transmitted through the face AC Ȥܷ¤ AC âð ÂæÚU»Ì ãæð»è ØçÎ Ñ
of the prism provided :
1 1
(1) u > cos21 m sin A 1 sin21 (1) u > cos21 m sin A 1 sin21
m m
1 1
(2) u < cos21 m sin A 1 sin21 (2) u < cos21 m sin A 1 sin21
m m
1 1
(3) u > sin21 m sin A 2 sin21 (3) u > sin21 m sin A 2 sin21
m m
1 1
(4) u < sin21 m sin A 2 sin21 (4) u < sin21 m sin A 2 sin21
m m
D/Page 13 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
22. A rectangular loop of sides 10 cm and 22. 10 cm ÌÍæ 5 cm ÖéÁæ¥æ𴠷𤠰·¤ ¥æØÌæ·¤æÚU ÜêÂ
5 cm carrying a current I of 12 A is placed (Âæàæ) âð °·¤ çßléÌ ÏæÚUæ, I 5 12 A, ÂýßæçãÌ ãæðU
in different orientations as shown in the ÚUãè ãñÐ §â Âæàæ ·¤æð ¥æÚðU¹ ×ð´ ÎàææüØð »Øð ¥ÙéâæÚU
figures below : çßçÖóæ ¥çÖçßØæâæð´ (çSÍçÌØæð´) ×ð´ ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñÐ
(a) (a)
(b) (b)
(c) (c)
(d) (d)
If there is a uniform magnetic field of ØçÎ ßãæ¡ 0.3 T ÌèßýÌæ ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü °·¤â×æÙ ¿éÕ·¤èØ
0.3 T in the positive z direction, in which ÿæðæ, ÏÙæ×·¤ z çÎàææ ×ð´ çßl×æÙ ãñ Ìæð, ÎàææüØð »Øð
orientations the loop would be in (i) stable 緤⠥çÖçßØæâ ×ð´, Øã Âæàæ (ÜêÂ) (i) SÍæØè
equilibrium and (ii) unstable equilibrium ? â´ÌéÜÙ ÌÍæ (ii) ¥SÍæØè â´ÌéÜÙ ×ð´, ãæð»æ?
(1) (b) and (d), respectively (1) ·ý¤×àæÑ (b) ÌÍæ (d) ×ð´
(2) (b) and (c), respectively (2) ·ý¤×àæÑ (b) ÌÍæ (c) ×ð´
(3) (a) and (b), respectively (3) ·ý¤×àæÑ (a) ÌÍæ (b) ×ð´
(4) (a) and (c), respectively (4) ·ý¤×àæÑ (a) ÌÍæ (c) ×ð´
D/Page 14 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
23. Two coaxial solenoids of different radii 23. Îæð â×æÿæè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ¥æð´ ×ð´, ÂýØð·¤ âð I ÏæÚUæ °·¤ ãè
carry current I in the same direction. Let çÎàææ ×ð´ ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð ÚUãè ãñÐ ØçÎ, ÕæãÚUè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ
→ ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ, ÖèÌÚUè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ ÂÚU ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÕÜ
F1 be the magnetic force on the inner →
→ F1 ÌÍæ ÖèÌÚUè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ, ÕæãÚUè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ
solenoid due to the outer one and F2 be
→
the magnetic force on the outer solenoid ÂÚU ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÕÜ F2 ãæð Ìæð Ñ
due to the inner one. Then :
→ → → →
(1) F1 is radially inwards and F2 50 (1) F1 ÖèÌÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ß ¥ÚUèØ ãñ ÌÍæ F2 50
ãñÐ
→ → → →
(2) F1 is radially outwards and F2 50 (2) F1 ÕæãÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ß ¥ÚUèØ ãñ ÌÍæ F2 50
ãñÐ
→ → → →
(3) F1 5 F25 0 (3) F1 5 F25 0
→ → →
(4) F1 is radially inwards and F2 is (4) F1 ÖèÌÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ß ¥ÚUèØ (çæØ) ãñ ¥æñÚU
→
radially outwards F2 ÕæãÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ß ¥ÚUèØ ãñÐ
24. A particle of mass m moving in the 24. x-çÎàææ ×ð´ 2v ¿æÜ âð ¿ÜÌð ãé° m ÎýÃØ×æÙ ·ð¤ °·¤
x direction with speed 2v is hit by another ·¤æ âð, y-çÎàææ ×ð´ v ßð» âð ¿ÜÌæ ãé¥æ 2m ÎýÃØ×æÙ
particle of mass 2m moving in the ·¤æ °·¤ ·¤æ, ÅU·¤ÚUæÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ Øã â´æÅ÷UÅU (ÅU·¤ÚU)
y direction with speed v. If the collision is ÂêæüÌÑ ¥ÂýØæSÍ ãñ Ìæð, ÅU·¤ÚU ·ð¤ ÎæñÚUæÙ ª¤Áæü ·¤æ ÿæØ
perfectly inelastic, the percentage loss in (ãæçÙ) ãæð»è Ñ
the energy during the collision is close to :
D/Page 15 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
25. Consider an ideal gas confined in an 25. °·¤ ¥æÎàæü »ñ â ç·¤âè ÕÎ (â´ ß ë Ì ), çßØé Ì
isolated closed chamber. As the gas (çßÜç»Ì) ·¤ÿæ ×ð´ âèç×Ì (ÚU¹è) ãñÐ §â »ñâ ×´ð´
undergoes an adiabatic expansion, the L¤Î÷Ïæðc× ÂýâæÚU ãæðÙð ÂÚU, §â·ð¤ ¥æé¥æð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿ ÅU·¤ÚU
average time of collision between ·¤æ ¥æñâÌ ·¤æÜ (â×Ø) Vq ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU Õɸ ÁæÌæ ãñ,
q
molecules increases as V , where V is the Áãæ¡ V »ñâ ·¤æ ¥æØÌÙ ãñÐ Ìæð q ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ :
volume of the gas. The value of q is : Cp
Cp g 5
Cv
g 5
Cv
26. From a solid sphere of mass M and radius 26. °·¤ ÆUæðâ »æðÜð ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ M ÌÍæ çæØæ R ãñÐ
R R
R, a spherical portion of radius
2
is §ââð çæØæ ·¤æ °·¤ »æðÜèØ Öæ», ¥æÚðU¹ ×ð´ ÎàææüØð
2
removed, as shown in the figure. Taking »Øð ¥ÙéâæÚU ·¤æÅU çÜØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ r5:(¥ÙÌ) ÂÚU
gravitational potential V50 at r5:, the »éL¤ßèØ çßÖß ·ð¤ ×æÙ V ·¤æð àæêØ (V50) ×æÙÌð
potential at the centre of the cavity thus ãé°, §â Âý·¤æÚU ÕÙð ·¤æðÅUÚU (·ñ¤çßÅUè) ·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý ÂÚU,
formed is : »éL¤ßèØ çßÖß ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
(G5 gravitational constant) (G5 »éL¤ßèØ çSÍÚUæ¡·¤ ãñ )
2 2GM 2 2GM
(1) (1)
3R 3R
2 2GM 2 2GM
(2) (2)
R R
2 GM 2 GM
(3) (3)
2R 2R
2 GM 2 GM
(4) (4)
R R
D/Page 16 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
27. 27.
Given in the figure are two blocks A and B Øãæ¡ ¥æÚðU¹ ×ð´ Îæð Üæò·¤ (»éÅU·ð¤) A ¥æñÚU B ÎàææüØð »Øð
of weight 20 N and 100 N, respectively. ãñ´ çÁÙ·ð¤ ÖæÚU ·ý¤×àæÑ 20 N ÌÍæ 100 N ãñ´Ð §ãð´,
These are being pressed against a wall by a °·¤ ÕÜ F mæÚUæ ç·¤âè ÎèßæÚU ÂÚU ÎÕæØæ Áæ ÚUãæ ãñÐ
force F as shown. If the coefficient of friction ØçÎ æáüæ »éææ´·¤ ·¤æ ×æÙ, A ÌÍæ B ·ð¤ Õè¿ 0.1
between the blocks is 0.1 and between block ÌÍæ B ¥æñÚU ÎèßæÚU ·ð¤ Õè¿ 0.15 ãñ Ìæð, ÎèßæÚU mæÚUæ
B and the wall is 0.15, the frictional force Üæò·¤ B ÂÚU Ü»æ ÕÜ ãæð»æ Ñ
applied by the wall on block B is :
(1) 120 N (1) 120 N
(2) 150 N (2) 150 N
(3) 100 N (3) 100 N
(4) 80 N (4) 80 N
28. A long cylindrical shell carries positive 28. ç·¤âè ÜÕð ÕðÜÙæ·¤æÚU ·¤æðàæ ·ð¤ ª¤ÂÚUè Öæ» ×ð´ ÏÙæ×·¤
surface charge s in the upper half and ÂëcÆU ¥æßðàæ s ÌÍæ çÙ¿Üð Öæ» ×ð´ «¤ææ×·¤ ÂëcÆU
negative surface charge 2s in the lower ¥æßðàæ 2s ãñ´Ð §â ÕðÜÙ (çâçÜÇUÚU) ·ð¤ ¿æÚUæð´
half. The electric field lines around the ¥æðÚU çßléÌ ÿæðæ-ÚðU¹æØð´, Øãæ¡ ÎàææüØð »Øð ¥æÚð¹æð´ ×ð´ âð
cylinder will look like figure given in : 緤⠥æÚðU¹ ·ð¤ â×æÙ ãæð´»è?
(figures are schematic and not drawn to scale) (Øã ¥æÚðU¹ ·ð¤ßÜ ÃØßSÍæ ¥æÚðU¹ ãñ ¥æñÚU S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤
¥ÙéâæÚU Ùãè´ ãñ)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
D/Page 17 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
29. As an electron makes a transition from an 29. ÁÕ ·¤æð§ü §ÜðÅþUæòÙ, ãæ§ÇþUæðÁÙ Áñâð ÂÚU×ææé /¥æØÙ
excited state to the ground state of a ·¤è ©æðçÁÌ ¥ßSÍæ âð ØêÙÌ× ª¤Áæü ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´
hydrogen - like atom/ion : â´·ý¤×æ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ Ìæð ©â·¤è Ñ
(1) kinetic energy decreases, potential (1) »çÌÁ ª¤Áæü ·¤× ãæðÌè ãñ, çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü ÕɸÌè
energy increases but total energy ãñ ¥æñÚU ·é¤Ü ª¤Áæü ßãè ÚUãÌè ãñÐ
remains same
(2) kinetic energy and total energy (2) »çÌÁ ª¤Áæü ß ·é¤Ü ª¤Áæü ·¤× ãæð ÁæÌè ãñ´
decrease but potential energy ç·¤Ìé, çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü Õɸ ÁæÌè ãñÐ
increases
(3) its kinetic energy increases but (3) »çÌÁ ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ßëçh ÌÍæ çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü ÌÍæ
potential energy and total energy ·é¤Ü ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ·¤×è ãæðÌè ãñÐ
decrease
(4) kinetic energy, potential energy and (4) »çÌÁ ª¤Áæü, çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü ÌÍæ ·é¤Ü ª¤Áæü ×ð´
total energy decrease ·¤×è ãæð ÁæÌè ãñÐ
30. Match List - I (Fundamental Experiment) 30. âê¿è - I (×êÜ ÂýØæð») ·¤æ âê¿è - II (©â·ð¤ ÂçÚUææ×)
with List - II (its conclusion) and select ·ð¤ âæÍ âé×ðÜÙ (×ñ¿) ·¤èçÁØð ¥æñÚU çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì
the correct option from the choices given çß·¤ËÂæð´ ×ð´ âð âãè çß·¤Ë ·¤æ ¿ØÙ ·¤èçÁØð Ñ
below the list :
(1) (A) - (ii) (B) - (i) (C) - (iii) (1) (A) - (ii) (B) - (i) (C) - (iii)
(2) (A) -(iv) (B) - (iii) (C) - (ii) (2) (A) -(iv) (B) - (iii) (C)- (ii)
(3) (A) - (i) (B) - (iv) (C) - (iii) (3) (A) - (i) (B) - (iv) (C) - (iii)
(4) (A) - (ii) (B) - (iv) (C) - (iii) (4) (A) - (ii) (B) - (iv) (C) - (iii)
D/Page 18 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
PART B MATHEMATICS Öæ» B »çæÌ
→ → → → → →
31. Let a , b and c be three non-zero vectors 31. ×æÙæ a , b ÌÍæ c ÌèÙ àæêØðÌÚU °ðâð âçÎàæ ãñ´ ç·¤
such that no two of them are collinear and ©Ù×ð´ âð ·¤æð§ü Îæð â´ ÚU ð¹ Ùãè´ ã´ñ ÌÍæ
→ → → 1 → → → → → → 1 → → →
( a 3 b )3 c 5 b c a . If u is the ( a 3 b )3 c 5 b c a ãñÐ ØçÎ âçÎàææð´
3 3
→ → → →
angle between vectors b and c , then a b ÌÍæ c ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤æ ·¤æðæ u ãñ, Ìæð sin u ·¤æ °·¤
value of sin u is : ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
2 2
(1) (1)
3 3
22 3 22 3
(2) (2)
3 3
2 2 2 2
(3) (3)
3 3
2 2 2 2
(4) (4)
3 3
32. Let O be the vertex and Q be any point on 32. ×æÙæ ÂÚUßÜØ x258y ·¤æ àæèáü O ÌÍæ ©â ÂÚU ·¤æð§ü
the parabola, x258y. If the point P divides çÕ´ Î é Q ãñ Ð ØçÎ çÕ´ Î é P, Úð U ¹ æ¹´ Ç U OQ ·¤æð
the line segment OQ internally in the ratio 1 : 3 ·ð¤ ¥æ´ÌçÚU·¤ ¥ÙéÂæÌ ×ð´ Õæ¡ÅUÌæ ãñ, Ìæð P ·¤æ
1 : 3, then the locus of P is : çÕ´ÎéÂÍ ãñ Ñ
(3) x 2 5y (3) x 2 5y
(4) y 2 5x (4) y 2 5x
D/Page 19 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
33. If the angles of elevation of the top of a 33. ÌèÙ â´ÚðU¹ çÕ´Îé¥æð´ A, B ÌÍæ C, °·¤ °ðâè ÚðU¹æ ÂÚU
tower from three collinear points A, B and çSÍÌ ãñ´ Áæð °·¤ ×èÙæÚU ·ð¤ ÂæÎ ·¤è çÎàææ ×ð´ Üð ÁæÌè ãñ,
C, on a line leading to the foot of the âð °·¤ ×èÙæÚU ·ð¤ çàæ¹ÚU ·ð¤ ©ÙØÙ ·¤æðæ ·ý¤×àæÑ
tower, are 308, 458 and 608 respectively, 308, 458 ÌÍæ 608 ãñ´, Ìæð AB : BC ·¤æ ¥ÙéÂæÌ ãñ Ñ
then the ratio, AB : BC, is :
(1) 1: 3 (1) 1: 3
(2) 2:3 (2) 2:3
(3) 3:1 (3) 3:1
(4) 3: 2 (4) 3: 2
34. The number of points, having both 34. çæÖéÁ, çÁâ·ð¤ àæèáü (0, 0), (0, 41) ÌÍæ (41, 0) ãñ´,
co-ordinates as integers, that lie in the ·ð¤ ¥æ´ÌçÚU·¤ Öæ» ×ð´ çSÍÌ ©Ù çÕ´Îé¥æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ
interior of the triangle with vertices (0, 0), çÁÙ·ð¤ ÎæðÙæð´ çÙÎðüàææ´·¤ ÂêææZ·¤ ãñ´, ãñ Ñ
(0, 41) and (41, 0), is :
(1) 820 (1) 820
(2) 780 (2) 780
(3) 901 (3) 901
(4) 861 (4) 861
35. The equation of the plane containing the 35. ÚðU¹æ 2x25y1z53, x1y14z55 ·¤æð ¥´ÌçßücÅU
line 2x25y1z53; x1y14z55, and ·¤ÚUÙð ßæÜð â×ÌÜ, Áæð â×ÌÜ x13y16z51 ·ð¤
parallel to the plane, x13y16z51, is : â×æ´ÌÚU ãñ, ·¤æ â×è·¤ÚUæ ãñ Ñ
(1) x13y16z57 (1) x13y16z57
(2) 2x16y112z5213 (2) 2x16y112z5213
(3) 2x16y112z513 (3) 2x16y112z513
(4) x13y16z527 (4) x13y16z527
36. Let A and B be two sets containing four 36. ×æÙæ A ÌÍæ B Îæð â×é¿Ø ãñ´ çÁÙ×ð´ ·ý¤×àæÑ ¿æÚU ÌÍæ
and two elements respectively. Then the Îæð ¥ßØß ãñ´, Ìæð â×é¿Ø A3B ·ð¤ ©Ù ©Ââ×é¿Øæð´
number of subsets of the set A3B, each ·¤è â´Øæ, çÁÙ×ð´ ÂýØð·¤ ×ð´ ·¤× âð ·¤× ÌèÙ ¥ßØß
having at least three elements is : ãñ´, ãñ Ñ
(1) 275 (1) 275
(2) 510 (2) 510
(3) 219 (3) 219
(4) 256 (4) 256
D/Page 20 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
37. Locus of the image of the point (2, 3) in 37. çÕ´Îé (2, 3) ·ð¤ ÚðU¹æ
the line (2x23y14)1k (x22y13)50, (2x23y14)1k (x22y13)50, k e R ×ð ´
k e R, is a : ÂýçÌçÕ´Õ ·¤æ çÕ´ÎéÂÍ °·¤ Ñ
38. lim ( 1 2 cos 2 x )( 3 1 cos x ) is equal to : 38. lim ( 1 2 cos 2 x )( 3 1 cos x ) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
x→0 x tan 4 x x→0 x tan 4 x
(1) 2 (1) 2
1 1
(2) (2)
2 2
(3) 4 (3) 4
(4) 3 (4) 3
x 22 y 11 z 22
39. The distance of the point (1, 0, 2) from the 39. Úð U ¹ æ5 5 ÌÍæ â×ÌÜ
3 4 12
point of intersection of the line x2y1z516 ·ð¤ ÂýçÌÀðUÎ çÕ´Îé ·¤è, çÕ´Îé (1, 0, 2)
x 22 y 11 z 22
5 5 and the plane âð ÎêÚUè ãñ Ñ
3 4 12
x2y1z516, is :
(1) 3 21 (1) 3 21
(2) 13 (2) 13
(3) 2 14 (3) 2 14
(4) 8 (4) 8
D/Page 21 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
(1 2 2 x )
50
40. The sum of coefficients of integral powers 40. ·ð¤ çmÂÎ ÂýâæÚU ×ð´ x ·¤è ÂêææZ·¤èØ
of x in the binomial expansion of ææÌæ𴠷𤠻éææ´·¤æð´ ·¤æ Øæð» ãñ Ñ
(1 2 2 x )
50
is :
(1)
1 50
2
(
3 21 ) (1)
2
(
1 50
3 21 )
(2)
1 50
2
(
2 11 ) (2)
2
(
1 50
2 11 )
(3)
1 50
2
(
3 11 ) (3)
2
(
1 50
3 11 )
(4)
1 50
2
3 ( ) (4)
2
( )
1 50
3
42. The area (in sq. units) of the region 42. {(x, y) : y2[ 2x ÌÍæ y / 4x 2 1} mæÚUæ ÂçÚUÖæçáÌ
described by ÿæðæ ·¤æ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü (ß»ü §·¤æ§Øæð´) ×ð´ ãñ Ñ
{(x, y) : y2 [ 2x and y / 4x 2 1} is :
15 15
(1) (1)
64 64
9 9
(2) (2)
32 32
7 7
(3) (3)
32 32
5 5
(4) (4)
64 64
D/Page 22 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
43. The set of all values of l for which the 43. l·ð¤ âÖè ×æÙæð´ ·¤æ â×é¿Ø, çÁÙ·ð¤ çÜ° ÚñUç¹·¤
system of linear equations : â×è·¤ÚUæ çÙ·¤æØ
2x 122x21x 35lx 1 2x 122x 21x 35lx 1
44. A complex number z is said to be 44. °·¤ âç×æ â´Øæ z °·¤×æÂæ´·¤è ·¤ãÜæÌè ãñ ØçÎ
unimodular if ?z?51. Suppose z1 and z2 ?z?51 ãñÐ ×æÙæ z1 ÌÍæ z2 °ðâè âç×æ â´Øæ°¡ ãñ´
z1 2 2 z2 z1 2 2 z2
are complex numbers such that ç·¤ °·¤×æÂæ´·¤è ãñ ÌÍæ z2 °·¤×æÂæ´·¤è
2 2 z1 z2 2 2 z1 z2
is unimodular and z2 is not unimodular. Ùãè´ ãñ, Ìæð çÕ´Îé z1 çSÍÌ ãñ Ñ
Then the point z1 lies on a :
45. The number of common tangents to the 45. ßëææð´ x21y224x26y21250 ÌÍæ
circles x 2 1y 2 24x26y21250 and x21y216x118y12650 ·¤è ©ÖØçÙcÆU SÂàæü
x21y216x118y12650, is : ÚðU¹æ¥æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ ãñ Ñ
(1) 3 (1) 3
(2) 4 (2) 4
(3) 1 (3) 1
(4) 2 (4) 2
D/Page 23 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
46. The number of integers greater than 6,000 46. ¥´·¤æð´ 3, 5, 6, 7 ÌÍæ 8 ·ð¤ ÂýØæð» âð, çÕÙæ ÎæðãÚUæØð,
that can be formed, using the digits 3, 5, 6, ÕÙÙð ßæÜð 6,000 âð ÕǸð ÂêææZ·¤æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ ãñ Ñ
7 and 8, without repetition, is :
(2) 72 (2) 72
47. Let y(x) be the solution of the differential 47. ×æÙæ ¥ß·¤Ü â×è·¤ÚUæ
equation
dy dy
( x log x ) 1 y 5 2 x log x , ( x / 1). ( x log x ) 1 y 5 2 x log x , ( x / 1)
dx dx
Then y(e) is equal to : ·¤æ ãÜ y(x) ãñ, Ìæð y(e) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 2 (1) 2
(2) 2e (2) 2e
(3) e (3) e
(4) 0 (4) 0
1 2 2 1 2 2
A 5 2 1 22 °·¤
48. If A 5 2 1 22 is a matrix satisfying 48. ØçÎ °ðâæ ¥æÃØêã ãñ Áæð
a 2 b a 2 b
the equation AA T 59I, where I is 333 ¥æÃØêã â×è·¤ÚUæ AAT59I, ·¤æð â´ÌécÅU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ,
identity matrix, then the ordered pair Áãæ¡ I, 333 ·¤æ Ìâ×·¤ ¥æÃØêã ãñ, Ìæð ·ý¤ç×Ì Øé×
(a, b) is equal to : (a, b) ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
D/Page 24 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
49. If m is the A.M. of two distinct real 49. ØçÎ Îæð çßçÖÙ ßæSÌçß·¤ â´ Øæ¥æð ´ l ÌÍæ n
numbers l and n (l, n > 1) and G1, G2 and (l, n > 1) ·¤æ â×æ´ÌÚU ×æØ (A.M.) m ãñ ¥æñÚU l ÌÍæ
G3 are three geometric means between l n ·ð¤ Õè¿ ÌèÙ »éææðæÚU ×æØ (G.M.) G1, G2 ÌÍæ
and n, then G14 1 2G24 1 G 34 equals. G3 ãñ´, Ìæð 4
G1 1 2G2 1 G3
4 4
ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) s Ú (r Ú ~ s) (1) s Ú (r Ú ~ s)
(4) s Ù (r Ù ~ s) (4) s Ù (r Ù ~ s)
dx dx
51. The integral ∫ x 2 ( x 4 1 1)3 4 equals : 51. â×æ·¤Ü ∫ 3
ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
x 2 ( x 4 1 1) 4
1 1
(1) 2( x 4 1 1) 4 1 c (1) 2( x 4 1 1) 4 1 c
1 1
x 41 1 4 x 41 1 4
(2) 2 1c (2) 2 1c
x4 x4
1 1
x4 1 1 4 x4 1 1 4
(3) 1c (3) 1c
x4 x4
1 1
(4) ( x 411) 4 1 c (4) ( x 411) 4 1 c
D/Page 25 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
52. The normal to the curve, x212xy23y250, 52. ß·ý ¤ x 2 12xy23y 250 ·ð ¤ çÕ´ Î é (1, 1) ÂÚU
at (1, 1) : ¥çÖÜÕ Ñ
(1) meets the curve again in the third (1) ß·ý¤ ·¤æð ÎæðÕæÚUæ ÌëÌèØ ¿ÌéÍæZàæ ×ð´ ç×ÜÌæ ãñÐ
quadrant.
(2) meets the curve again in the fourth (2) ß·ý¤ ·¤æð ÎæðÕæÚUæ ¿ÌéÍü ¿ÌéÍæZàæ ×ð´ ç×ÜÌæ ãñÐ
quadrant.
(3) does not meet the curve again. (3) ß·ý¤ ·¤æð ÎæððÕæÚUæ Ùãè´ ç×ÜÌæÐ
(4) meets the curve again in the second (4) ß·ý¤ ·¤æð ÎæðÕæÚUæ çmÌèØ ¿ÌéÍæZàæ ×ð´ ç×ÜÌæ ãñÐ
quadrant.
3 x 2 x3 3 x 2 x3
(1) (1)
1 1 3 x2 1 1 3 x2
3 x 1 x3 3 x 1 x3
(2) (2)
1 1 3 x2 1 1 3 x2
3 x 2 x3 3 x 2 x3
(3) (3)
1 2 3 x2 1 2 3 x2
3 x 1 x3 3 x 1 x3
(4) (4)
1 2 3 x2 1 2 3 x2
D/Page 26 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
55. The mean of the data set comprising of 16 55. 16 Âýðÿæææð´ ßæÜð ¥æ¡·¤Ç¸æð´ ·¤æ ×æØ 16 ãñÐ ØçÎ °·¤
observations is 16. If one of the observation Âýðÿææ çÁâ·¤æ ×æÙ 16 ãñ, ·¤æð ãÅUæ ·¤ÚU, 3 ÙØð Âýðÿææ
valued 16 is deleted and three new çÁÙ·ð¤ ×æÙ 3, 4 ÌÍæ 5 ãñ´, ¥æ¡·¤Ç¸æð´ ×ð´ ç×Üæ çÎØð ÁæÌð
observations valued 3, 4 and 5 are added ãñ´, Ìæð ÙØð ¥æ¡·¤Ç¸æð´ ·¤æ ×æØ ãñ Ñ
to the data, then the mean of the resultant
data, is :
is equal to : ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 1 (1) 1
(2) 6 (2) 6
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 4 (4) 4
57. Let a and b be the roots of equation 57. ×æÙæ a ÌÍæ b çmææÌ â×è·¤ÚUæ x226x2250 ·ð¤
x 2 26x2250. If a n 5a n 2b n , for n/1, ×êÜ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ n/1 ·ð¤ çÜ°, an5an2bn ãñ, Ìæð
a 2 2a8 a10 2 2a8
then the value of 10 is equal to : ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
2a9 2a9
(1) 3 (1) 3
(2) 23 (2) 23
(3) 6 (3) 6
(4) 26 (4) 26
D/Page 27 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
58. Let f (x) be a polynomial of degree four 58. ×æÙæ f (x) ææÌ 4 ·¤æ °·¤ Õãé  Πãñ çÁâ·ð ¤
having extreme values at x51 and x52. x51 ÌÍæ x52 ÂÚU ¿ÚU× ×æÙ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ
f ( x ) f ( x )
If lim 1 1 5 3 , then f (2) is equal lim 1 1 53 ãñ, Ìæð f (2) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
x →0 x2 x →0 x2
to :
(1) 0 (1) 0
(2) 4 (2) 4
(3) 28 (3) 28
(4) 24 (4) 24
x2 y2
59. The area (in sq. units) of the quadrilateral 59. Îèæüßëæ 1 51 ·ð¤ ÙæçÖÜÕæð´ ·ð¤ çâÚUæð´ ÂÚU
9 5
formed by the tangents at the end points ¹è´¿è »§ü SÂàæü ÚðU¹æ¥æð́ mæÚUæ çÙç×üÌ ¿ÌéÖéüÁ ·¤æ ÿæðæȤÜ
of the latera recta to the ellipse (ß»ü §·¤æ§Øæð´ ×ð´) ãñ Ñ
x2 y2
1 5 1 , is :
9 5
27 27
(1) (1)
2 2
(2) 27 (2) 27
27 27
(3) (3)
4 4
(4) 18 (4) 18
60. If 12 identical balls are to be placed in 3 60. ØçÎ 12 °·¤ Áñâè »ðδ ,´ð 3 °·¤ Áñâð Õâæð´ ×ð´ ÚU¹è ÁæÌè
identical boxes, then the probability that ãñ´, Ìæð §Ù×ð´ âð °·¤ Õâð ×ð´ ÆUè·¤ 3 »ð́Îð́ ãæðÙð ·¤è
one of the boxes contains exactly 3 balls ÂýæçØ·¤Ìæ ãñ Ñ
is :
12 12
1 1
(1) 220 (1) 220
3 3
11 11
1 1
(2) 22 (2) 22
3 3
55 2 11 55 2 11
(3) (3)
3 3 3 3
10 10
2 2
(4) 55 (4) 55
3 3
D/Page 28 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
PART C CHEMISTRY Öæ» C ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ
61. Which compound would give 61. ¥æð $ Á æð Ù æð ç Üçââ ·¤ÚUÙð ÂÚU ·¤æñ Ù âæ Øæñ ç »·¤
5 - keto - 2 - methyl hexanal upon 5 - ·¤èÅUæð - 2 - ×ðçÍÜ ãðâæÙñÜ ÎðÌæ ãñ?
ozonolysis ?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
62. Which of the vitamins given below is water 62. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì çßÅUæç×Ùæð´ ×ð´ ÁÜ ×ð´ çßÜðØ ãæðÙð ßæÜæ
soluble ? ãñ Ñ
(1) Vitamin E (1) çßÅUæç×Ù E
(2) Vitamin K (2) çßÅUæç×Ù K
(3) Vitamin C (3) çßÅUæç×Ù C
(4) Vitamin D (4) çßÅUæç×Ù D
63. Which one of the following alkaline earth 63. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âð ÿææÚUèØ ×ëÎæ ÏæÌé âËÈð¤ÅU
metal sulphates has its hydration enthalpy ·¤è ÁÜØæðÁÙ °ðÍæËÂè ©â·ð¤ ÁæÜ·¤ °ðÍæËÂè âð
greater than its lattice enthalpy ? ¥çÏ·¤ ãñ?
(1) BaSO4 (1) BaSO 4
(2) SrSO 4 (2) SrSO 4
(3) CaSO 4 (3) CaSO 4
(4) BeSO4 (4) BeSO4
D/Page 29 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
64. In the reaction 64. çΰ »° ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ×ð´ ©ÂæÎ E ãñ Ñ
the product E is :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
65. Sodium metal crystallizes in a body centred 65. âæðçÇUØ× ÏæÌé °·¤ ¥´ÌÑ·ð¤çÎýÌ æÙèØ ÁæÜ·¤ ×ð´
cubic lattice with a unit cell edge of 4.29Å. ç·ý¤SÅUçÜÌ ãæðÌæ ãñ çÁâ·ð¤ ·¤æðÚU ·¤è Ü´Õæ§ü 4.29Å ãñÐ
The radius of sodium atom is âæðçÇUØ× ÂÚU×ææé ·¤è çæØæ ֻܻ ãñ Ñ
approximately :
D/Page 30 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
66. Which of the following compounds is not 66. çΰ »° Øæñç»·¤æð´ ×ð´ ·¤æñÙ âð Øæñç»·¤ ·¤æ Ú´U» ÂèÜæ Ùãè´
colored yellow ? ãñ?
(1) (NH4)3 [As (Mo3 O10)4] (1) (NH4)3 [As (Mo3 O10)4]
67. Which of the following is the energy of a 67. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð ãæ§üÇþUæðÁÙ ·¤è â´Öß ©æðçÁÌ ¥ßSÍæ
possible excited state of hydrogen ? ·¤è ª¤Áæü ·¤æñÙ âè ãñ?
(1) 23.4 eV (1) 23.4 eV
68. Which of the following compounds is not 68. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ Øæñç»·¤ ÂýçÌ¥Ü Ùãè´ ãñ?
an antacid ?
69. The ionic radii (in Å) of N32, O22 and F2 69. N32, O22 ÌÍæ F2 ·¤è ¥æØçÙ·¤ çæØæØð´ (Å ×ð´)
are respectively : ·ý¤×àæÑ ãñ´ Ñ
(1) 1.71, 1.40 and 1.36 (1) 1.71, 1.40 ÌÍæ 1.36
(2) 1.71, 1.36 and 1.40 (2) 1.71, 1.36 ÌÍæ 1.40
(3) 1.36, 1.40 and 1.71 (3) 1.36, 1.40 ÌÍæ 1.71
(4) 1.36, 1.71 and 1.40 (4) 1.36, 1.71 ÌÍæ 1.40
D/Page 31 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
70. In the context of the Hall - Heroult process 70. ãæòÜ-ãðÚUæòËÅU Âý·ý¤× âð °ðÜéç×çÙØ× ·ð¤ çÙc·¤áüæ ·ð¤
for the extraction of Al, which of the â´ÎÖü ×ð´ ·¤æñÙ âæ ·¤ÍÙ »ÜÌ ãñ?
following statements is false ?
(1) Al31 is reduced at the cathode to (1) ·ñ¤ÍæðÇU ÂÚU Al31 ¥Â¿çØÌ ãæð ·¤ÚU Al ÕÙæÌæ
form Al ãñÐ
(2) Na3AlF6 serves as the electrolyte (2) Na3AlF6 çßléÌ ¥ÂæÅ÷UØ ·¤æ ·¤æ× ·¤ÚUÌæ
ãñÐ
(3) CO and CO2 are produced in this (3) §â Âý·ý¤× ×ð´ CO ÌÍæ CO2 ·¤æ ©ÂæÎÙ ãæðÌæ
process ãñÐ
(4) Al 2 O 3 is mixed with CaF 2 which (4) CaF2 ·¤æð Al2O3 ×ð´ ç×ÜæÙð ÂÚU ç×ææ ·¤æ
lowers the melting point of the »ÜÙæ´·¤ ·¤× ãæðÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚU ©â×ð´ ¿æÜ·¤Ìæ ¥æÌè
mixture and brings conductivity ãñÐ
71. In the following sequence of reactions : 71. çΰ »° ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ¥Ùé·ý¤× ×ð´ ©ÂæÎ C ãñ Ñ
KMnO SOCl H /Pd KMnO SOCl H /Pd
Toluene →
4
A
2
→ B
2
→ C, Toluene →
4
A
2
→ B
2
→C
BaSO 4 BaSO 4
the product C is :
(1) C6H5CH2OH (1) C6H5CH2OH
(2) C6H5CHO (2) C6H5CHO
(3) C6H5COOH (3) C6H5COOH
(4) C6H5CH3 (4) C6H5CH3
72. Higher order (>3) reactions are rare due 72. ©¿ ·¤æðçÅU ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ (>3) ÎéÜüÖ ãñ Øæð´ç·¤ Ñ
to :
(1) shifting of equilibrium towards (1) Üæð¿ÎæÚU ÅU·¤ÚUæß ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ ¥çÖ·¤æÚU·¤æð´ ·¤è
reactants due to elastic collisions çÎàææ ×ð´ âæØ ·¤æ SÍæÙæ´ÌÚUæ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ
(2) loss of active species on collision (2) ÅU·¤ÚUæß âð âç·ý¤Ø SÂèàæè$Á ·¤æ ÿæØ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ
(3) low probability of simultaneous (3) ÂýçÌç·ý¤Øæ ×ð´ âÖè ÂýÁæçÌØæ𴠷𤠰·¤ âæÍ ÅU·¤ÚU
collision of all the reacting species ·¤è â´ÖæßÙæ ·¤× ãæðÌè ãñÐ
(4) increase in entropy and activation (4) ¥çÏ·¤ ¥æé¥æð´ ·ð¤ àææç×Ü ãæðÙð âð °´ÅþUæÂè ¥æñÚU
energy as more molecules are â´ç·ý¤Øæ ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ßëçh ãæðÌè ãñÐ
involved
D/Page 32 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
73. Which of the following compounds will 73. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð ´ âð ·¤æñ Ù âæ Øæñ ç »·¤ Øæç×ÌèØ
exhibit geometrical isomerism ? â×æßØßÌæ ÎàææüÌæ ãñ?
(1) 2 - Phenyl - 1 - butene (1) 2- Èð¤çÙÜ - 1 - ØêÅUèÙ
(2) 1, 1 - Diphenyl - 1 - propane (2) 1, 1 - ÇUæ§üÈð¤çÙÜ - 1 - ÂýæðÂðÙ
(3) 1 - Phenyl - 2 - butene (3) 1- Èð¤çÙÜ - 2 - ØêÅUèÙ
(4) 3 - Phenyl - 1 - butene (4) 3- Èð¤çÙÜ - 1 - ØêÅUèÙ
74. Match the catalysts to the correct 74. çΰ »° ©ÂýðÚU·¤æð´ ·¤æð âãè Âý·ý¤× ·ð¤ âæÍ âé×ðçÜÌ
processes : ·¤Úð´U Ñ
Catalyst Process ©ÂýðÚU·¤ Âý·ý¤×
(A) TiCl3 (i) Wacker process (A) TiCl3 (i) ßæò·¤ÚU Âý·ý¤×
(B) PdCl2 (ii) Ziegler - Natta (B) PdCl2 (ii) âèÜÚ-Ù^æ
polymerization ÕãéÜ·¤è·¤ÚUæU
(C) CuCl2 (iii) Contact process (C) CuCl2 (iii) â´SÂàæü Âý·ý¤×
(D) V 2O 5 (iv) Deacons process (D) V 2O 5 (iv) ÇUè·¤Ù Âý·ý¤×
(1) (A) - (ii), (B) - (iii), (C) - (iv), (D) - (i) (1) (A) - (ii), (B) - (iii), (C) - (iv), (D) - (i)
(2) (A) - (iii), (B) - (i), (C) - (ii), (D) - (iv) (2) (A) - (iii), (B) - (i), (C) - (ii), (D) - (iv)
(3) (A) - (iii), (B) - (ii), (C) - (iv), (D) - (i) (3) (A) - (iii), (B) - (ii), (C) - (iv), (D) - (i)
(4) (A) - (ii), (B) - (i), (C) - (iv), (D) - (iii) (4) (A) - (ii), (B) - (i), (C) - (iv), (D) - (iii)
75. The intermolecular interaction that is 75. ßã ¥´ÌÚUæ-¥æé·¤ ¥ØæðØ ç·ý¤Øæ Áæð ¥æé¥æð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿
dependent on the inverse cube of distance ·¤è ÎêÚUè ·ð¤ ÂýçÌÜæð× æÙ ÂÚU çÙÖüÚU ãñ, ãñ Ñ
between the molecules is :
D/Page 33 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
76. The molecular formula of a commercial 76. °·¤ ßæçæØ ÚðUç$ÁÙ ·¤æ ¥æçß·¤ âêæ C8H7SO3Na
resin used for exchanging ions in water ãñ (¥æçß·¤ ÖæÚU = 206) §â ÚðUç$ÁÙ ·¤è Ca21
softening is C8H7SO3Na (Mol. wt. 206). ¥æØÙ ·¤è ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ¥´Ì»ýüãæ ÿæ×Ìæ (×æðÜ ÂýçÌ
What would be the maximum uptake of »ýæ× ÚðUç$ÁÙ) Øæ ãñ?
Ca21 ions by the resin when expressed in
mole per gram resin ?
2 2
(1) (1)
309 309
1 1
(2) (2)
412 412
1 1
(3) (3)
103 103
1 1
(4) (4)
206 206
77. Two Faraday of electricity is passed 77. CuSO4 ·ð¤ °·¤ çßÜØÙ ×ð´, Îæð Èñ¤ÚUæÇðU çßléÌ ÂýßæçãÌ
through a solution of CuSO4. The mass of ·¤è »§üÐ ·ñ¤ÍæðÇU ÂÚU çÙÿæðçÂÌ Ìæ´Õð ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ ãñ :
copper deposited at the cathode is : (Cu ·¤æ ÂÚU×æçß·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ 563.5 amu)
(at. mass of Cu563.5 amu)
(1) 2g (1) 2g
(3) 0g (3) 0g
78. The number of geometric isomers that can 78. ß»ü â×ÌÜèØ [Pt (Cl) (py) (NH3) (NH2OH)]1
exist for square planar [Pt (Cl) (py) (NH3) (py 5 pyridine) ·ð¤ Øæç×ÌèØ â×æßØçßØæð´ ·¤è
(NH2OH)]1 is (py 5 pyridine) : â´Øæ ãñ Ñ
(1) 4 (1) 4
(2) 6 (2) 6
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 3 (4) 3
D/Page 34 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
79. In Carius method of estimation of 79. ãñÜæðÁÙ ·ð¤ ¥æ·¤ÜÙ ·¤è ·ñ¤çÚU¥â çßçÏ ×ð´ 250 mg
halogens, 250 mg of an organic compound ·¤æÕüçÙ·¤ Øæñç»·¤ 141 mg AgBr ÎðÌæ ãñÐ Øæñç»·¤
gave 141 mg of AgBr. The percentage of ×ð´ Õýæð×èÙ ·¤è ÂýçÌàæÌÌæ ãñ :
bromine in the compound is : (ÂÚU×æçß·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ Ag5108; Br580)
(at. mass Ag5108; Br580)
(1) 48 (1) 48
(2) 60 (2) 60
(3) 24 (3) 24
(4) 36 (4) 36
80. The color of KMnO4 is due to : 80. KMnO4 ·ð¤ Ú´U» ·¤æ ·¤æÚUæ ãñ Ñ
(1) L ® M charge transfer transition (1) L ® M ¥æßðàæ SÍæÙæ´ÌÚUæ â´·ý¤×æ
(2) s 2 s* transition (2) s 2 s* â´·ý¤×æ
(3) M ® L charge transfer transition (3) M ® L ¥æßðàæ SÍæÙæ´ÌÚUæ â´·ý¤×æ
(4) d 2 d transition (4) d 2 d â´·ý¤×æ
81. The synthesis of alkyl fluorides is best 81. ¥Ë·¤æ§Ü ÜæðÚUæ§ÇU ·ð¤ â´àÜðáæ ·ð¤ çÜ° âÕâð
accomplished by : ÕðãÌÚUèÙ çßçÏ ãñ Ñ
(1) Finkelstein reaction (1) çÈ´¤·¤ÜSÅUæ§Ù ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
(2) Swarts reaction (2) SßæÅüUâ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
(3) Free radical fluorination (3) ×éÌ ×êÜ·¤ ÜæðçÚUÙðàæÙ
(4) Sandmeyers reaction (4) âñÇU×æØÚU ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
82. 3 g of activated charcoal was added to 82. °·¤ ÜæS·¤ ×ð´ 0.06N °çâçÅU·¤ ¥Ü ·ð¤ 50 mL
50 mL of acetic acid solution (0.06N) in a çßÜØÙ ×ð´ 3 g âç·ý¤çØÌ÷ ·¤æcÆU ·¤æðØÜæ ç×ÜæØæ »ØæÐ
flask. After an hour it was filtered and °·¤ æ´ÅðU ·ð¤ Âà¿æÌ÷ ©âð ÀUæÙæ »Øæ ¥æñÚU çÙSØ´Î ·¤è
the strength of the filtrate was found to be ÂýÕÜÌæ 0.042 N Âæ§ü »§üÐ ¥çÏàææðçáÌ °çâçÅU·¤
0.042 N. The amount of acetic acid ¥Ü ·¤è ×æææ (·¤æcÆU-·¤æðØÜæ ·ð¤ ÂýçÌ »ýæ× ÂÚU)
adsorbed (per gram of charcoal) is : ãñ Ñ
(1) 42 mg (1) 42 mg
(2) 54 mg (2) 54 mg
(3) 18 mg (3) 18 mg
(4) 36 mg (4) 36 mg
D/Page 35 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
83. The vapour pressure of acetone at 208C is 83. 208C ÂÚU °ðçâÅUæðÙ ·¤è ßæc ÎæÕ 185 torr ãñÐ ÁÕ
185 torr. When 1.2 g of a non-volatile 208C ÂÚU, 1.2 g ¥ßæcÂàæèÜ ÂÎæÍü ·¤æð 100 g
substance was dissolved in 100 g of acetone °ðçâÅUæðÙ ×ð´ ææðÜæ »Øæ, ÌÕ ßæc ÎæÕ 183 torr ãæð
at 208C, its vapour pressure was 183 torr. »ØæÐ §â ÂÎæÍü ·¤æ ×æðÜÚU ÎýÃØ×æÙ (g mol21 ×ð´)
The molar mass (g mol21) of the substance ãñ Ñ
is :
(3) 32 (3) 32
(4) 64 (4) 64
84. Which among the following is the most 84. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âßæüçÏ·¤ ¥çÖç·ý¤ØæàæèÜ ãñ?
reactive ?
(1) I2 (1) I2
85. The standard Gibbs energy change at 85. 300 K ÂÚU ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ 2A ì B 1 C ·¤è ×æÙ·¤
300 K for the reaction 2A ì B 1 C is ç»$ Á ª¤Áæü 2494.2 J ãñ Ð çΰ »° â×Ø ×ð ´
1
2494.2 J. At a given time, the composition ¥çÖç·ý ¤ Øæ ç×ææ ·¤æ â´ æÅUÙ [A] 5
2
,
1 1
of the reaction mixture is [A] 5 , [B]52 [B]52 ¥æñÚU [C] 5 ãñÐ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ¥»ýçâÌ ãæðÌè
2 2
1
and [C] 5
2
. The reaction proceeds in ãñ Ñ [R58.314 J/K/mol, e52.718]
(1) forward direction because Q < Kc (1) ¥»ý çÎàææ ×ð´ Øæð´ç·¤ Q < Kc
(2) reverse direction because Q < Kc (2) çßÂÚUèÌ çÎàææ ×ð´ Øæð´ç·¤ Q < Kc
(3) forward direction because Q > Kc (3) ¥»ý çÎàææ ×ð´ Øæð´ç·¤ Q > Kc
(4) reverse direction because Q > Kc (4) çßÂÚUèÌ çÎàææ ×ð´ Øæð´ç·¤ Q > Kc
D/Page 36 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
86. Assertion : Nitrogen and Oxygen are the 86. ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ Ñ Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ ¥æñÚU ¥æòâèÁÙ ßæÌæßÚUæ ·ð¤
main components in the ×éØ æÅU·¤ ãñ´ ÂÚUÌé Øã ç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚU·ð¤
atmosphere but these do not Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ ·ð¤ ¥æòâæ§ÇU Ùãè´ ÕÙæÌðÐ
react to form oxides of nitrogen.
Reason : The reaction between nitrogen Ì·ü¤ Ñ Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ ¥æñÚU ¥æòâèÁÙ ·ð¤ Õè¿
and oxygen requires high ¥çÖç·ý ¤ Øæ ·ð ¤ çÜ° ©æ Ìæ ·¤è
temperature. ¥æßàØ·¤Ìæ ãñÐ
(1) The assertion is incorrect, but the (1) ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ »ÜÌ ãñ ÂÚUÌé Ì·ü¤ âãè ãñÐ
reason is correct
(2) Both the assertion and reason are (2) ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ ß Ì·ü¤ ÎæðÙæð´ »ÜÌ ãñ´Ð
incorrect
(3) Both assertion and reason are (3) ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ ¥æñÚU Ì·ü¤ ÎæðÙæð´ âãè ãñ´ ¥æñÚU Ì·ü¤
correct, and the reason is the correct ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ ·¤æ âãè SÂcÅUè·¤ÚUæ ãñÐ
explanation for the assertion
(4) Both assertion and reason are (4) ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ ¥æñÚU Ì·ü¤ ÎæðÙæð´ âãè ãñ´ ÂÚUÌé Ì·ü¤
correct, but the reason is not the ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ ·¤æ âãè SÂcÅUè·¤ÚUæ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
correct explanation for the assertion
87. Which one has the highest boiling point ? 87. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð âßæüçÏ·¤ ßÍÙæ´·¤ 緤ⷤæ ãñ?
(1) Kr (1) Kr
(2) Xe (2) Xe
(3) He (3) He
(4) Ne (4) Ne
88. Which polymer is used in the manufacture 88. ç·¤â ÕãéÜ·¤ ·¤æ ©ÂØæð» ÂýÜð ¥æñÚU ÂýÜæÿæ ÕÙæÙð ×ð´
of paints and lacquers ? ãæðÌæ ãñ?
(1) Polypropene (1) ÂæòçÜÂýæðÂèÙ
(2) Poly vinyl chloride (2) ÂæòçÜ ßæ§çÙÜ ÜæðÚUæ§ÇU
(3) Bakelite (3) Õð·ð¤Üæ§ÅU
(4) Glyptal (4) çÜÅUæÜ
D/Page 37 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
89. The following reaction is performed at 89. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·¤æð 298 K ÂÚU ç·¤Øæ »ØæÐ
298 K.
The standard free energy of formation of 298 K ÂÚU NO(g) ·ð¤ â´ÖßÙ ·¤è ×æÙ·¤ ×éÌ ª¤Áæü
NO(g) is 86.6 kJ/mol at 298 K. What is 86.6 kJ/mol ãñÐ 298 K ÂÚU NO2(g) ·¤è ×æÙ·¤
the standard free energy of formation of ×éÌ ª¤Áæü Øæ ãñ? (Kp51.631012)
NO2(g) at 298 K? (Kp51.631012)
90. From the following statements regarding 90. H2O2 ·ð¤ â´ÎÖü ×ð´, çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ·¤ÍÙæð´ ×ð´ âð »ÜÌ
H2O2, choose the incorrect statement : ·¤ÍÙ ¿éçÙ° Ñ
(1) It has to be stored in plastic or wax (1) §âð ÜæçSÅU·¤ Øæ ×æð×¥ÅðU ·¤æ´¿ ÕæðÌÜæð´ ×ð´ ¥´ÏðÚðU
lined glass bottles in dark ×ð´ â´»ýçãÌ ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñ
(2) It has to be kept away from dust (2) §âð ÏêÜ âð ÎêÚU ÚU¹Ùæ ¿æçã°
(4) It decomposes on exposure to light (4) Âý·¤æàæ ×ð´ §â·¤æ ¥ÂæÅUÙ ãæðÌæ ãñ
-o0o- -o0o-
D/Page 38 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
Read the following instructions carefully : çÙÙçÜç¹Ì çÙÎðüàæ ØæÙ âð Âɸð´ Ñ
1. The candidates should fill in the required particulars 1. ÂÚUèÿææçÍüØæð´ ·¤æð ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ¥æñÚU ©æÚU Âæ (ÂëD -1) ÂÚU ßæ´çÀUÌ
on the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet (Side1) with
Blue/Black Ball Point Pen.
çßßÚUæ ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ß槴ÅU ÂðÙ âð ãè ÖÚUÙæ ãñÐ
2. For writing/marking particulars on Side2 of the 2. ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëD-2 ÂÚU çßßÚUæ çܹÙð/¥´ç·¤Ì ·¤ÚUÙð ·ð¤ çÜ° ·ð¤ßÜ
Answer Sheet, use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only. ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ß槴ÅU ÂðÙ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ·¤Úð´UÐ
3. The candidates should not write their Roll Numbers 3. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ/©æÚU Âæ ÂÚU çÙÏæüçÚUÌ SÍæÙ ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü
anywhere else (except in the specified space) on the ¥ÂÙæ ¥ÙéR¤×æ´·¤ ¥Ø ·¤ãè´ Ùãè´ çܹð´Ð
Test Booklet/Answer Sheet.
4. Out of the four options given for each question, only 4. ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ çÜØð çÎØð »Øð ¿æÚU çß·¤ËÂæð́ ×ð́ âð ·ð¤ßÜ °·¤ çß·¤ËÂ
one option is the correct answer. âãè ãñÐ
5. For each incorrect response, onefourth (¼) of the total 5. ÂýØð·¤ »ÜÌ ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° ©â ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ çÜ° çÙÏæüçÚUÌ ·é¤Ü ¥´·¤æð´
marks allotted to the question would be deducted from
the total score. No deduction from the total score,
×ð´ âð °·¤-¿æñÍæ§ü (¼) ¥´·¤ ·é¤Ü Øæð» ×ð´ âð ·¤æÅU çÜ° Áæ°¡»ðÐ
however, will be made if no response is indicated for ØçÎ ©æÚU Âæ ×ð´ ç·¤âè ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü ©æÚU Ùãè´ çÎØæ »Øæ ãñ, Ìæð
an item in the Answer Sheet. ·é¤Ü Øæð» ×ð´ âð ·¤æð§ü ¥´·¤ Ùãè´ ·¤æÅðU Áæ°¡»ðÐ
6. Handle the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet with care, 6. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ °ß´ ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æ ØæÙÂêßü·¤ ÂýØæð» ·¤Úð´U Øæð´ç·¤
as under no circumstances (except for discrepancy in
Test Booklet Code and Answer Sheet Code), another set
ç·¤âè Öè ÂçÚUçSÍçÌ ×ð´ (·ð¤ßÜ ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ °ß´ ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤
will be provided. â´·ð¤Ì ×ð´ çÖóæÌæ ·¤è çSÍçÌ ·¤æð ÀUæðǸ·¤ÚU), ÎêâÚUè ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
7. The candidates are not allowed to do any rough work ©ÂÜÏ Ùãè´ ·¤ÚUæØè Áæ°»èÐ
or writing work on the Answer Sheet. All calculations/ 7. ©æÚU Âæ ÂÚU ·¤æð§ü Öè ÚUȤ ·¤æØü Øæ çܹæ§ü ·¤æ ·¤æ× ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è
writing work are to be done in the space provided for
this purpose in the Test Booklet itself, marked Space
¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ âÖè »æÙæ °ß´ çܹæ§ü ·¤æ ·¤æ×, ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
for Rough Work. This space is given at the bottom of ×ð´ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ Á»ã Áæð ç·¤ ÒÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ãÓ mæÚUæ Ùæ×æ´ç·¤Ì
each page and in one page (i.e. Page 39) at the end of ãñ, ÂÚU ãè ç·¤Øæ Áæ°»æÐ Øã Á»ã ÂýØð·¤ ÂëD ÂÚU Ùè¿ð ·¤è ¥æðÚU ¥æñÚU
the booklet. ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥´Ì ×ð´ °·¤ ÂëD ÂÚU (ÂëD 39) Îè »§ü ãñÐ
8. On completion of the test, the candidates must hand
over the Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the 8. ÂÚèÿææ âÂóæ ãæðÙð ÂÚU, ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ÀUæðǸÙð âð Âêßü ©æÚU Âæ
Room/Hall. However, the candidates are allowed to ·¤ÿæ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ßàØ âæñ´Â Îð´Ð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð âæÍ §â
take away this Test Booklet with them. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æð Üð Áæ â·¤Ìð ãñ´Ð
9. Each candidate must show on demand his/her Admit 9. ×æ´»ð ÁæÙð ÂÚU ÂýØð·¤ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ÂÙæ Âýßàð æ ·¤æÇü çι氡Ð
Card to the Invigilator.
10. ¥Ïèÿæ·¤ Øæ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤è çßàæðá ¥Ùé×çÌ ·ð¤ çÕÙæ ·¤æð§ü ÂÚUèÿææÍèü
10. No candidate, without special permission of the
Superintendent or Invigilator, should leave his/her ¥ÂÙæ SÍæÙ Ù ÀUæðǸð´Ð
seat. 11. ·¤æØüÚUÌ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ÂÙæ ©æÚU Âæ çΰ çÕÙæ °ß´ ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ
11. The candidates should not leave the Examination Hall ÂÚU ÎéÕæÚUæ ãSÌæÿæÚU ç·¤° çÕÙæ ·¤æð§ü ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ÂÚUèÿææ ãæòÜ Ùãè´ ÀUæðÇð̧´»ðÐ
without handing over their Answer Sheet to the
Invigilator on duty and sign the Attendance Sheet
ØçÎ ç·¤âè ÂÚUèÿææÍèü Ùð ÎêâÚUè ÕæÚU ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ ÂÚU ãSÌæÿæÚU Ùãè´
again. Cases where a candidate has not signed the ç·¤° Ìæð Øã ×æÙæ Áæ°»æ ç·¤ ©âÙð ©æÚU Âæ Ùãè´ ÜæñÅUæØæ ãñ çÁâð
Attendance Sheet second time will be deemed not to ¥Ùéç¿Ì âæÏÙ ÂýØæð» æðæè ×ð´ ×æÙæ Áæ°»æÐ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð ÕæØð´
have handed over the Answer Sheet and dealt with as ãæÍ ·ð¤ ¥´»êÆðU ·¤æ çÙàææÙ ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ ×ð´ çΰ »° SÍæÙ ÂÚU
an unfair means case. The candidates are also required
to put their left hand THUMB impression in the space ¥ßàØ Ü»æ°¡Ð
provided in the Attendance Sheet. 12. §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤/ãSÌ¿æçÜÌ ÂçÚU·¤Ü·¤ °ß´ ×æðÕæ§Ü ȤæðÙ, ÂðÁÚU §ØæçÎ
12. Use of Electronic/Manual Calculator and any Áñâð ç·¤âè §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUæ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
Electronic device like mobile phone, pager etc. is
prohibited. 13. ÂÚUèÿææ ãæòÜ ×ð´ ¥æ¿ÚUæ ·ð¤ çÜ° ÂÚUèÿææÍèü Á.°.Õ./ÕæðÇüU ·ð¤ âÖè
13. The candidates are governed by all Rules and çÙØ×æð´ °ß´U çßçÙØ×æð´ mæÚUæ çÙØç×Ì ãæð´»ðÐ ¥Ùéç¿Ì âæÏÙ ÂýØæð» ·ð¤
Regulations of the JAB/Board with regard to their âÖè ×æ×Üæð´ ·¤æ Èñ¤âÜæ Á.°.Õ./ÕæðÇüU ·ð¤ çÙØ×æð´ °ß´ çßçÙØ×æð´ ·ð¤
conduct in the Examination Hall. All cases of unfair ¥ÙéâæÚU ãæð»æÐ
means will be dealt with as per Rules and Regulations
of the JAB/Board. 14. ç·¤âè Öè çSÍçÌ ×ð´ ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ÌÍæ ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü Öè Öæ»
14. No part of the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet shall be ¥Ü» Ùãè´ ç·¤Øæ Áæ°»æÐ
detached under any circumstances. 15. ÂÚUèÿææÍèü mæÚUæ ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ×ð´ Âýßðàæ ·¤æÇüU ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ
15. Candidates are not allowed to carry any textual ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è ÂæÆ÷UØ âæ×»ýè, ×éçÎýÌ Øæ ãSÌçÜç¹Ì,
material, printed or written, bits of papers, pager, ·¤æ»Á ·¤è Âç¿üØæ¡, ÂðÁÚU, ×æðÕæ§Ü ȤæðÙ Øæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU
mobile phone, electronic device or any other material
except the Admit Card inside the examination ·ð¤ §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUææð´ Øæ ç·¤âè ¥Ø Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è âæ×»ýè
room/hall. ·¤æð Üð ÁæÙð Øæ ©ÂØæð» ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è ¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
D/Page 40
JEE Main 2015 Answer key Paper 1 Offline (April 4, 2015) - Code D
JEE Main 2015 Question Paper 1 Online (April 10, 2015)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
Page 2 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
2. If a body moving in a circular path 2. ØçÎ ßëææ·¤æÚU ÂÍ ×ð´ »çÌ ·¤ÚUÌð ãé° ç·¤âè ç´ÇU (ßSÌé)
maintains constant speed of 10 ms21, then
·¤è ¿æÜ 10 ms21 ãñ ¥æñÚU Øã ¥¿ÚU ÕÙè ÚUãÌè ãñ Ìæð,
which of the following correctly describes
relation between acceleration and çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙâæ ¥æÜð¹, ßÚUæ ÌÍæ çæØæ ·ð¤
radius ? Õè¿ âÕÏ ·¤æ ÆUè·¤ (âãè) ç¿ææ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
Page 3 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
3. A block of mass m510 kg rests on a 3. ç·¤âè Üæò·¤ (»éÅU·ð¤) ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ m510 kg ãñÐ
horizontal table. The coefficient of friction
Øã °·¤ ÿæñçÌÁ ×ðÁ ÂÚU ÚU¹æ ãñÐ §Ù ÎæðÙæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿
between the block and the table is 0.05.
When hit by a bullet of mass 50 g moving æáüæ »éææ´·¤50.05 ãñÐ §â Üæò·¤ ÂÚU 50 g ÎýÃØ×æÙ
with speed v, that gets embedded in it, the ·¤è °·¤ »æðÜè v ¿æÜ âð ÅU·¤ÚUæÌè ¥æñÚU §â×ð´ Ï´â
block moves and comes to stop after ÁæÌè ãñÐ §ââð Øã Üæò·¤, ×ðÁ ÂÚU 2 m çßSÍæçÂÌ
moving a distance of 2 m on the table.
ãæð·¤ÚU L¤·¤ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
If a freely falling object were to acquire
ØçÎ, H ª¡¤¿æ§ü âð ×éÌ M¤Â âð ç»ÚUæÙð ·ð¤ Âà¿æÌ÷ ·¤æð§ü
speed after being dropped from height
v
10 ßSÌé v
¿æÜ ÂýæÌ ·¤ÚU ÜðÌè ãñ Ìæð, ª¤Áæü-ÿæØ ·¤æð
H, then neglecting energy losses and 10
taking g510 ms22, the value of H is close Ù»Ø ×æÙÌð ãé°, H ·¤æ âçÙ·¤ÅU ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
to : (g510 ms22)
(1) 0.2 km (1) 0.2 km
(2) 0.3 km (2) 0.3 km
(3) 0.4 km (3) 0.4 km
(4) 0.5 km (4) 0.5 km
4. A block of mass m50.1 kg is connected to 4. ç·¤âè Üæò·¤ ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ m50.1 kg ãñÐ Øã °·¤
a spring of unknown spring constant k. It
is compressed to a distance x from its °ðâè ·¤×æÙè (çSÂý»´ ) âð ÁéÇæ¸ ãñ çÁâ·¤æ ·¤×æÙè çSÍÚUæ·´ ¤
equilibrium position and released from rest. k ãñÐ §â·¤æð §â·¤è âæØæßSÍæ âð x ÎêÚUè Ì·¤ ÎÕæ·¤ÚU
çßÚUæ×æßSÍæ âð ÀUæðǸ çÎØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ âæØæßSÍæ âð
After approaching half the distance
x
5. A uniform solid cylindrical roller of mass 5. m ÎýÃØ×æÙ ·ð¤ ç·¤âè °·¤â×æÙ ÆUæðâ çâçÜÇUÚU ·ð¤
m is being pulled on a horizontal surface
with force F parallel to the surface and
·ð¤Îý ÂÚU °·¤ ÕÜ F ܻ淤ÚU, ©âð ç·¤âè â×ÌÜ
applied at its centre. If the acceleration of âÌã ÂÚU, ©â·ð¤ â×æÌÚU ¹è´¿æ Áæ ÚUãæ ãñÐ ØçÎ Øã
the cylinder is a and it is rolling without çâçÜÇUÚU Õ»ñÚU (çÕÙæ) çȤâÜð a ßÚUæ âð Üéɸ·¤
slipping then the value of F is : ÚUãæ ãñ Ìæð, F ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) ma
(1) ma
(2) 2 ma
(2) 2 ma
(3)
3
(3)
ma 3
2 ma
2
(4)
5
(4)
ma 5
3 ma
3
Page 4 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
6. Consider a thin uniform square sheet made 6. °·¤ ÂÌÜè, °·¤â×æÙ, ß»æü·¤æÚU, ¿æÎÚU (àæèÅU) ç·¤âè
of a rigid material. If its side is a, mass m
Îëɸ ÂÎæÍü ·¤è ÕÙè ãñÐ ØçÎ §â·¤è °·¤ ÖéÁæ a,
and moment of inertia I about one of its
diagonals, then : ÎýÃØ×æÙ m ÌÍæ ç·¤âè °·¤ çß·¤æü ·ð¤ ÂçÚUÌÑ, §â·¤æ
ÁÇ¸ß ¥ææêæü I ãñ Ìæð Ñ
(1)
ma 2
I>
(1)
12 ma 2
I>
12
(2)
ma 2 ma 2
<I<
(2)
24 12 ma 2 ma 2
<I<
24 12
(3)
ma 2
I5
(3)
12 ma 2
I5
12
(4)
ma 2
I5
(4)
24 ma 2
I5
24
7. A very long (length L) cylindrical galaxy
is made of uniformly distributed mass and 7. °·¤ ÕãéÌ ÜÕè »ñÜðâè (×´Îæç·¤Ùè) (ÜÕæ§ü L)
has radius R (R<<L). A star outside the
galaxy is orbiting the galaxy in a plane
°·¤â×æÙ çßÌçÚUÌ ÎýÃØ ·¤è ÕÙè ãñ, §â·¤è çæØæ
perpendicular to the galaxy and passing R (R<<L) ãñÐ §â »ñÜðâè ·ð¤ ÕæãÚ °·¤ ÌæÚUæ,
through its centre. If the time period of star »ñÜðâè ·¤è ÂçÚU·ý¤×æ ·¤ÚU ÚUãæ ãñÐ §â·¤è ÂçÚU·ý¤×æ ·¤æ
is T and its distance from the galaxys axis â×ÌÜ »ñÜðâè ·ð¤ â×ÌÜ ·ð¤ ÜÕßÌ÷ ãñ ÌÍæ §â·ð¤
is r, then :
·ð¤Îý âð ãæð·¤ÚU »é$ÁÚUÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ, ÌæÚðU ·¤è »ñÜðâè ·¤è
(1) T2 ; r3
¥ÿæ âð ÎêÚUè r ãñ ¥æñÚU ÌæÚðU ·¤æ ¥æßÌü ·¤æÜ T ãñ Ìæð ÑU
(2) T ; r2
(1) T2 ; r3
(3) T;r
(2) T ; r2
(4) T; r (3) T;r
(4)
If it takes 5 minutes to fill a 15 litre bucket
T; r
8.
(1)
4R T
4R
(2)
T
(2)
2R T
2R
(3)
4T
(3)
R 4T
R
(4)
2T
(4)
R 2T
R
Page 6 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
10. An ideal gas goes through a reversible 10. °·¤ ¥æÎàæü »ñ⠷𤠩·ý¤×æèØ ¿·ý¤ a®b®c®d ,
cycle a®b®c®d has the V - T diagram ·ð¤ çÜØð V - T ¥æÚðU¹ Øãæ¡ ÎàææüØæ »Øæ ãñÐ Âý·ý¤×
shown below. Process d®a and b®c are d®a ÌÍæ b®c L¤Î÷Ïæðc× ãñ´Ð
adiabatic.
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
Page 7 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
11. In an ideal gas at temperature T, the 11. ç·¤âè ¥æÎàæü »ñâ ×ð´, ç·¤âè ¥æé mæÚUæ »ñâ ·ð¤ ÕÎ
average force that a molecule applies on
Âææ ·¤è ÎèßæÚUæð´ ÂÚU Ü»æØæ »Øæ ¥æñâÌ ÕÜ, »ñâ ·ð¤
the walls of a closed container depends on
T as T . A good estimate for q is :
q Ìæ T ÂÚU, Tq ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU çÙÖüÚU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ Ìæð, q ·¤æ
(1) 2 âçÙ·¤ÅU ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
(2) 1 (1) 2
(2) 1
(3)
1
(3)
2 1
2
(4)
1
(4)
4 1
4
12. A simple harmonic oscillator of angular
frequency 2 rad s21 is acted upon by an 12. ç·¤âè âÚUÜ ¥æßÌü ÎæðçÜæ ·¤è ·¤æðæèØ ¥æßëçæ
external force F5sint N. If the oscillator
2 rad s21 ãñÐ §â ÂÚU °·¤ Õæs ÕÜ, F5sint
is at rest in its equilibrium position at t50,
its position at later times is proportional ØêÅUÙ (N) Ü»Ìæ ãñÐ ØçÎ â×Ø t50 ÂÚU, Øã ÎæðçÜæ,
to : ¥ÂÙè âæØæßSÍæ ×ð´ çßÚUæ× çSÍçÌ ×ð´ ãñ Ìæð, §â·ð¤
Âà¿æÌ÷ ·ð¤ ç·¤âè â×Ø ×ð´, §â·¤è çSÍçÌ çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì
(1) ×ð´ ç·¤â·ð¤ â×æÙéÂæÌè ãæð»è?
1
sint 1 sin 2t
2
(2) (1)
1
sint 1
1
cos 2t sint 1 sin 2t
2 2
(3) (2)
1
cost 2
1
sin 2t sint 1 cos 2t
2 2
(4) (3)
1
sint 2
1
sin 2t cost 2 sin 2t
2 2
(4)
1
A bat moving at 10 ms21
towards a wall
sint 2 sin 2t
13.
sends a sound signal of 8000 Hz towards
2
(1)
s
ae 0
(1)
s
s
ae 0
(2) 2ae0
s
(2) 2ae0
(3)
s
4ae0
(3)
s
4ae0
(4)
s
8ae0
(4)
s
8ae0
Page 9 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
15. Shown in the figure are two point charges 15. Øãæ¡ ¥æÚðU¹ ×ð´, ç·¤âè »æðÜæ·¤æÚU ·¤æðàæ (àæñÜ) ·ð¤ ·¤æðÅUÚU
1Q and 2Q inside the cavity of a
·ð¤ ÖèÌÚU Îæð çÕÎé-¥æßðàæ 1Q ÌÍæ 2Q ÎàææüØð »Øð
spherical shell. The charges are kept near
the surface of the cavity on opposite sides ãñ´Ð Øð ¥æßðàæ ·¤æðÅUÚU ·¤è âÌã ·ð¤ çÙ·¤Å U§â Âý·¤æÚU
of the centre of the shell. If s1 is the surface ÚU¹ð »Øð ãñ´ ç·¤, °·¤ ¥æßðàæ ·¤æðàæ ·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý ·¤è °·¤
charge on the inner surface and Q1 net ¥æðÚU ãñ ¥æñÚU ÎêâÚUæ ·ð¤Îý ·ð¤ çßÂÚUèÌ ÎêâÚUè ¥æðÚUÐ ØçÎ,
charge on it and s2 the surface charge on
the outer surface and Q2 net charge on it
ÖèÌÚUè ÌÍæ ÕæãÚUè âÌãæð´ (ÂëcÆUæð´) ÂÚU, ÂëcÆU ¥æßðàæ
then : ·ý¤×àæÑ s1 ÌÍæ s2 ¥æñÚU ÙðÅU ¥æßðàæ ·ý¤×àæÑ Q1 ÌÍæ
Q2 ãæð Ìæð Ñ
(1) s1 ¹ 0, Q1 ¹ 0
s2 ¹ 0, Q2 ¹ 0 (1) s1 ¹ 0, Q1 ¹ 0
(2) s1 ¹ 0, Q1 5 0 s2 ¹ 0, Q2 ¹ 0
s2 ¹ 0, Q2 5 0 (2) s1 ¹ 0, Q1 5 0
(3) s1 ¹ 0, Q1 5 0 s2 ¹ 0, Q2 5 0
s2 5 0, Q2 5 0 (3) s1 ¹ 0, Q1 5 0
(4) s1 5 0, Q1 5 0 s2 5 0, Q2 5 0
s2 5 0, Q2 5 0 (4) s1 5 0, Q1 5 0
s2 5 0, Q2 5 0
16. If the capacitance of a nanocapacitor is
measured in terms of a unit u made by 16. ØçÎ ç·¤âè ÙñÙæð â´ÏæçÚUæ ·¤è ÏæçÚUÌæ, °·¤ °ðâð ×ææ·¤
combining the electronic charge e, Bohr
radius a0, Plancks constant h and speed u ×ð´ ×æÂè ÁæØ, Áæð §ÜðÅþUæòÙ ¥æßðàæ e , ÕæðÚU-çæØæ
of light c then : a0, Üæ´·¤ çSÍÚUæ´·¤ h ÌÍæ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤è ¿æÜ c ·ð¤
â´ØæðÁÙ âð ÕÙæ ãñ Ìæð Ñ
(1)
e2 c
u5
(1)
e2 c
u5
ha0
ha0
(2)
e2 h
u5
(2)
ca0 e2 h
u5
ca0
(3)
e 2 a0
u5
(3)
hc e 2 a0
u5
hc
(4)
hc
u5 2
(4)
e a0 hc
u5 2
e a0
Page 10 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
17. Suppose the drift velocity vd in a material 17. ØçÎ, ç·¤âè ÂÎæÍü ×ð´ ¥Âßæã ßð», vd ·¤æ ×æÙ, Ü»æØð
varied with the applied electric field E as
»Øð çßléÌ ÿæðæ E ÂÚU §â Âý·¤æÚU çÙÖüÚU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ, ç·¤
vd ; E . Then V - I graph for a wire
vd ; E Ð Ìæð çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ-âæ »ýæȤ
made of such a material is best given by :
(¥æÜð¹), §â ÂÎæÍü âð ÕÙð ÌæÚU ·ð¤ çÜØð, âçÙ·¤ÅU
V - I »ýæȤ ãæð»æ?
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
Page 11 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
18. A 10V battery with internal resistance 18. °·¤ ßæðËÅU×èÅUÚU âð â×æÌÚU ·ý¤× ×ð´, Îæð ÕñÅUçÚUØæ¡, ÁæðǸè
1V and a 15V battery with internal
»§ü ãñ´Ð ÂãÜè, 10V ÌÍæ 1V ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ ·¤è
resistance 0.6V are connected in parallel
to a voltmeter (see figure). The reading in ¥æñÚU ÎêâÚUè, 15V ÌÍæ 0.6V ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ ·¤è
the voltmeter will be close to : (¥æÚðU¹ Îðç¹Øð) Ìæð, ßæðËÅU×èÅUÚU ·ð¤ ÂÆUÙ (ÚUèçÇ´U»)
·¤æ âçÙ·¤ÅU ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 11.9 V
(2) 12.5 V (1) 11.9 V
(3) 13.1 V (2) 12.5 V
(4) 24.5 V (3) 13.1 V
(4) 24.5 V
(1)
B qd
2 mV
(1)
B qd
(2)
B q
2 mV
d 2mV
(2)
B q
(3)
q d 2mV
Bd
2mV
(3)
q
Bd
(4)
Bd 2mV
qV
2m
(4)
Bd
qV
2m
Page 12 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
20. A 25 cm long solenoid has radius 2 cm 20. ç·¤âè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü 25 cm ÌÍæ çæØæ
and 500 total number of turns. It carries a
2 cm ãñ ¥æñÚU §â×ð´ ÌæÚU ·ð¤ ·é¤Ü 500 Èð¤ÚðU ÜÂðÅðU »Øð
current of 15 A. If it is equivalent to a
magnet of the same size and magnetization ãñ´Ð §ââð 15 A ·¤è ÏæÚUæ ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð ÚUãè ãñÐ Øã
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
Page 14 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
23. An electromagnetic wave travelling in the 23. x-çÎàææ ×ð´ ¿ÜÌè ãé§ü ç·¤âè çßléÌ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÌÚ´U» ·¤è
x-direction has frequency of 231014 Hz
¥æßëçæ 231014 Hz ãñ ÌÍæ §â·¤æ çßléÌ ÿæðæ
and electric field amplitude of 27 Vm21.
From the options given below, which one 27 Vm21 ãñÐ Ìæð, çÎØð »Øð çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì çß·¤ËÂæð´ ×ð´
describes the magnetic field for this âð ·¤æñÙ âæ çß·¤ËÂ, §â ÌÚ´U» ·ð¤ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÿæðæ ·¤æð
wave ? Âý·¤ÅU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ?
(1) (1)
→ ∧
B ( x , t)5(331028 T) j → ∧
B ( x , t)5(331028 T) j
(1) ?py?d ; h
(2) ?py?d>h (1) ?py?d ; h
(3) ?py?d<h (2) ?py?d>h
(4) ?py?d>>h (3) ?py?d<h
(4) ?py?d>>h
26. A telescope has an objective lens of focal
length 150 cm and an eyepiece of focal
length 5 cm. If a 50 m tall tower at a 26. ç·¤âè ÎêÚUÎàæü·¤ ·ð¤ ¥çÖÎëàØ·¤ ÌÍæ Ùðçæ·¤æ ·¤è Ȥæð·¤â
distance of 1 km is observed through this ÎêçÚUØæ¡ ·ý¤×àæÑ 150 cm ÌÍæ 5 cm ãñ´Ð ØçÎ 1 km
telescope in normal setting, the angle ÎêÚU çSÍÌ ç·¤âè 50 m ª¡¤¿ð ÅUæßÚU (×èÙæÚU) ·¤æð, âæ×æØ
formed by the image of the tower is u, then
u is close to : çßØæâ ×ð´, ÎêÚUÎàæü·¤ âð Îð¹Ùð ÂÚU, ÅUæßÚU ·ð¤ ÂýçÌçÕÕ
(1) 18 mæÚUæ ÕÙæØæ »Øæ ·¤æðæ, u ãæð Ìæð, u ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ
(2) 158
ֻܻ Ñ
(3) 308 (1) 18
(1) (1)
hqB hqB
n n
2 pm 2 pm
(2) (2)
hqB hqB
n n
4 pm 4 pm
(3) (3)
hqB hqB
n n
8 pm 8 pm
(4) (4)
hqB hqB
n n
pm pm
29. In an unbiased n-p junction electrons 29. ç·¤âè ¥-ÕæØçâÌ n-p â´çÏ ×ð´ §ÜðÅþUæòÙ n - ÿæðæ âð
diffuse from n - region to p - region
p - ÿæðæ ·¤æð çßâçÚUÌ ãæðÌð ãñ´ Øæð´ç·¤ Ñ
because :
(1) holes in p - region attract them (1) p- ÿæðæ ×ð´ çÀUÎý (ãæðÜ) ©ã𴠥淤çáüÌ ·¤ÚUÌð
(2) electrons travel across the junction ãñд
due to potential difference (2) §ÜðÅþUæòÙ çßÖßæÌÚU ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ â´çÏ ·ð¤ ÂæÚU
(3) electron concentration in n - region ¿Üð ÁæÌð ãñ´Ð
is more as compared to that in
p - region (3) n- ÿæðæ ×ð´ §ÜðÅþUæòÙæð´ ·¤è âæ´ÎýÌæ p- ÿæðæ âð
(4) only electrons move from n to p ¥çÏ·¤ ãæðÌè ãñÐ
region and not the vice - versa
(4) §ÜðÅþUæòÙ ·ð¤ßÜ n âð p ÿæðæ ·¤æð ÁæÌð ã´ñ §â·ð¤
çßÂÚèUÌ (p âð n ·¤æð ) Ùãè´Ð
Page 17 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 09
30. Diameter of a steel ball is measured using 30. SÅUèÜ ·¤è °·¤ »æðÜè ·¤æ ÃØæâ °·¤ °ðâð ßçÙüØÚU
a Vernier callipers which has divisions of
·ñ¤ÜèÂâü âð ÙæÂæ ÁæÌæ ãñ çÁâ·ð¤ ×éØ Âñ×æÙð ·¤æ °·¤
0.1 cm on its main scale (MS) and 10
divisions of its vernier scale (VS) match 9 Öæ» (MSD) 0.1 cm ãñ, ÌÍæ §â×ð´ ßçÙüØÚ Âñ×æÙðU
divisions on the main scale. Three such (VS) ·ð¤ 10 Öæ», ×éØ Âñ×æÙð ·ð¤ 9 Öæ»æð´ ·ð¤ ÕÚUæÕÚU
measurements for a ball are given as : ãñ´Ð »æðÜè ·ð¤ ÃØæâ ·ð¤ çÜØð ÌèÙ ÂæÆ÷UØæ´·¤ (ÚUèçÇU´»)
S.No. MS (cm) VS divisions
Øãæ¡ çÎØð »Øð ãñ´ Ñ
corrected diameter is :
2. 0.5 4
(1) 0.56 cm
3. 0.5 6
(2) 0.59 cm ØçÎ ßçÙüØÚU ·ñ¤ÜèÂâü ·¤è àæêØ æéçÅU 20.03 cm, ãñ
(3) 0.53 cm Ìæð, ÃØæâ ·¤æ ×æØ â´àææðçÏÌ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
(4) 0.52 cm
(1) 0.56 cm
(2) 0.59 cm
-o0o-
(3) 0.53 cm
(4) 0.52 cm
-o0o-
Page 1 Chemistry : English & Hindi 09
1. A sample of a hydrate of barium chloride 1. 61 g ÕðçÚUØ× ÜæðÚUæ§ÇU ·ð¤ ãæ§ÇþðUÅU ·ð¤ °·¤ Ù×êÙð ·¤æð
weighing 61 g was heated until all the
»ÚU× ·¤ÚU·ð¤ âé¹æØæ »ØæÐ âê¹ð Ù×êÙð ·¤æ ßÁÙ 52 g
water of hydration is removed. The dried
sample weighed 52 g. The formula of the ÍæÐ ãæ§ÇþðUÅU Üßæ ·¤æ âêæ ãñ Ñ (ÂÚU×ææé ÎýÃØ×æÙ,
hydrated salt is : (atomic mass, Ba5137 amu, Cl535.5 amu)
Ba5137 amu, Cl535.5 amu) (1) BaCl2.H2O
(1) BaCl2.H2O (2) BaCl2.2H2O
(2) BaCl2.2H2O (3) BaCl2.3H2O
(3) BaCl2.3H2O (4) BaCl2.4H2O
(4) BaCl2.4H2O
2. çÙÙ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âè »ñâæ𴠷𤠥æé»çÌ·¤ çâhæ´Ì ·¤è
2. Which of the following is not an ¥ßÏæÚUææ Ùãè´ ãñ?
assumption of the kinetic theory of gases ?
(1) A gas consists of many identical
(1) °·¤ »ñâ ÕãéÌ âæÚðU â×M¤Â ·¤ææð´ âð ÕÙÌè ãñ
particles which are in continual Áæð Ü»æÌæÚU »çÌ·¤ ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´ ÚUãÌð ãñ´Ð
motion. (2) »ñ⠷𤠷¤ææð´ ·¤æ ¥æØÌÙ Ù»Ø ãñÐ
(2) Gas particles have negligible volume.
(3) ©æ ÎæÕ ÂÚU »ñâ ·¤ææð´ ·¤æ â´ÂèÇUÙ ·¤çÆUÙ ãñÐ
(3) At high pressure, gas particles are
difficult to compress. (4) »ñ⠷𤠷¤ææð´ ·ð¤ ×Ø â´æ^ ÂêæüÌÑ ÂýØæSÍ
(4) Collisions of gas particles are ãæðÌð ãñ´Ð
perfectly elastic.
11. In the long form of the periodic table, the 11. ¥æßÌü âæÚUæè ·ð¤ Îèæü SßM¤Â ×ð´, ¥»ÚU â´ØæðÁè ·¤æðàæ
valence shell electronic configuration of
5s2 5p4 corresponds to the element present §ÜðÅþUæòÙ çßØæâ 5s2 5p4 ãñ ÌÕ ßã Ìß ©ÂçSÍÌ
in : ãñ Ñ
(1) Group 16 and period 6 (1) ß»ü 16 ¥æñÚU ¥æßÌü 6 ×ð´
(2) Group 17 and period 5
(2) ß»ü 17 ¥æñÚU ¥æßÌü 5 ×ð´
(3) Group 16 and period 5
(3) ß»ü 16 ¥æñÚU ¥æßÌü 5 ×ð´
(4) Group 17 and period 6
(4) ß»ü 17 ¥æñÚU ¥æßÌü 6 ×ð´
12. In the isolation of metals, calcination
process usually results in : 12. ÏæÌé¥æð´ ·ð¤ çÙc·¤áüæ ×ð´, çÙSÌæÂÙ âð ¥·¤âÚU ÕÙÌð
(1) metal carbonate ãñ´ Ñ
(2) metal oxide
(1) ÏæÌé ·¤æÕæðüÙðÅU
(3) metal sulphide
(2) ÏæÌé ¥æòâæ§ÇU
(4) metal hydroxide
(3) ÏæÌé âËȤæ§ÇU
13. Permanent hardness in water cannot be (4) ÏæÌé ãæ§ÇþUæòâæ§ÇU
cured by :
(1) Boiling
13. ÁÜ ·¤è SÍæØè ·¤ÆUæðÚUÌæ ·¤æð §â Âýç·ý¤Øæ âð ÆUè·¤ Ùãè´
(2) Ion exchange method
ç·¤Øæ Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ Ñ
(3) Calgons method
(4) Treatment with washing soda
(1) ©ÕæÜÙæ
(2) ¥æØÙ çßçÙ×Ø çßçÏ
(3) ·ð¤Ü»æòÙ çßçÏ
(4) ÏæßÙ âæðÇUæ ·ð¤ ©Â¿æÚU âð
Page 5 Chemistry : English & Hindi 09
14. The correct order of thermal stability of 14. ãæ§ÇþUæòâæ§ÇUæð´ ·¤æ ÌæÂèØ SÍæçØß ·¤æ âãè ·ý¤× ãñ Ñ
hydroxides is :
(1) Ba(OH)2 < Sr(OH) 2 < Ca(OH) 2 <
(1) Ba(OH)2 < Sr(OH) 2 < Ca(OH) 2 < Mg(OH)2
Mg(OH)2
(2) Ba(OH)2 < Ca(OH) 2 < Sr(OH) 2 <
(2) Ba(OH)2 < Ca(OH) 2 < Sr(OH) 2 < Mg(OH)2
Mg(OH)2
(3) Mg(OH)2 < Ca(OH) 2 < Sr(OH) 2 <
(3) Mg(OH)2 < Ca(OH) 2 < Sr(OH)2 < Ba(OH)2
Ba(OH)2
(4) Mg(OH)2 < Sr(OH)2 < Ca(OH) 2 <
(4) Mg(OH)2 < Sr(OH) 2 < Ca(OH) 2 < Ba(OH)2
Ba(OH)2
16. The geometry of XeOF4 by VSEPR theory 16. ßè.°â.§ü.Âè.¥æÚU. (VSEPR) çâhæ´Ì ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU,
is : XeOF4 ·¤è Øæç×çÌ ãñ Ñ
(1) trigonal bipyramidal (1) çæ·¤æðæèØ çmçÂÚUæç×ÇUè
(2) square pyramidal
(2) ß»ü çÂÚUæç×ÇUè
(3) octahedral
(4) pentagonal planar (3) ¥cÅUȤܷ¤èØ
(4) ´¿·¤æðæèØ â×ÌÜèØ
17. An aqueous solution of a salt X turns blood
red on treatment with SCN2 and blue on
17. Üßæ X ·¤æ ÁÜèØ çßÜØÙ SCN2 ·ð¤ âæÍ ¹êÙè
treatment with K4[Fe(CN)6]. X also gives
a positive chromyl chloride test. The salt ÜæÜ Ú´U» ¥æñÚU K4[Fe(CN)6] ·ð¤ âæÍ ÙèÜæ Ú´U» ÎðÌæ
X is : ãñÐ X °·¤ â·¤æÚUæ×·¤ ·ý¤æðç×Ü ÜæðÚUæ§ÇU ÂÚUèÿææ Öè
(1) CuCl2 ÎðÌæ ãñÐ Üßæ X ãñ Ñ
(2) FeCl3 (1) CuCl2
(3) Cu(NO3)2 (2) FeCl3
(4) Fe(NO3)3 (3) Cu(NO3)2
(4) Fe(NO3)3
18. Which molecule/ion among the following
cannot act as a ligand in complex
compounds ?
18. çÙÙ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ ¥æé/¥æØÙ â´·é¤Ü Øæñç»·¤æð´ ×ð´
(1) CO
çÜ»ñÇU Ùãè´ ãæð â·¤Ìæ ãñ?
(2) CN2 (1) CO
23.
23.
A is :
A ãñ Ñ
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(1)
(2)
(3) C6H52CH22CH22CH22CH22Cl
(4)
(4)
Page 8 Chemistry : English & Hindi 09
25. In the presence of a small amount of 25. ȤæòSȤæðÚUâ ·¤è ·¤× ×æææ ·¤è ©ÂçSÍçÌ ×ð´ °ÜèÈð¤çÅU·¤
phosphorous, aliphatic carboxylic acids
·¤æÕæðüçâçÜ·¤ ¥Ü ÜæðÚUèÙ ¥æñÚU Õýæð×èÙ ·ð¤ âæÍ
react with chlorine or bromine to yield a
compound in which a - hydrogen has been ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚUÌð ãé° ¥ÂÙð a - ãæ§ÇþUæðÁÙ ·¤æð ãñÜæðÁÙ
replaced by halogen. This reaction is ×ð´ ÂçÚUßçÌüÌ ·¤ÚUÌð ãñ´Ð §â ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·¤æ Ùæ× ãñ Ñ
known as :
(1) ßæðËȤ-ç·¤àÙÚU ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
(1) Wolff - Kischner reaction
(2) Etard reaction
(2) §üÅUæÇüU ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
(3) Hell - Volhard - Zelinsky reaction (3) ãðÜ-ȤæðÜæÇüU-ÁðçÜ´S·¤è ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
(4) Rosenmund reaction (4) ÚUæðÁðÙ×é´ÇU ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
26. Arrange the following amines in the order 26. çÙÙ ¥×èÙæð´ ·¤æð ÿææÚU·¤Ìæ ·ð¤ ÕɸÌð ·ý¤× ×ð´ ܻ槰Ð
of increasing basicity.
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
Page 9 Chemistry : English & Hindi 09
27. Match the polymers in column-A with 27. ·¤æòÜ×-A ×ð´ çΰ »° ÕãéÜ·¤æð´ ·¤æð ·¤æòÜ×-B ×ð´ ©Ù·ð¤
their main uses in column-B and choose
Âý×é¹ ©ÂØæð» ·ð¤ âæÍ âé×ðçÜÌ ·¤Úð´U ÌÍæ âãè çß·¤ËÂ
the correct answer :
¿éÙð´ Ñ
Column - A Column - B
(A) Polystyrene (i) Paints and Ë×Á¼ - A Ë×Á¼ - B
lacquers (A) §ËÁÍSªUË¿U; (i) §âÁ§Õ ËÖ¿U §âÁËäË
(B) Glyptal (ii) Rain coats
º¾Ë¾Õ ¼Õ
ÌóÁåªUÁ º¿UÇË̱½Ë º¾Ë¾Õ ¼Õ
(C) Polyvinyl (iii) Manufacture of
(B) (ii)
(1) (A) - (ii), (B) - (i), (C) - (iii), (D) - (iv) þÁËÕ¿UˬU
(2) (A) - (iii), (B) - (i), (C) - (ii), (D) - (iv) (D) ºÖÕ Á˪U (iv) å½ÏªU¿U ̬US
(3) (A) - (ii), (B) - (iv), (C) - (iii), (D) - (i) º¾Ë¾Õ ¼Õ
(4) (A) - (iii), (B) - (iv), (C) - (ii), (D) - (i)
(1) (A) - (ii), (B) - (i), (C) - (iii), (D) - (iv)
(2) (A) - (iii), (B) - (i), (C) - (ii), (D) - (iv)
28. Complete hydrolysis of starch gives : (3) (A) - (ii), (B) - (iv), (C) - (iii), (D) - (i)
(1) glucose and fructose in equimolar (4) (A) - (iii), (B) - (iv), (C) - (ii), (D) - (i)
amounts
(2) galactose and fructose in equimolar 28. SÅUæ¿ü ·ð¤ Âêæü ÁÜ ¥ÂæÅUÙ âð ç×ÜÌæ ãñ Ñ
amounts (1) Üê·¤æðâ ¥æñÚU Èýé¤ÅUæðâ ·¤è â××æðÜ ×æææ
(3) glucose only (2) »ñÜðÅUæðâ ¥æñÚU Èýé¤ÅUæðâ ·¤è â××æðÜ ×æææ
(4) glucose and galactose in equimolar (3) ·ð¤ßÜ Üê·¤æðâ
amounts
(4) Üê·¤æðâ ¥æñÚU »ñÜðÅUæðâ ·¤è â××æðÜ ×æææ
is used as :
29.
29. ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ç·¤â M¤Â ×ð´ ãæðÌæ ãñ?
30. The cation that will not be precipitated by 30. ßã ÏÙæØÙ Áæð ÌÙé HCl ·ð¤ ©ÂçSÍçÌ ×ð´ H2S âð
H2S in the presence of dil HCl is :
¥ßÿæðçÂÌ Ùãè´ ãæðÌæ ãñ, ßã ãñ Ñ
(1) Cu 21 (1) Cu 21
(2) Pb21 (2) Pb21
(3) As31 (3) As31
(4) Co21
(4) Co21
-oOo- -oOo-
Page 1 MATHEMATICS : English & Hindi 09
1. In a certain town, 25% of the families own 1. ç·¤âè àæãÚU ×ð´, 25% ÂçÚUßæÚUæð´ ·ð¤ Âæâ ȤæðÙ ãñ ÌÍæ
a phone and 15% own a car ; 65% families
15% ·ð¤ Âæâ ·¤æÚU ãñ ; 65% ÂçÚUßæÚUæð´ ·ð¤ Âæâ Ù Ìæð
own neither a phone nor a car and 2,000
families own both a car and a phone. ȤæðÙ ãñ ¥æñÚU Ù ãè ·¤æÚU ãñ, ÌÍæ 2,000 ÂçÚUßæÚUæð´ ·ð¤ Âæâ
Consider the following three statements : ȤæðÙ ÌÍæ ·¤æÚU ÎæðÙæð´ ãñ´Ð çÙÙ ÌèÙ ·¤ÍÙæð´ ÂÚU çß¿æÚU
(a) 5% families own both a car and a ·¤èçÁ° Ñ
phone.
(a) 5% ÂçÚUßæÚUæð´ ·ð¤ Âæâ ·¤æÚU ÌÍæ ȤæðÙ ÎæðÙæð´ ãñ´Ð
(b) 35% families own either a car or a
phone. (b) 35% ÂçÚUßæÚUæð´ ·ð¤ Âæâ Øæ Ìæð ·¤æÚU ãñ Øæ ȤæðÙ
(c) 40,000 families live in the town. ãñÐ
Then, (c) àæãÚU ×ð´ 40,000 ÂçÚUßæÚU ÚUãÌð ãñ´Ð
(1) Only (a) and (b) are correct. Ìæð,
(2) Only (a) and (c) are correct.
(1) ·ð¤ßÜ (a) ÌÍæ (b) âãè ãñ´Ð
(3) Only (b) and (c) are correct.
(4) All (a), (b) and (c) are correct.
(2) ·ð¤ßÜ (a) ÌÍæ (c) âãè ãñ´Ð
(3) ·ð¤ßÜ (b) ÌÍæ (c) âãè ãñ´Ð
2. The largest value of r for which the region (4) (a), (b) ÌÍæ (c) âÖè âãè ãñ´Ð
represented by the set {v e C/?v242i?[r}
is contained in the region represented by
the set {z e C/?z21?[?z1i?}, is equal to : 2. r ·¤æ ßã ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ×æÙ çÁâ·ð¤ çÜ° â×éæØ
{v e C/?v242i?[r} mæÚUæ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ ÿæðæ, â×éæØ
(1)
{z e C/?z21?[?z1i?} mæÚU æ çÙÏæü ç ÚU Ì ÿæð æ ×ð ´
17
(2)
22 2
(2)
216 2
(3) 28
2 16 2
(3) 28
(4) 21
(4) 21
6. The number of ways of selecting 15 teams 6. 15 ÂéL¤áæð´ ÌÍæ 15 ×çãÜæ¥æð´ ×ð´ âð °ðâè 15 ÅUè×ð´,
from 15 men and 15 women, such that çÁÙ×ð´ ÂýØð·¤ ×ð´ °·¤ ÂéL¤á ÌÍæ °·¤ ×çãÜæ ãæð, ¿éÙÙð
each team consists of a man and a woman, ·ð¤ ÌÚUè·¤æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) 1120
(1) 1120
(2) 1240
(2) 1240
(3) 1880
(3) 1880
(4) 1960
(4) 1960
is equal to :
2
e x 2 cosx
10.
e x 2 cosx
ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
2
lim
10.
x →0 2
sin x lim
(1) 3
x →0 sin 2 x
(1) 3
(2)
3
(2)
2 3
2
(3)
5
(3)
4 5
(4) 2
4
(4) 2
(4) 2 (3) 2
(4) 2
Page 4 MATHEMATICS : English & Hindi 09
12. If Rolles theorem holds for the function 12. ØçΠȤÜÙ f (x)52x31bx21cx, x e [21, 1]
f (x)52x 3 1bx 2 1cx, x e [21, 1], at the
·ð¤ çÜ° çÕ´Îé 1
ÂÚU ÚUæðÜð ·¤æ Âý×ðØ Üæ»ê ãæðÌæ ãñ,
point x 5 , then 2b1c equals :
1 x5
2
2
Ìæð 2b1c ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 1
(1) 1
(2) 21
(2) 21
(3) 2
(3) 2
(4) 23
(4) 23
(2) 3 3 (1) 4 3
(3) 3 2 (2) 3 3
(4) 4 2 (3) 3 2
(4) 4 2
x 11 4
1
(1) 1C x 11 4
1
x 22 (1) 1C
4
x 22
4
x 22 4
1
(2) 1C x 22 4
1
x 11 (2) 1C
4
x 11
4
4 x 11 4
1
(3) 2 1C 4 x 11 4
1
3 x 22 (3) 2 1C
3 x 22
4 x 22 4
1
(4) 2 1C 4 x 22 4
1
3 x 11 (4) 2 1C
3 x 11
Page 5 MATHEMATICS : English & Hindi 09
For x > 0, let f ( x ) 5 ∫ dt . Then x>0 ·ð¤ çÜ° ×æÙæ ãñ, Ìæð
x x
log t log t
15. 15. f (x) 5 ∫ dt
11t 11t
1 1
f ( x ) 1 f is equal to :
1 1
f (x) 1 f ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
x x
(1) (1)
1 1
(log x )2 (log x )2
4 4
(2) (2)
1 1
(log x )2 (log x )2
2 2
(3) log x (3) log x
(4) (4)
1 1
log x 2 log x 2
4 4
16. The area (in square units) of the region 16. ß·ý¤æð´ y12x250 ÌÍæ y13x251 mæÚUæ ÂçÚUÕh ÿæðæ
bounded by the curves y12x 2 50 and
·¤æ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü (ß»ü §·¤æ§Øæð´ ×ð´) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
y13x251, is equal to :
(1)
3
(1)
3
5
5
(2)
3
(2)
3
4
4
(3)
1
(3)
1
3
3
(4)
4
(4)
4
3
3
17. If y(x) is the solution of the differential 17. ØçÎ y(x), ¥ß·¤Ü â×è·¤ÚUæ
equation ( x12) 5 x 2 14x29 , x ¹ 22 5 x 2 14x29 , x ¹ 22 ¥æñÚU
dy
dy ( x12)
dx
y(0)50, ·¤æ ãÜ ãñ, Ìæð y(24) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
dx
and y(0)50, then y(24) is equal to :
(1) 0 (1) 0
(2) 1 (2) 1
(3) 21 (3) 21
(4) 2 (4) 2
Page 6 MATHEMATICS : English & Hindi 09
18. The points 0, 8 , (1, 3) and (82, 30) : 18. çÕ´Îé 0, , (1, 3)
8 ÌÍæ (82, 30) Ñ
3 3
(1) form an obtuse angled triangle. (1) °·¤ ¥çÏ·¤·¤æðæ çæÖéÁ ÕÙæÌð ãñ´Ð
(2) form an acute angled triangle.
(2) °·¤ ØêÙ·¤æðæ çæÖéÁ ÕÙæÌð ãñ´Ð
(3) form a right angled triangle.
(3) °·¤ â×·¤æðæ çæÖéÁ ÕÙæÌð ãñ´Ð
(4) lie on a straight line.
(4) °·¤ âÚUÜ ÚðU¹æ ÂÚU çSÍÌ ãñ´Ð
19. Let L be the line passing through the point
P(1, 2) such that its intercepted segment 19. ×æÙæ L, çÕ´Îé P(1, 2) âð ãæð·¤ÚU ÁæÙð ßæÜè ßã ÚðU¹æ ãñ
between the co-ordinate axes is bisected
at P. If L1 is the line perpendicular to L
çÁâ·¤æ çÙÎðüàææ´·¤ ¥ÿææð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤ÅUæ ÚðU¹æ¹ÇU P ÂÚU
and passing through the point (22, 1), â×çmÖæçÁÌ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ ×æÙæ L1 ßã ÚðU¹æ ãñ Áæð L ÂÚU
then the point of intersection of L and L1 Ü´ÕßÌ ãñ ÌÍæ çÕ´Îé (22, 1) âð ãæð·¤ÚU ÁæÌè ãñ, Ìæð
is : L ÌÍæ L1 ·¤æ ÂýçÌÀðUÎÙ çÕ´Îé ãñ Ñ
(1)
4 12
(1)
, 4 12
5 5 ,
5 5
(2)
11 29
(2)
, 11 29
20 10 ,
20 10
(3)
3 17
(3)
, 3 17
10 5 ,
10 5
(4)
3 23
(4)
, 3 23
5 10 ,
5 10
(2)
39
(2)
, 3 39
2 , 3
2
(3)
1 3
(3)
13 , 1 3
2 2 13 ,
2 2
(4)
13
(4)
, 6 13
2 , 6
2
(1)
16
2
(1)
16
2 19
19
(2)
19
2
(2)
19
2 16
16
(3)
32
(3)
32
19
19
(4)
19
(4)
19
32
32
(2) 51 (2) 51
(3) 43 (3) 43
(4) 37 (4) 37
26. Let X be a set containing 10 elements and 26. ×æÙæ °·¤ â×éæØ ãñ çÁâ×ð´ 10 ¥ßØß ãñ´ ÌÍæ
X
P(X) be its power set. If A and B are picked P(X) §â·¤æ ææÌ â×éæØ ãñÐ ØçÎ P(X) âð A ÌÍæ
up at random from P(X), with B ØæÎëÀUØæ, ÂýçÌSÍæÂÙæ âçãÌ, çÜ° »° ãñ´, Ìæð
replacement, then the probability that A
and B have equal number of elements, is : A ÌÍæ B ×ð´ ÕÚUæÕÚU ¥ßØßæð´ ·ð¤ ãæðÙð ·¤è ÂýæçØ·¤Ìæ ãñ Ñ
(1)
20
(1)
20 C10
C10
2 10 2 10
( 2 10 2 1 ) ( 210 2 1 )
(2) (2)
2 20 2 20
( 2 10 2 1 ) ( 210 2 1 )
(3) (3)
2 10 2 10
(4)
20
(4)
20 C10
C10
2 20 2 20
Page 9 MATHEMATICS : English & Hindi 09
27. A factory is operating in two shifts, day 27. °·¤ Èñ¤ÅþUè Îæð ÂæçÚUØæð´, çÎÙ ÌÍæ ÚUæÌ, ×ð´ ¿ÜÌè ãñ
and night, with 70 and 30 workers
çÁÙ×ð´ ·ý¤×àæÑ 70 ÌÍæ 30 ·¤æ×»æÚU ·¤æØü ·¤ÚUÌð ãñ´Ð
respectively. If per day mean wage of the
day shift workers is ` 54 and per day mean ØçÎ çÎÙ ·¤è ÂæÚUè ·ð¤ ·¤æ×»æÚUæð´ ·¤æ ×æØ ÂýçÌçÎÙ
wage of all the workers is ` 60, then per ßðÌÙ ` 54 ãñ ÌÍæ âÖè ·¤æ×»æÚUæð´ ·¤æ ×æØ ÂýçÌçÎÙ
day mean wage of the night shift workers ßðÌÙ ` 60 ãñ, Ìæð ÚUæÌ ×ð´ ·¤æØü ·¤ÚUÙð ßæÜð ·¤æ×»æÚUæð´ ·¤æ
(in `) is :
×æØ ÂýçÌçÎÙ ßðÌÙ (` ×ð´) ãñ Ñ
(1) 66
(1) 66
(2) 69
(2) 69
(3) 74
(3) 74
(4) 75
(4) 75
-o0o-
JEE Main 2015 Answer key Paper 1 Online (April 10, 2015) Code-10
JEE Main 2015 Question Paper 1 Online (April 11, 2015)
hc hc
(1) (1)
me 2 me 2
h h
(2) (2)
me 2 me 2
h h
(3) 2 (3) 2
ce ce
mc2 mc2
(4) 2 (4) 2
he he
→ →
2. A vector A is rotated by a small angle Du 2. ç·¤âè âçÎàæ A ·¤æð Du ÚðUçÇUØÙ (Du<<1) æé×æ ÎðÙð
→ →
radians (Du<<1) to get a new vector B . ÂÚU °·¤ ÙØæ âçÎàæ B ÂýæÌ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ §â ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´
→ → → →
In that case B 2 A is : ãæð»æ Ñ
B2A
(1) 0
(1) àæêØ
→ Du2
A 12 → Du 2
(2) 2 A 12
(2) 2
→
A Du →
(3) A Du
(3)
→ →
B Du 2 A → →
(4) B Du 2 A
(4)
Page 2 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
3. A large number (n) of identical beads, each 3. °·¤ ÂÌÜè ç¿·¤Ùè ÿæñçÌÁ ÀUǸ ÂÚU ·¤§ü (n) âßüâ×
of mass m and radius r are strung on a
×çæ·¤æØð´ (ÕèÇU) çÂÚUæð§ü »§ü ãñ´ Áæð ÀUǸ ÂÚU ¥çÙØç×Ì
thin smooth rigid horizontal rod of length
L (L>>r) and are at rest at random ÌÍæ çßÚUæ× ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´ ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤ ÕèÇU ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ
positions. The rod is mounted between m ÌÍæ çæØæ r ãñ ¥æñÚU ÀUǸ ·¤è Ü´Õæ§ü L ãñ (L>>r)Ð
two rigid supports (see figure). If one of Øã ÀUǸ Îæð ÅðU·¤æð´ (¥æÏæÚUæð´) ÂÚU, ¥æÚðU¹ ×ð´ ÎàææüØð »Øð
the beads is now given a speed v, the
average force experienced by each support
¥ÙéâæÚU çÅU·¤è ãñÐ ØçÎ °·¤ ÕèÇU ·¤æð v ßð» ÂýÎæÙ
after a long time is (assume all collisions ç·¤Øæ ÁæØ Ìæð, °·¤ ÜÕð â×Ø ·ð¤ Âà¿æÌ÷ ÂýØð·¤
are elastic) : ÅðU·¤ (¥æÏæÚU) ÂÚU Ü»Ùð ßæÜð ¥æñâÌ ÕÜ ·¤æ ×æÙ
ãæð»æ (ØçÎ âÖè ÅU·¤Úð´U ÂýØæSÍ ãñ´) Ñ
mv2
(1)
L 2 nr mv2
(1)
2 L 2 nr
mv
(2)
L 2 2nr mv 2
(2)
L 2 2nr
mv 2
(3)
2(L 2 nr) mv 2
(3)
(4) zero 2(L 2 nr)
(4) àæêØ
4. A particle is moving in a circle of radius r
under the action of a force F5ar2 which
is directed towards centre of the circle. 4. ç·¤âè ÕÜ F5ar2 ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ, °·¤ ·¤æ r çæØæ ·ð¤
Total mechanical energy (kinetic ßëæ ×ð´ »çÌ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ ÕÜ ·¤è çÎàææ ßëæ ·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý ·¤è
energy1potential energy) of the particle
¥æðÚU ãñÐ ØçÎ, r50 ·ð¤ çÜØð çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü ·¤æð àæêØ
is (take potential energy50 for r50) :
×æÙæ ÁæØ Ìæð, §â ·¤æ ·¤è ·é¤Ü Øæ´çæ·¤ ª¤Áæü (»çÌÁ
(1) ar3
ª¤Áæü1çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü) ãæð»è Ñ
1
(2) ar3 (1) ar3
2
1
4 (2) ar3
(3) ar 3 2
3
4
5 (3) ar 3
(4) ar3 3
6
5
(4) ar3
6
Page 3 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
5. A uniform thin rod AB of length L has 5. L ÜÕæ§ü ÌÍæ °·¤â×æÙ ÂÌÜè ÀUǸ AB, ·¤æ ÚñUç¹·¤
bx bx
linear mass density m(x)5 a 1 , where ÎýÃØ×æÙ æÙß m(x)5 a 1 ãñ, Áãæ¡ x ·¤æð ÀUǸ
L L
x is measured from A. If the CM of the
·ð¤ çâÚðU A âð ×æÂæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ §â ÀUǸ ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ-
7
rod lies at a distance of L from A, 7
12 ·ð¤Îý ÀUǸ ·ð¤ çâÚðU A âð L
12
ÎêÚUè ÂÚU ãñ Ìæð,
then a and b are related as :
a ÌÍæ b ·ð¤ Õè¿ â´Õ´Ï ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) a5b
(1) a5b
(2) a52b
(2) a52b
(3) 2a5b
(3) 2a5b
(4) 3a52b
(4) 3a52b
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
S Du 1 S Du 1
(2) h (2) h
h r g h r g
S Du S Du
(3) (3)
hh hh
S Du 1 S Du 1
(4) (4)
hh r g hh r g
10. An experiment takes 10 minutes to raise 10. ç·¤âè ÂýØæð» ×ð´ ç·¤âè ª¤c×·¤ (ãèÅUÚU) mæÚUæ °·¤â×æÙ
the temperature of water in a container ÎÚU ÂÚU ª¤c×æ ÎðÙð ÂÚU, °·¤ Âææ ×ð´ ÚU¹ð ÁÜ ·¤æ ÌæÂ
from 08C to 1008C and another 55 minutes
to convert it totally into steam by a heater 08C âð 1008C Ì·¤ ÕɸæÙð ·ð¤ çÜØð 10 ç×ÙÅU ·¤æ
supplying heat at a uniform rate. â×Ø Ü»Ìæ ãñÐ §âè Îýß ·¤æð ÂêæüÌÑ ßæc ×ð´ M¤ÂæÌçÚUÌ
Neglecting the specific heat of the container ·¤ÚUÙð ×ð´ 55 ç×ÙÅU ¥æñÚU Ü»Ìð ãñ´Ð Âææ ·¤è çßçàæcÅU
and taking specific heat of water to be
ª¤c×æ ·¤æð Ù»Ø ÌÍæ ÁÜ ·¤è çßçàæcÅUU ª¤c×æ ·¤æð
1 cal/g 8C , the heat of vapourization
according to this experiment will come out 1 cal/g 8C ÜðÌð ãé°, §â ÂýØæ𻠷𤠥ÙéâæÚU ßæcÂÙ
to be : ·¤è ª¤c×æ ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 530 cal/g (1) 530 cal/g
(2) 540 cal/g (2) 540 cal/g
(3) 550 cal/g (3) 550 cal/g
(4) 560 cal/g (4) 560 cal/g
Page 6 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
11. Using equipartition of energy, the specific 11. ª¤Áæü ·ð¤ â×çßÖæÁÙ ·ð¤ ©ÂØæð» âð, ·¤ÿæ-Ìæ ÂÚU,
heat (in J kg21 K21) of aluminium at room
°ðÜéç×çÙØ× ·¤è çßçàæcÅU ª¤c×æ (J kg21 K21) ·¤æ
temperature can be estimated to be (atomic
weight of aluminium527) ¥Ùé×æçÙÌ ×æÙ ãæð»æ, (°ðÜéç×çÙØ× ·¤æ ÂÚU×ææé
(1) 25 ÖæÚU527)
(2) 410 (1) 25
(3) 925 (2) 410
(4) 1850 (3) 925
(4) 1850
12. A pendulum with time period of 1s is
losing energy due to damping. At certain 12. 1s ¥æßÌü·¤æÜ ·ð¤ ç·¤âè ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤è ª¤Áæü ¥ß×´ÎÙ
time its energy is 45 J. If after completing
15 oscillations, its energy has become 15 J,
·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ ÿæØ ãæð ÚUãè ãñÐ ç·¤âè ÿææ §â·¤è ª¤Áæü
its damping constant (in s21) is : 45 J ãñÐ ØçÎ 15 ÎæðÜÙ ÂêÚðU ·¤ÚUÙð ·ð¤ Âà¿æÌ÷ §â·¤è
ª¤Áæü 15 J ãæð ÁæÌè ãñ Ìæð, §â·ð¤ çÜØð ¥ß×´ÎÙ çSÍÚUæ´·¤
1
(1)
30
ln 3 ãñ (s21 ×ð´) Ñ
1 1
ln 3 (1) ln 3
(2) 30
15
(3) 2 1
(2) ln 3
15
1
(4) (3) 2
2
1
(4)
2
Page 7 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
13. A source of sound emits sound waves at 13. ßçÙ ·ð¤ °·¤ dæðÌ âð f0 ¥æßëçæ ·¤è ÌÚ´U»ð´ ©âçÁüÌ
frequency f 0. It is moving towards an
(©Âóæ) ãæðÌè ãñ´Ð Øã dæðÌ ç·¤âè ææðÌæ ·¤è ¥æðÚU °·¤
observer with fixed speed vs(vs<v, where
v is the speed of sound in air). If the çÙØÌ ¿æÜ vs âð ¿Ü ÚUãæ ãñ (vs< v, Áãæ¡ v ßæØé ×ð´
observer were to move towards the source ßçÙ ·¤è ¿æÜ ãñ)Ð ØçÎ ææðÌæ v0 ¿æÜ âð dæðÌ ·¤è
with speed v0, one of the following two ¥æðÚU ¿ÜÙð Ü»ð, Ìæð v0 ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ âð, ææðÌæ mæÚUæ âéÙè
graphs (A and B) will give the correct
variation of the frequency f heard by the
»§ü ¥æßëçæ ·ð¤ âãè çß¿ÚUæ (ÂçÚUßÌüÙ) ·¤æð çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì
observer as v0 is changed. »ýæȤ A Øæ B ×ð´ âð °·¤ »ýæȤ ÎàææüØð»æÐ
The variation of f with v0 is given correctly Ìæð, v0 ·ð¤ âæÍ f ·ð¤ çß¿ÚUæ (ÂçÚUßÌüÙ) ·¤æð âãè
by : ÎàææüÌæ ãñ Ñ
f0
(1) graph A with slope 5 f0
(v 2 vs ) (1) »ýæȤ A ÂýßæÌæ 5 ·ð¤ âæÍ
(v 2 vs )
f0
(2) graph A with slope 5 f0
(v 1 vs ) (2) »ýæȤ A ÂýßæÌæ 5 ·ð¤ âæÍ
(v 1 vs )
f0
(3) graph B with slope 5 f0
(v 2 vs ) (3) »ýæȤ B ÂýßæÌæ 5 ·ð¤ âæÍ
(v 2 vs )
f0
(4) graph B with slope 5 f0
(v 1 vs ) (4) »ýæȤ B ÂýßæÌæ 5 ·ð¤ âæÍ
(v 1 vs )
Page 8 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
14. A wire, of length L(520 cm), is bent into 14. L(520 cm) ÜÕæ§ü ·ð¤ °·¤ ÌæÚU ·¤æð °·¤ ¥Ïü ßëææ·¤æÚU
a semi-circular arc. If the two equal halves,
¿æ ·ð¤ M¤Â ×ð´ ×æðǸ çÎØæ »Øæ ãñÐ ØçÎ §â ¿æ ·ð¤ Îæð
of the arc, were each to be uniformly
charged with charges 6Q, [|Q|5103 e0 â×æÙ Öæ»æð´ ·¤æð 6Q ¥æßðàæ âð °·¤â×æÙ ¥æßðçàæÌ
Coulomb where e0 is the permittivity (in ·¤ÚU çÎØæ ÁæØ [|Q|5103 e0 ·ê¤Üæò× Áãæ¡ e0 (SI
SI units) of free space] the net electric field ×ææ·¤ ×ð ´ ) ×é Ì ¥æ·¤æàæ ·¤è çßlé Ì àæèÜÌæ
at the centre O of the semi-circular arc
would be :
(ÂÚUæßñléÌæ´·¤) ãñ ], Ìæð, ¥Ïüßëææ·¤æÚU ¿æ ·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý O
ÂÚU ÙðÅU çßléÌ ÿæðæ ãæð»æ Ñ
∧
(1) (503103 N/C) j ∧
(1) (503103 N/C) j
∧
(2) (253103 N/C) i ∧
(2) (253103 N/C) i
∧
(3) (253103 N/C) j ∧
(3) (253103 N/C) j
∧
(4) (503103 N/C) i ∧
(4) (503103 N/C) i
(1) 3V
(1) 3V
(2) 4V
(2) 4V
(3) 5V
(3) 5V
(4) 6V
(4) 6V
Page 10 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
18. The value of the resistor, RS, needed in the 18. Øãæ¡ ÎàææüØð »Øð ÇUè.âè. (dc) ßæðËÅUÌæ çÙØ´æ·¤ ÂçÚUÂÍ
dc voltage regulator circuit shown here,
×ð´, ¥æßàØ·¤ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ RS ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
equals :
(1) (Vi2VL)/n IL
(1) (Vi2VL)/n IL
(2) (Vi1VL)/n IL
(2) (Vi1VL)/n IL
(3) (Vi2VL)/(n11) IL
(3) (Vi2VL)/(n11) IL
(4) (Vi1VL)/(n11) IL
(4) (Vi1VL)/(n11) IL
Page 11 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
19. Two long straight parallel wires, carrying 19. Îæð ÜÕð, âèÏð, â×æÌÚU ÌæÚUæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤è ÎêÚUè d ãñÐ
(adjustable) currents I1 and I2, are kept at
§Ùâð I1 ÌÍæ I2 ÏæÚUæØð´ ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð ÚUãè ãñ´ (çÁÙ·ð¤ ×æÙ
a distance d apart. If the force F between
the two wires is taken as positive when â×æØæðçÁÌ ç·¤Øð Áæ â·¤Ìð ãñ´) ØçÎ §Ù ÌæÚUæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿
the wires repel each other and negative ÂýçÌ·¤áüæ ãæðÙð ÂÚU §Ù·ð¤ Õè¿ ÕÜ F ·¤æð ÒÏÙæ×·¤Ó
when the wires attract each other, the ÌÍæ §Ù ·ð¤ Õè¿ ¥æ·¤áüæ ãæðÙð ÂÚU ÕÜ F ·¤æ𠫤ææ×·¤
graph showing the dependence of F, on
the product I1I2, would be :
×æÙæ ÁæØ Ìæð, I1 ÌÍæ I2 ·ð¤ »éæÙÈ¤Ü (I1I2) ÂÚU F
·ð¤ çÙÖüÚU ãæðÙð ·¤æð ·¤æñÙ âæ »ýæȤ ÆUè·¤ (âãè) ÎàææüÌæ
ãñ?
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
Page 12 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
20. A wire carrying current I is tied between 20. IÏæÚUæßæãè °·¤ ÌæÚU, P ÌÍæ Q çÕÎé¥æð´ ÂÚU Õ´Ïæ ãñ
points P and Q and is in the shape of a
¥æñÚU ¥ÂÙð ¥æâ-Âæâ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÿæðæ B ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ (Áæð
circular arch of radius R due to a uniform
magnetic field B (perpendicular to the xxx mæÚUæ ÎàææüØæ »Øæ ãñ ¥æñÚU §â ÂëcÆ ·ð¤ ÜÕßÌ÷ ãñ)
plane of the paper, shown by xxx) in the R çæØæ ·ð¤ ßëææ·¤æÚU ¿æ ·ð¤ M¤Â ×ð´ ¥æ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
vicinity of the wire. If the wire subtends ØçÎ Øã ÌæÚU, ©â ßëæ ·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý ÂÚU çÁâ·¤æ Øã ¿æÂ
an angle 2u0 at the centre of the circle (of
which it forms an arch) then the tension
Öæ» ãñ, 2u0 ·¤æðæ ÕÙæÌæ ãñ Ìæð, ÌæÚU ×ð´ ÌÙæß ãæð»æ Ñ
in the wire is :
(1) IBR
(1) IBR IBR
(2) sinu0
IBR
(2) sinu0
IBR
(3) 2sinu0
IBR
(3) 2sinu0
IBRu0
(4) sinu0
IBRu0
(4) sinu0
21. ç·¤âè ÀUæðÅðU âð δÇU ¿éÕ·¤ ·¤æð Âëßè ·ð¤ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÿæðæ
21. A short bar magnet is placed in the ·ð¤ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ØæØæðæÚU ×ð´ §â Âý·¤æÚU ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñ ç·¤
magnetic meridian of the earth with north ©â·¤æ ©æÚU Ïýéß, ©æÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ãñÐ §â·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ
pole pointing north. Neutral points are
found at a distance of 30 cm from the ¿éÕ·¤ ·ð¤ ×ØçÕÎé âð Âêßü-Âçà¿× çÎàææ ×𴠹贿è
magnet on the East - West line, drawn »§ü âÚUÜ ÚðU¹æ ÂÚU, ©ÎæâèÙ çÕÎé ÂýæÌ ãæðÌð ãñ´, çÁÙ·¤è
through the middle point of the magnet. ¿éÕ·¤ âð ÎêÚUè 30 cm ãñÐ Ìæð, ¿éÕ·¤ ·¤æ ¿éÕ·¤èØ
The magnetic moment of the magnet in
¥ææêæü (Am2 ×ð´) ãæð»æ ֻܻ Ñ
Am2 is close to :
m0 2 (çÎØæ ãñ,
m0 2
5 10 7 SI ×ææ·¤ ×ð́ ÌÍæ BH5Âëßè
(Given 5 10 7 in SI units and 4p
4p
B H 5Horizontal component of earths ·ð¤ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÿæðæ ·¤æ ÿæñçÌÁ æÅU·¤ 53.631025
magnetic field53.631025 Tesla.) Tesla.)
(1) 9.7 (1) 9.7
(2) 4.9 (2) 4.9
(3) 19.4 (3) 19.4
(4) 14.6 (4) 14.6
Page 13 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
22. For the LCR circuit, shown here, the 22. Øãæ¡ ÎàææüØð »Øð LCR ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´, çßléÌÏæÚUæ, ¥æÚUæðçÂÌ
current is observed to lead the applied
ßæðËÅUÌæ âð ¥»ý»æ×è (¥æ»ð) ÚUãÌè ãñÐ ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´ ÁéǸð
voltage. An additional capacitor C9, when
joined with the capacitor C present in the â´ÏæçÚUæ C ·ð¤ âæÍ °·¤ ¥çÌçÚUÌ â´ÏæçÚUæ C9 ÁæðǸÙð
circuit, makes the power factor of the âð, §â ÂçÚUÂÍ ·¤æ àæçÌ-»éæ·¤ §·¤æ§ü (°·¤·¤) ãæð
circuit unity. The capacitor C9, must have ÁæÌæ ãñÐ Ìæð, â´ÏæçÚUæ C9 ·¤æð ¥ßàØ ãè ÁæðÇ¸æ »Øæ
been connected in :
ãæð»æ Ñ
(2) (2 2 i 2 3 j ) and ( 3 i 2 2 j )
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
(2) (2 2 i 2 3 j ) ÌÍæ ( 3 i 2 2 j )
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
(3) ( 2 i 1 3 j ) and ( i 1 2 j )
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
(3) ( 2 i 1 3 j ) ÌÍæ ( i 1 2 j )
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
(4) ( 3 i 1 4 j ) and ( 4 i 2 3 j )
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
(4) ( 3 i 1 4 j ) ÌÍæ ( 4 i 2 3 j )
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
Page 14 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
24. A thin convex lens of focal length f is put 24. °·¤ ©æÜ Üð´â ·¤æð, ¥æÚðU¹ ×ð´ ÎàææüØð »Øð ¥ÙéâæÚU
on a plane mirror as shown in the figure.
ç·¤âè â×ÌÜ ÎÂüæ ·ð¤ ª¤ÂÚU ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñÐ Üð´â ·¤è
When an object is kept at a distance a
from the lens - mirror combination, its Ȥæð·¤â ÎêÚUè f ãñÐ §â â´ØæðÁÙ âð ç·¤âè ßSÌé ·¤æð a
a ÎêÚUè ÂÚU ÚU¹Ùð âð, ©â·¤æ ÂýçÌçÕÕ â´ØæðÁÙ ·ð¤ âæ×Ùð
image is formed at a distance in front
3 a
of the combination. The value of a is : 3
ÎêÚUè ÂÚU ÕÙÌæ ãñÐ Ìæð, a ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
(1) f (1) f
(2) 2f (2) 2f
(3) 3f (3) 3f
3 3
(4) f (4) f
2 2
25. In a Youngs double slit experiment with 25. Ø´» ·ð¤ ç·¤âè çm-çÛæÚUè ÂýØæð» ×ð´, ÂýØéÌ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤è
light of wavelength l the separation of slits
is d and distance of screen is D such that
ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü l, çÛæçÚUØæð´ (çSÜÅUæð´) ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤è ÎêÚUè d,
D > > d > > l. If the Fringe width is b, the ÌÍæ ÂÎð ü ·¤è çÛæçÚUØæð ´ âð Îê Ú Uè D ãñ Ð
distance from point of maximum intensity Áãæ¡, D > > d > > lÐ ØçÎ, çÈý´¤Á ¿æñǸæ§ü b ãñ Ìæð,
to the point where intensity falls to half of ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ÌèßýÌæ ·ð¤ çÕÎé âð, ÎæðÙæð´ ¥æðÚU ·ð¤ ©Ù çÕÎé¥æð´
maximum intensity on either side is :
·¤è ÎêÚUè, Áãæ¡ ÌèßýÌæ, ¥çÏ·¤Ì× âð ¥æÏè ãæð ÁæÌè ãñ,
b ãæð»è Ñ
(1)
2
b
b (1)
(2) 2
4
b
b (2)
(3) 4
3
b
b (3)
(4) 3
6
b
(4)
6
Page 15 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
26. Unpolarized light of intensity I0 is incident 26. I0 ÌèßýÌæ ·¤æ ¥ÏýéçßÌ Âý·¤æàæ, ·¤æ¡¿ ·ð¤ Üæò·¤ (»éÅU·ð¤)
on surface of a block of glass at Brewsters
angle. In that case, which one of the ·¤è âÌã (ÂëcÆU) ÂÚU, ÕýêSÅUÚU ·¤æðæ ÂÚU, ¥æÂçÌÌ ãæðÌæ
following statements is true ? ãñÐ §â çSÍçÌ ·ð¤ çÜØð çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙâæ
(1) transmitted light is partially ·¤ÍÙ âãè (âØ) ãñ?
polarized with intensity I0/2.
(1) ÂæÚU»Ì Âý·¤æàæ, ¥æ´çàæ·¤ ÏýéçßÌ ãæð»æ ¥æñÚU ©â·¤è
(2) transmitted light is completely
ÌèßýÌæ I0/2 ãæð»èÐ
polarized with intensity less than
I0/2. (2) ÂæÚU»Ì Âý·¤æàæ ÂêæüM¤Â âð Ïýçé ßÌ ãæð»æ ¥æñÚU ©â·¤è
(3) reflected light is completely polarized ÌèßýÌæ I0/2 âð ·¤× ãæð»èÐ
with intensity less than I0/2.
(3) ÂÚUæßçÌüÌ Âý·¤æàæ ÂêæüÌÑ ÏýéçßÌ ãæð»æ ¥æñÚU ©â·¤è
(4) reflected light is partially polarized
with intensity I0/2.
ÌèßýÌæ I0/2 âð ·¤× ãæð»èÐ
(4) ÂÚUæßçÌüÌ Âý·¤æàæ ÂêæüÌÑ ÏýéçßÌ ãæð»æ ¥æñÚU ©â·¤è
27. The de - Broglie wavelength associated ÌèßýÌæ I0/2 ãæð»èÐ
with the electron in the n54 level is :
(1) two times the de-Broglie wavelength 27. n54 SÌÚU ÂÚU, ç·¤âè §ÜðÅþUæòÙ âð â´Õh Îð-ÕýæòÜè
of the electron in the ground state
ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü ãæð»è Ñ
(2) four times the de-Broglie wavelength
of the electron in the ground state (1) ØêÙÌ× ª¤Áæü SÌÚU ÂÚU §ÜðÅþUæòÙ ·¤è Îð-ÕýæòÜè
(3) half of the de-Broglie wavelength of ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü âð Îæð »éÙæÐ
the electron in the ground state
(2) ØêÙÌ× ª¤Áæü SÌÚU ÂÚU §ÜðÅþUæòÙ ·¤è Îð-ÕýæòÜè
(4) 1/4th of the de-Broglie wavelength ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü ·¤è ¿æÚU »éÙæÐ
of the electron in the ground state
(3) ØêÙÌ× ª¤Áæü SÌÚU ÂÚU §ÜðÅþUæòÙ ·¤è Îð-ÕýæòÜè
28. Let Nb be the number of b particles emitted ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü ·¤è ¥æÏèÐ
24 (4) ØêÙÌ× ª¤Áæü SÌÚU ÂÚU §ÜðÅþUæòÙ ·¤è Îð-ÕýæòÜè
by 1 gram of Na radioactive nuclei
(half life515 hrs) in 7.5 hours, Nb is close
ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü ·¤è 1/4.
to (Avogadro number 56.023310 23/g.
mole) :
24
(1) 6.2310 21 28. ØçÎ 1 »ýæ× Na ÚðUçÇUØæð°çÅUß ÙæçÖ·¤ (¥Ïü ¥æØé
(2) 7.5310 21 15 æ´ÅðU) mæÚUæ 7.5 æ´ÅðU ×ð´ ©âçÁüÌ b ·¤ææð´ ·¤è
(3) 1.25310 22 â´Øæ Nb ãæð Ìæð, Nb ·¤æ ×æÙ çÙ·¤ÅU ãæð»æ
(4) 1.75310 22 (¥æßæð»æÎýUæð â´Øæ 6.02331023/g. mol) :
(1) 6.2310 21
(2) 7.5310 21
(3) 1.25310 22
(4) 1.75310 22
Page 16 PHYSICS : English & Hindi 01
29. A 2V battery is connected across AB as 29. ¥æÚðU¹ ×ð´ 2V ·¤è °·¤ ÕñÅUÚUè A ß B ·ð¤ Õè¿ ÁéǸè ãñÐ
shown in the figure. The value of the
ØçÎ ÂãÜè Îàææ ×ð´ ÕñÅUÚUè ·¤æ ÏÙæ×·¤ ÅUç×üÙÜ A âð
current supplied by the battery when in
one case batterys positive terminal is ÌÍæ ÎêâÚUè Îàææ ×ð´ ÏÙæ×·¤ ÅUç×üÙÜ B âð ÁéǸæ ãæð Ìæð,
connected to A and in other case when §Ù ÎæðÙæð´ Îàææ¥æð´ ×ð´ ÕñÅUÚUè mæÚUæ ÂýÎæ çßléÌ ÏæÚUæ ·¤æ
positive terminal of battery is connected ×æÙ ·ý¤×àæÑ ãæð»æ Ñ
to B will respectively be :
10. Under ambient conditions, which among 10. ÂçÚUßðàæ çSÍçÌ ÂÚU, ·¤æñÙ-ÂëcÆU â´ç·ý¤Ø·¤ ÁÜèØ çßÜØÙ
the following surfactants will form micelles
in aqueous solution at lowest molar ×ð´ âÕâð ·¤× ×æðÜèØ âæ´Îýæ ×ð´ ç×âðÜ ÕÙæ°»æ?
concentration ?
(1)
(1)
(2) CH32(CH2)132 OSO2
3 Na
1
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
11. Ìß X ·ð¤ ¿æÚU Øæñç»·¤æð´ ·ð¤ âêææð´ ×ð´ âð »ÜÌ âêæ
11. Choose the incorrect formula out of the ¿éçÙ° Ñ
four compounds for an element X below :
(1) X2Cl3
(1) X2Cl3
(2) X2O3
(2) X 2O3
(3) X2(SO4)3
(3) X2(SO4)3
(4) XPO4
(4) XPO4
19. Which of the following complex ions has 19. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì â´·é¤Ü ¥æØÙæð´ ×ð´ âð 緤⠥æØÙ ·¤è t2g
electrons that are symmetrically filled in
both t2g and eg orbitals ?
¥æñÚU eg ·¤ÿæ·¤æð´ ×ð´ §ÜðÅþUæòÙ â×ç×Ì M¤Â âð ÖÚðU ãñ´?
(1) [CoF6]32 (1) [CoF6]32
20. Addition of phosphate fertilisers to water 20. ȤæòSÈð¤ÅU ØéÌ ©ßüÚU·¤æð´ ·ð¤ ç×ÜæÙð âð ÁÜæàæØæð´ ×ð´ Ñ
bodies causes : (1) àæñßæÜæð´ ·¤è ¥ØæçÏ·¤ ßëçh ãæðÌè ãñÐ
(1) enhanced growth of algae
(2) ÁÜ ×ð´ çßÜèÙ ¥æòâèÁÙ ·¤è ×æææ ÕɸÌè ãñÐ
(2) increase in amount of dissolved
oxygen in water (3) ·ñ¤çËâØ× È¤æòSÈð¤ÅU ·¤æ çÙÿæðÂæ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ
(3) deposition of calcium phosphate (4) ×ÀUçÜØæð´ ·¤è Áèß â´Øæ ×ð´ ßëçh ãæðÌè ãñÐ
(4) increase in fish population
(2) and
(2) ¥æñÚU
(3) and
(3) ¥æñÚU
(4) and
(4) ¥æñÚU
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
25. In the reaction sequence 25. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·ý¤× ×ð´ ©ÂæÎ B ãñ Ñ
OH2
D OH2 D
2 CH 3 CHO → A → B ; the 2 CH 3 CHO → A → B
product B is : (1) CH32CH22CH22CH22OH
(1) CH32CH22CH22CH22OH (2) CH32CH5CH2CHO
(2) CH32CH5CH2CHO
(3)
(3)
(4) CH32CH22CH22CH3
(4) CH32CH22CH22CH3
Page 8 CHEMISTRY : English & Hindi 01
26. Which compound exhibits maximum 26. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ-âæ Øæñç»·¤ âßæüçÏ·¤ çmÏýéß
dipole moment among the following ?
¥ææêæü ÎàææüÌæ ãñ?
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
Page 9 CHEMISTRY : English & Hindi 01
28. Accumulation of which of the following 28. ¥æðÁSßè ÃØæØæ× ·ð¤ ȤÜSßM¤Â, ×æ´âÂðçàæØæð´ ×ð´ ç·¤â
molecules in the muscles occurs as a result
Øæñç»·¤ ·¤æ â´¿ØÙ ãæðÌæ ãñ?
of vigorous exercise ?
(1) Glucose (1) Üê·¤æð$Á
(2) Glycogen (2) Üñ·¤æð$ÁÙ
(3) L-lactic acid (3) L-ÜñçÅU·¤ ¥Ü
(4) Pyruvic acid
(4) ÂñM¤çß·¤ ¥Ü
29. Which artificial sweetener contains
chlorine ? 29. 緤⠷ë¤çæ× ×ÏéÚU·¤ ×ð´ ÜæðÚUèÙ ãñ?
(1) Aspartame (1) °ðSÂæÅðüU×
(2) Saccharin (2) âñ·¤ÚUèÙ
(3) Sucralose
(3) âê·ý¤æÜæðâ
(4) Alitame
(4) °ðçÜÅðU×
30. A pink coloured salt turns blue on heating.
The presence of which cation is most 30. °·¤ »éÜæÕè Üßæ, »ÚU× ·¤ÚUÙð ÂÚU ÙèÜæ ãæð ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
likely ?
Üßæ ×ð´ ç·¤â ÏÙæØÙ ·ð¤ ãæðÙð ·¤è âßæüçÏ·¤ â´ÖæßÙæ
(1) Cu 21 ãñ?
(2) Fe21
(1) Cu 21
(3) Zn21
(2) Fe21
(4) Co21
(3) Zn 21
(4) Co21
-o0o-
-o0o-
Page 1 MATHEMATICS : English & Hindi 01
1. Let A5{x1, x2, ..., x7} and B5{y1, y2, y3} 1. ×æÙæ A5{x1, x2, ..., x7} ÌÍæ B5{y1, y2, y3}
be two sets containing seven and three
°ðâð Îæð â×éæØ ãñ´ çÁÙ×ð´ ·ý¤×àæÑ âæÌ ÌÍæ ÌèÙ çßçÖóæ
distinct elements respectively. Then the
total number of functions f : A ® B that ¥ßØß ãñ´ ; Ìæð °ðâð ȤÜÙæð´ f : A ® B ·¤è ·é¤Ü
are onto, if there exist exactly three â´Øæ, Áæð ç·¤ ¥æÀUæη¤ ãñ´, ØçÎ A ×ð´ °ðâð ÆUè·¤ ÌèÙ
elements x in A such that f (x)5y2, is equal x ¥ßØß ãñ´ çÁÙ·ð¤ çÜ° f (x)5y2 ãñ, ãñ Ñ
to :
(1) 14 . 7C2
(1) 14 . 7C2
(2) 16 . 7C3
(2) 16 . 7C3
(3) 12 . 7C2
(3) 12 . 7C2
(4) 14 . 7C3
(4) 14 . 7C3
Im z 5 Im z 5
the minimum value of is : ·¤æ ØêÙÌ× ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
(Im z ) 5 (Im z )5
(1) 21 (1) 21
(2) 22 (2) 22
(3) 24 (3) 24
(4) 25 (4) 25
(3) 61 (2) 65
(3) 61
1
(4) 6
25 1
(4) 6
25
Page 2 MATHEMATICS : English & Hindi 01
(2) 2y 2 3 x 5 0 (2) 2y 2 3 x 5 0
(3) 2y 1 3 x 5 0 (3) 2y 1 3 x 5 0
(4) 2x 2 3 y 5 0 (4) 2x 2 3 y 5 0
Page 4 MATHEMATICS : English & Hindi 01
12. Let k and K be the minimum and the
(1 1 x )0.6
maximum values of the function 12. ×æÙæ k ÌÍæ K, ȤÜÙ f (x) 5 ·ð ¤
0.6 1 1 x 0.6
(1 1 x )
f (x) 5 in [0, 1] respectively, [0, 1] ×ð´·ý¤×àæÑ ØêÙÌ× ÌÍæ ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ×æÙ ãñ´, Ìæð
1 1 x 0.6
·ý¤ç×Ì Øé× (k, K) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
then the ordered pair (k, K) is equal to :
(1) (1, 20.6)
(1) (1, 20.6)
(2) (220.4, 20.6)
(2) (220.4, 20.6)
(3) (220.6, 1)
(3) (220.6, 1)
(4) (220.4, 1)
(4) (220.4, 1)
13. From the top of a 64 metres high tower, a 13. 64 ×èÅUÚU ª¡¤¿è °·¤ ×èÙæÚU ·ð¤ çàæ¹ÚU âð 48 ×è./âð.
stone is thrown upwards vertically with ·¤è »çÌ âð ©ßæüÏÚU ª¤ÂÚU ·¤è çÎàææ ×ð´ °·¤ ÂÍÚU
the velocity of 48 m/s. The greatest height Èð´¤·¤æ »ØæÐ Øã ×æÙÌð ãé° ç·¤ »éL¤ßæ·¤áüæ ßÚUæ
(in metres) attained by the stone, assuming
g532 ×è. / âð . 2 ãñ , ßã ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ª¡ ¤ ¿æ§ü
the value of the gravitational acceleration
g532 m/s2, is : (×èÅUÚUæð´ ×ð´) Áãæ¡ Ì·¤ ÂÍÚU Âã¡é¿Ìæ ãñ, ãñ Ñ
(1) 100 (1) 100
(2) 88 (2) 88
(3) 128 (3) 128
(4) 112 (4) 112
(
log t 1 1 1 t 2 ) dt 5 1 ( g (t))21 C , ØçÎ ∫
(
log t 1 1 1 t 2 ) dt 5 1 ( g (t))21 C
14. If ∫ 2
14.
1 1 t2 2
1 1 t2
where C is a constant, then g(2) is equal ãñ, Áãæ¡ C °·¤ ¥¿ÚU ãñ, Ìæð g(2) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
to :
(1) 2 log ( 2 1 5 )
(1) 2 log ( 2 1 5 )
(2) log ( 2 1 5 )
(2) log ( 2 1 5 )
1
1 (3) log ( 2 1 5 )
(3) log ( 2 1 5 ) 5
5
1
1 (4) log ( 2 1 5 )
(4) log ( 2 1 5 ) 2
2
Page 5 MATHEMATICS : English & Hindi 01
15. Let f : R ® R be a function such that 15. ×æÙæ f : R ® R °·¤ °ðâæ ȤÜÙ ãñ, ç·¤ âÖè x e R
f (22x)5f (21x) and f (42x)5f (41x),
·ð¤ çÜ°, f (22x)5f (21x) ÌÍæ f (42x)5
2
2 50
for all x e R and ∫ f (x ) dx 5 5 . Then the
f (41x) ãñ ¥æñÚU ∫ f (x ) dx 5 5 ãñ, Ìæð ∫ f ( x ) dx
0
0 10
50
·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
value of ∫ f ( x ) dx is :
(1) 80
10
(4) 200
16. ×æÙæ f : (21, 1) ® R °·¤ â´ÌÌ È¤ÜÙ ãñÐ ØçÎ
16. Let f : (21, 1) ® R be a continuous sin x
3 3
sin x ∫ f (t) dt 5 x ãñ, Ìæð f ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
3 0
2 2
function. If ∫ f (t) dt 5
2
x, then
0
3
(1)
3 2
f is equal to :
2 (2) 3
3 3
(1) (3)
2 2
(2) 3 1
(4)
2
3
(3)
2
17. x5f (y) ¥ß·¤Ü â×è·¤ÚUæ
1
(4) ydx2(x12y2)dy50 ·¤æ ãÜ ãñÐ
2
ØçÎ f (21)51 ãñ, Ìæð f (1) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 4
17. The solution of the differential equation
ydx2(x12y2)dy50 is x5f (y). (2) 3
If f (21)51, then f (1) is equal to : (3) 2
(1) 4 (4) 1
(2) 3
(3) 2
(4) 1
Page 6 MATHEMATICS : English & Hindi 01
18. A straight line L through the point (3, 22) 18. çÕ´Îé (3, 22) âð ãæð·¤ÚU ÁæÙð ßæÜè °·¤ âÚUÜ ÚðU¹æ L,
is inclined at an angle of 608 to the line
ÚUð¹æ 3 x 1 y 5 1 ·ð¤ âæÍ 608 ·¤æ ·¤æðæ ÕÙæÌè
3 x 1 y 5 1 . If L also intersects the
ãñÐ ØçÎ L, x-¥ÿæ ·¤æð Öè ·¤æÅUÌè ãñ, Ìæð L ·¤æ
x-axis, then the equation of L is :
â×è·¤ÚUæ ãñ Ñ
(1) y 1 3 x 1 2 23 3 50
(1) y 1 3 x 1 2 23 3 50
(2) y 2 3 x 1 2 13 3 50
(2) y 2 3 x 1 2 13 3 50
(3) 3 y 2x 1 312 3 50
(3) 3 y 2x 1 312 3 50
(4) 3 y 1x 2 312 3 50
(4) 3 y 1x 2 312 3 50
25. In a parallelogram ABCD, 5a, 25. °·¤ â×æ´ÌÚU ¿ÌéÖéüÁ ABCD ×ð´, 5a, 5b
5b and 5c, then has the ÌÍæ 5c ãñ, Ìæð ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
value :
(1)
1
( 2
a 2b 1c2 2
) (1)
1
2
( a2 2 b2 1 c2 )
2
(2)
1
(a 2 2
1b 2c 2
) (2)
1
4
( a2 1 b2 2 c2 )
4
(3)
1
( 2
b 1c 2a2 2
) (3)
1
3
( b2 1 c2 2 a2 )
3
(4)
1
(a 2 2
1b 1c 2
) (4)
1
2
( a2 1 b2 1 c2 )
2
3 1 3
28. If cosa 1 cosb 5 and sin a 1 sinb 5 28. ØçÎ cosa 1 cosb 5 ÌÍæ
2 2 2
and u is the arithmetic mean of a and b, 1
then sin2u1cos2u is equal to : sin a 1 sinb 5 ãñ´, ÌÍæ a ÌÍæ b ·¤æ â×æ´ÌÚU
2
3 ×æØ u ãñ, Ìæð sin2u1cos2u ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1)
5
3
4 (1)
5
(2)
5
4
7 (2)
5
(3)
5
7
8 (3)
5
(4)
5
8
(4)
5
29. Let 10 vertical poles standing at equal
distances on a straight line, subtend the
same angle of elevation a at a point O on 29. ×æÙæ °·¤ âÚUÜ ÚðU¹æ ÂÚU â×æÙ ÎêçÚUØæð´ ÂÚU ¹Ç¸ð 10
this line and all the poles are on the same ©ßæüÏÚU ¹´Öð §â âÚUÜ ÚðU¹æ ·ð¤ °·¤ çÕ´Îé O ÂÚU
side of O. If the height of the longest pole
is h and the distance of the foot of the
â×æÙ ©óæØÙ ·¤æðæ a ÕÙæÌð ãñ´, ÁÕç·¤ âÖè ¹´Öð O
smallest pole from O is a ; then the ·ð¤ °·¤ ãè ¥æðÚU çSÍÌ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ âÕâð ÕǸ𠹴Öð ·¤è
distance between two consecutive poles, ª¡¤¿æ§ü h ãñ ÌÍæ âÕâð ÀUæðÅðU ¹´Öð ·ð¤ ÂæÎ ·¤è O âð
is : ÎêÚUè a ãñ ; Ìæð Îæð ·ý¤×æ»Ì ¹´Öæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤è ÎêÚUè ãñ Ñ
h sin a 1 a cosa
(1) h sin a 1 a cosa
9 sin a (1)
9 sin a
h cosa 2 a sin a
(2) h cosa 2 a sin a
9 cosa (2)
9 cosa
-o0o-
-o0o-
JEE Main 2015 Answer Key Paper 1 Online (April 11, 2015) - Code-11
JEE Main 2014 Question Paper 1 Offline (April 6, 2014)Set-E
This booklet contains 40 printed pages. No. :
§â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ×éçÎýÌ ÂëcÆ 40 ãñ´Ð RST
PAPER - 1 : PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY & MATHEMATICS Test Booklet Code
ÂýàÙÂéçSÌ·¤æ - 1 : ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ, ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ ÌÍæ »çæÌ ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ â´·ð¤Ì
E
Do not open this Test Booklet until you are asked to do so.
§â ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æð ÌÕ Ì·¤ Ù ¹æðÜð´ ÁÕ Ì·¤ ·¤ãæ Ù Áæ°Ð
Read carefully the Instructions on the Back Cover of this Test Booklet.
§â ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ çÂÀÜð ¥æßÚæ ÂÚ çΰ »° çÙÎðüàææð´ ·¤æð ØæÙ âð Âɸð´Ð
Important Instructions : ×ãßÂêæü çÙÎðüàæ Ñ
1. Immediately fill in the particulars on this page of the Test 1. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ §â ÂëcÆU ÂÚU ¥æßàØ·¤ çßßÚUæ ÙèÜð / ·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ
Booklet with Blue/Black Ball Point Pen. Use of pencil is strictly ß槴ÅU ÂðÙ âð Ì·¤æÜ ÖÚð´Ð ÂðçâÜ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» çÕË·é¤Ü ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
prohibited.
2. The Answer Sheet is kept inside this Test Booklet. When you 2. ©æÚU Âæ §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥ÎÚU ÚU¹æ ãñÐ ÁÕ ¥æ·¤æð ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
are directed to open the Test Booklet, take out the Answer ¹æðÜÙð ·¤æð ·¤ãæ Áæ°, Ìæð ©æÚU Âæ çÙ·¤æÜ ·¤ÚU âæßÏæÙèÂêß·ü ¤ çßßÚUæ ÖÚðÚÐ
Sheet and fill in the particulars carefully. 3. ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤è ¥ßçÏ 3 æ´ÅðU ãñÐ
3. The test is of 3 hours duration. 4. §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ 90 ÂýàÙ ãñ´Ð ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ¥´·¤ 360 ãñ´Ð
4. The Test Booklet consists of 90 questions. The maximum
marks are 360. 5. §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ÌèÙ Öæ» A, B, C ãñ´, çÁâ·ð¤ ÂýØð·¤ Öæ» ×ð´
5. There are three parts in the question paper A, B, C ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ, ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ °ß´ »çæÌ ·ð¤ 30 ÂýàÙ ãñ´ ¥æñÚU âÖè
consisting of Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics having ÂýàÙæ𴠷𤠥´·¤ â×æÙ ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ âãè ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° 4 (¿æÚU)
30 questions in each part of equal weightage. Each question ¥´·¤ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ ç·¤Øð »Øð ãñ´Ð
is allotted 4 (four) marks for correct response.
6. Candidates will be awarded marks as stated above in instruction
6. ¥ØçÍüØæð´ ·¤æð ÂýØð·¤ âãè ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° ©ÂÚUæðÌ çÙÎðüàæÙ â´Øæ 5 ·ð¤
No. 5 for correct response of each question. ¼ (one fourth) marks çÙÎðüàææÙéâæÚU ×æâü çÎØð ÁæØð´»ðÐ ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ »ÜÌ ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜØð
will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. ¼ ßæ´ Öæ» ·¤æÅU çÜØæ ÁæØð»æÐ ØçÎ ©æÚU Âæ ×ð´ ç·¤âè ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ©æÚU
No deduction from the total score will be made if no response is Ùãè´ çÎØæ »Øæ ãæð Ìæð ·é¤Ü Âýæ#æ´·¤ âð ·¤æð§ü ·¤ÅUæñÌè Ùãè´ ·¤è ÁæØð»èÐ
indicated for an item in the answer sheet.
7. ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ·ð¤ßÜ °·¤ ãè âãè ©æÚU ãñÐ °·¤ âð ¥çÏ·¤ ©æÚU ÎðÙð ÂÚU
7. There is only one correct response for each question. Filling
up more than one response in any question will be treated as ©âð »ÜÌ ©æÚU ×æÙæ ÁæØð»æ ¥æñÚU ©ÂÚUæðÌ çÙÎðüàæ 6 ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU ¥´·¤ ·¤æÅU
wrong response and marks for wrong response will be çÜØð ÁæØð´»ðÐ
deducted accordingly as per instruction 6 above. 8. ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëcÆU-1 °ß´ ÂëcÆU-2 ÂÚU ßæ´çÀUÌ çßßÚUæ °ß´ ©æÚU ¥´ç·¤Ì
8. Use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only for writing particulars/ ·¤ÚUÙð ãðÌé ·ð¤ßÜ ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ß槴ÅU ÂðÙ ·¤æ ãè ÂýØæð» ·¤Úð´UÐ
marking responses on Side-1 and Side2 of the Answer Sheet.
Use of pencil is strictly prohibited. ÂðçâÜ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» çÕË·é¤Ü ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
9. No candidate is allowed to carry any textual material, printed 9. ÂÚUèÿææÍèü mæÚUæ ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ×ð́ Âýßðàæ ·¤æÇüU ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU
or written, bits of papers, pager, mobile phone, any electronic ·¤è ÂæÆ÷UØ âæ×»ýè, ×éçÎýÌ Øæ ãSÌçÜç¹Ì, ·¤æ»Á ·¤è Âç¿üØæ¡, ÂðÁÚU, ×æðÕæ§Ü
device, etc. except the Admit Card inside the examination ȤæðÙ Øæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU ·ð¤ §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUææð́ Øæ ç·¤âè ¥Ø Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è
hall/room.
10. Rough work is to be done on the space provided for this
âæ×»ýè ·¤æð Üð ÁæÙð Øæ ©ÂØæð» ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è ¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
purpose in the Test Booklet only. This space is given at the 10. ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ·ð¤ßÜ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ Á»ã ÂÚU ãè ·¤èçÁ°Ð Øã
bottom of each page and in one page (Page 39) at the end of Á»ã ÂýØð·¤ ÂëcÆU ÂÚU Ùè¿ð ·¤è ¥æðÚU ¥æñÚU ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥´Ì ×ð´ °·¤ ÂëcÆU ÂÚU
the booklet. (ÂëcÆU 39) Îè »§ü ãñÐ
11. On completion of the test, the candidate must hand over the
Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the Room/Hall. 11. ÂÚUèÿææ â×æÌ ãæðÙð ÂÚU, ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ÀUæðǸÙð âð Âêßü ©æÚU Âæ ·¤ÿæ
However, the candidates are allowed to take away this Test çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ßàØ âæñ´Â Îð´Ð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð âæÍ §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
Booklet with them. ·¤æð Üð Áæ â·¤Ìð ãñ´Ð
12. The CODE for this Booklet is E. Make sure that the CODE 12. §â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æ â´·ð¤Ì E ãñÐ Øã âéçÙçà¿Ì ·¤ÚU Üð´ ç·¤ §â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æ
printed on Side2 of the Answer Sheet is the same as that on â´·ð¤Ì, ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëcÆU-2 ÂÚU ÀUÂð â´·ð¤Ì âð ç×ÜÌæ ãñÐ ¥»ÚU Øã çÖóæ
this booklet. In case of discrepancy, the candidate should
immediately report the matter to the Invigilator for
ãæð Ìæð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ÎêâÚUè ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ¥æñÚU ©æÚU Âæ ÜðÙð ·ð¤ çÜ° çÙÚUèÿæ·¤
replacement of both the Test Booklet and the Answer Sheet. ·¤æð ÌéÚUÌ ¥ß»Ì ·¤ÚUæ°¡Ð
13. Do not fold or make any stray mark on the Answer Sheet. 13. ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æð Ù ×æðǸ𴠰ߴ Ù ãè ©â ÂÚU ¥Ø çÙàææ٠ܻ氡Ð
Name of the Candidate (in Capital letters ) :
ÂÚèÿææÍèü ·¤æ Ùæ× (ÕǸð ¥ÿæÚæð´ ×ð´) Ñ
Roll Number : in figures
¥Ùé·¤ý ×æ´·¤ Ñ ¥´·¤æð´ ×ð´
: in words
Ñ àæÎæð´ ×ð´
Examination Centre Number :
ÂÚèÿææ ·ð¤Îý ÙÕÚU Ñ
Name of Examination Centre (in Capital letters) :
ÂÚUèÿææ ·ð¤Îý ·¤æ Ùæ× (ÕǸð ¥ÿæÚUæð´ ×ð´ ) Ñ
Candidates Signature : 1. Invigilators Signature :
ÂÚèÿææÍèü ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ çÙÚèÿæ·¤ ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ
2. Invigilators Signature :
çÙÚèÿæ·¤ ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ
PART A PHYSICS Öæ» A ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ
1. The current voltage relation of diode is 1. °·¤ ÇUæØæð Ç U ·¤è ÏæÚUæ-ßæð Ë ÅUÌæ âÕÏ
given by I5(e1000V/T21) mA, where the I5(e1000V/T21) mA âð Îè ÁæÌè ãñ´, Áãæ¡ V Ü»æ§ü
applied voltage V is in volts and the »§ü ßæðËÅUÌæ ßæðËÅU ×ð´ ãñ ¥æñÚU ÌæÂ×æÙ T çÇU»ýè ·ñ¤çËßÙ
temperature T is in degree Kelvin. If a ×ð´ ãñÐ ØçÎ °·¤ çßlæÍèü 300 K ÂÚU 5 mA ÏæÚUæ
student makes an error measuring ÙæÂÌð ãéØð ×æÂÙ ×ð´ 60.01 V ·¤è æéçÅU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ, ÌÕ
60.01 V while measuring the current of ÏæÚUæ ·ð¤ ×æÙ ×ð´ mA ×ð´ æéçÅU Øæ ãæð»è?
5 mA at 300 K, what will be the error in
the value of current in mA ?
2. From a tower of height H, a particle is 2. ª¡¤¿æ§ü H ·¤è °·¤ ×èÙæÚU âð, ¿æÜ u âð °·¤ ·¤æ ·¤æð
thrown vertically upwards with a ª¤ßæüÏÚU ª¤ÂÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU Èð´¤·¤æ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ·¤æ ·¤æð
speed u. The time taken by the particle, to Âëßè Ì·¤ ç»ÚUÙð ×ð´ Ü»æ â×Ø ©â·ð¤ ©æÌ× çÕÎé
hit the ground, is n times that taken by it Ì·¤ Âãé¡¿Ùð ·ð¤ â×Ø ·¤æ n »éÙæ ãñ´Ð
to reach the highest point of its path.
E/Page 2 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
3. A mass m is supported by a massless 3. çæØæ R °ß´ ÎýÃØ×æÙ m ·ð¤ °·¤ °·¤â×æÙ ¹æð¹Üð
string wound around a uniform hollow ÕðÜÙ ·ð¤ ¿æÚUæð´ ÌÚUȤ °·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙçßãèÙ ÇUæðÚUè âð °·¤
cylinder of mass m and radius R. If the ÎýÃØ×æÙ m ¥ßÜ´çÕÌ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ ÇUæðÚUè ÕðÜÙ ÂÚU
string does not slip on the cylinder, with çȤâÜÌè Ùãè´ ãñ, ÌÕ ÀUæðǸð ÁæÙð ÂÚU ÎýÃØ×æÙ ç·¤â
what acceleration will the mass fall on ßÚUæ âð ç»ÚðU»æ?
release ?
2g 2g
(1) (1)
3 3
g g
(2) (2)
2 2
5g 5g
(3) (3)
6 6
(4) g (4) g
4. A block of mass m is placed on a surface 4. °·¤ ÂëcÆU ÂÚU °·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ m ·¤æ Üæò·¤ ÚU¹æ ãñÐ
with a vertical cross section given by x3
ÂëcÆU ·¤è ª¤ßæüÏÚU ¥ÙéÂýSÍ ·¤æÅU y5 âð Îè ÁæÌè
x3 6
y5 . If the coefficient of friction is 0.5, ãñÐ ØçÎ æáüæ »éææ´·¤ 0.5 ãñ, ÌÕ ÏÚUÌè â𠪤ÂÚU ßã
6
the maximum height above the ground at ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ª¡¤¿æ§ü, çÁâ ÂÚU çÕÙæ çȤâÜð Üæò·¤ ÚU¹æ
which the block can be placed without Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ´, ãñ Ñ
slipping is :
1 1
(1) m (1) m
6 6
2 2
(2) m (2) m
3 3
1 1
(3) m (3) m
3 3
1 1
(4) m (4) m
2 2
E/Page 3 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
5. When a rubber-band is stretched by a 5. ÁÕ °·¤ ÚUÕǸ ·ð¤ ÀUËÜð ·¤æð x ÎêÚUè Ì·¤ ÌæçÙÌ ç·¤Øæ
distance x, it exerts a restoring force of ÁæÌæ ãñ; ÌÕ ÂçÚU×ææ F5ax1bx2 ·¤æ °·¤ ÂýØÙØÙ
magnitude F5ax1bx2 where a and b are ÕÜ Ü»Ìæ ãñ Áãæ¡ a °ß´ b çSÍÚUæ´·¤ ãñ´Ð çÕÙæ ÌæçÙÌ
constants. The work done in stretching ÚUÕǸ ·ð¤ ÀUËÜð ·¤æð L âð ÌæçÙÌ ·¤ÚUÙð ×ð´ ç·¤Øæ »Øæ
the unstretched rubber-band by L is : ·¤æØü ãñ Ñ
1 1
(2) (aL21bL3) (2) (aL21bL3)
2 2
6. A bob of mass m attached to an 6. ÜÕæ§ü l ·¤è °·¤ ¥çßÌæØ Ç¸æðÚUè âð Õ¡Ïð ÎýÃØ×æÙ m
inextensible string of length l is suspended ·ð¤ °·¤ ÕæÕ ·¤æð °·¤ ª¤ßæüÏÚU ¥æÏæÚU âð ÜÅU·¤æØæ
from a vertical support. The bob rotates ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ÕæÕ ª¤ßæüÏÚU ÂÚU ·¤æðæèØ ¿æÜ v rad/s âð
in a horizontal circle with an angular °·¤ ÿæñçÌÁ ßëæ ×ð´ æêæüÙ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ çÙÜ´ÕÙ çÕÎé
speed v rad/s about the vertical. About ÂÚU Ñ
the point of suspension :
(1) angular momentum is conserved. (1) ·¤æðæèØ â´ßð» â´ÚUçÿæÌ ÚUãÌæ ãñÐ
(2) angular momentum changes in (2) ·¤æðæèØ â´ßð» ÂçÚU×ææ ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙàæèÜ ãñ´ ÂÚUÌé
magnitude but not in direction. çÎàææ ×ð´ Ùãè´Ð
(3) angular momentum changes in (3) ·¤æðæèØ â´ßð» çÎàææ ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙàæèÜ ãñ ÂÚUÌé
direction but not in magnitude. ÂçÚU×ææ ×ð´ Ùãè´Ð
(4) angular momentum changes both in (4) ·¤æðæèØ â´ßð» ÎæðÙæð´ çÎàææ °ß´ ÂçÚ×ææ ×ð´
direction and magnitude. ÂçÚUUßÌüÙàæèÜ ãñÐ
E/Page 4 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
7. Four particles, each of mass M and 7. ÂýØð·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ M ·ð¤ ¿æÚU ·¤æ Áæð ç·¤ °·¤ ÎêâÚðU âð
equidistant from each other, move along â×æÙ ÎêÚUè ÂÚU ãñ´, °·¤ ÎêâÚðU ·ð¤ ¥ØæðØ »éL¤ßæ·¤áüæ
a circle of radius R under the action of their ÂýÖæß ×ð´ çæØæ R ·ð¤ °·¤ ßëæ ÂÚU »çÌàæèÜ ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤
mutual gravitational attraction. The speed ·¤æ ·¤è ¿æÜ ãñ Ñ
of each particle is :
GM GM
(1) (1)
R R
GM GM
(2) 2 2 (2) 2 2
R R
GM GM
(3)
R
(1 1 2 2 ) (3)
R
(1 1 2 2 )
1 GM 1 GM
(4)
2 R
(1 1 2 2 ) (4)
2 R
(1 1 2 2 )
8. The pressure that has to be applied to the 8. 10 cm ÜÕæ§ü ·ð¤ °·¤ SÅUèÜ ·ð¤ ÌæÚU ·ð¤ çâÚUæð ÂÚU ÁÕ
ends of a steel wire of length 10 cm to keep ÌæÂ×æÙ ×ð´ ßëçh 1008C ·¤è ÁæÌè ãñ´ ÌÕ §â·¤è ÜÕæ§ü
its length constant when its temperature çSÍÚU ÚU¹Ùð ·ð¤ çÜØð çâÚUæð ÂÚU Ü»æØæ »Øæ ÎæÕ ãñ Ñ
is raised by 1008C is :
(For steel Youngs modulus is (SÅUèÜ ·¤æ Ø´» ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ´·¤ 231011 N m22
231011 N m22 and coefficient of thermal ¥æñÚU ÚðUç¹·¤ ÂýâæÚU »éææ´·¤ 1.131025 K21 ãñ´)
expansion is 1.131025 K21)
E/Page 5 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
9. There is a circular tube in a vertical plane. 9. °·¤ ßëææ·¤æÚU ÙÜè ª¤ßæüÏÚU ÌÜ ×ð´ ãñÐ Îæð Îýß, Áæð
Two liquids which do not mix and of °·¤ ÎêâÚðU âð ç×çæÌ Ùãè´ ãæðÌð ÌÍæ çÁÙ·¤æ æÙß d1
densities d1 and d2 are filled in the tube. °ß´ d2 ãñ´, ÙÜè ×ð´ ÖÚðU »Øð ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤ Îýß ·ð¤Îý ÂÚU
Each liquid subtends 908 angle at centre. 908 ·¤æ ·¤æðæ ¥´ÌçÚUÌ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ´Ð ©Ù·ð¤ ¥´ÌÑ ÂëcÆU ·¤æð
Radius joining their interface makes ÁæðǸÙð ßæÜè çæØæ ª¤ßæüÏÚU âð a ·¤æðæ ÕÙæÌè ãñ´Ð
d1 d1
an angle a with vertical. Ratio d is : ¥ÙéÂæÌ d2 ãñ Ñ
2
1 1 sin a 1 1 sin a
(1) (1)
1 2 sin a 1 2 sin a
1 1 cosa 1 1 cosa
(2) (2)
1 2 cosa 1 2 cosa
1 1 tan a 1 1 tan a
(3) (3)
1 2 tan a 1 2 tan a
1 1 sin a 1 1 sin a
(4) (4)
1 2 cosa 1 2 cosa
E/Page 6 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
10. On heating water, bubbles being formed 10. ÂæÙè ·¤æð »×ü ·¤ÚUÙð ÂÚU, ÕÌüÙ ·¤è ÌÜè ×ð´ ÕéÜÕéÜð
at the bottom of the vessel detatch and rise. ÕÙÌð ãñ´ ¥æñÚU çßÜÙ ãæð·¤ÚU ª¤ÂÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ©ÆUÌð ãñ´Ð
Take the bubbles to be spheres of radius R ÕéÜÕéÜæð´ ·¤æð çæØæ R ·¤æ »æðÜæ ×æÙ Üð´ ¥æñÚU ÕÌüÙ ·¤è
and making a circular contact of radius r ÌÜè âð ßëæèØ SÂàæü ·¤è çæØæ r Üð´Ð ØçÎ r << R
with the bottom of the vessel. If r << R, ¥æñÚU ÂæÙè ·¤æ ÂëcÆU ÌÙæß T ãñ´, ÌÕ ÕéÜÕéÜæð´ ·ð¤ Õâ
and the surface tension of water is T, value çßÜÙ ãæðÙð âð ÁÚUæ ÂãÜð r ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ´ Ñ
of r just before bubbles detatch is :
(density of water is r )
w
(ÂæÙè ·¤æ æÙß rw ãñ)
rw g rw g
(1) R2 (1) R2
3T 3T
rw g rw g
(2) R2 (2) R2
6T 6T
rw g rw g
(3) R2 (3) R2
T T
3rw g 3rw g
(4) R2 (4) R2
T T
E/Page 7 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
11. Three rods of Copper, Brass and Steel are 11. Ìæ¡Õð, ÂèÌÜ °ß´ SÅUèÜ ·¤è ÌèÙ ÀUǸæð´ ·¤æð Y - ¥æ·¤æÚU
welded together to form a Y - shaped â´ÚU¿Ùæ ×ð´ ßðËÇU ç·¤Øæ »Øæ ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤ ÀUǸ ·¤è
structure. Area of cross - section of each ¥ÙéÂýSÍ ·¤æÅU ·¤æ ÿæðæȤÜ54 cm2 ãñÐ Ìæ¡Õð ·¤è ÀUǸ
rod54 cm 2 . End of copper rod is ·ð¤ çâÚðU ·¤æ ÌæÂ×æÙ 1008C ãñ´ ÁÕç·¤ ÂèÌÜ °ß´
maintained at 1008C where as ends of SÅUèÜ ·ð¤ çâÚðU 08C ÌæÂ×æÙ ÂÚU ÚU¹ð »Øð ãñ´Ð Ìæ¡Õð,
brass and steel are kept at 08C. Lengths of ÂèÌÜ °ß´ SÅUèÜ ·¤è ÀUǸæð´ ·¤è ÜÕæ§üØæ¡ ·ý¤×àæÑ
the copper, brass and steel rods are 46, 13 46, 13 °ß´ 12 cms ãñ´Ð ÀUǸæð´ ·¤æð, ©Ù·ð¤ çâÚUæð´ ·¤æð
and 12 cms respectively. The rods are ÀUæðǸ·¤ÚU, ßæÌæßÚUæ â𠪤c×èØ ÚUæðÏè ç·¤Øæ »Øæ ãñÐ
thermally insulated from surroundings Ìæ¡Õð, ÂèÌÜ °ß´ SÅUèÜ ·¤è ª¤c×æ ¿æÜ·¤Ìæ°¡ ·ý¤×àæÑ
except at ends. Thermal conductivities of 0.92, 0.26 °ß´ 0.12 CGS §·¤æ§ü ãñ´Ð Ìæ¡Õð ·¤è ÀUǸ
copper, brass and steel are 0.92, 0.26 and âð ÂýßæçãÌ ª¤c×æ ·¤è ÎÚU ãñ Ñ
0.12 CGS units respectively. Rate of heat
flow through copper rod is :
(1) 1.2 cal/s (1) 1.2 cal/s
(2) 2.4 cal/s (2) 2.4 cal/s
(3) 4.8 cal/s (3) 4.8 cal/s
(4) 6.0 cal/s (4) 6.0 cal/s
12. One mole of diatomic ideal gas undergoes 12. çmÂÚU×ææé·¤ ¥æÎàæü »ñâ ·¤æ °·¤ ×æðÜ ¿·ý¤èØ Âýç·ý¤Øæ
a cyclic process ABC as shown in figure. ABC âð »éÁÚUÌæ ãñ Áñâæ ç·¤ ç¿æ ×ð´ ÎàææüØæ »Øæ ãñÐ
The process BC is adiabatic. The Âýç·ý¤Øæ BC L¤hæðc× ãñÐ A, B °ß´ C ·ð¤ ÌæÂ×æÙ
temperatures at A, B and C are 400 K, ·ý¤×àæÑ 400 K, 800 K °ß´ 600 K ãñ´Ð âãè ·¤ÍÙ
800 K and 600 K respectively. Choose the ¿éçÙØð Ñ
correct statement :
(1) The change in internal energy in (1) âÂêæü ¿·ý¤èØ Âýç·ý¤Øæ ×ð´ ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ª¤Áæü ×ð´
whole cyclic process is 250 R. ÂçÚUßÌüÙ 250 R ãñÐ
(2) The change in internal energy in the (2) Âýç·ý¤Øæ CA ×ð´ ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ
process CA is 700 R. 700 R ãñÐ
(3) The change in internal energy in the (3) Âýç·ý¤Øæ AB ×ð´ ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ
process AB is 2350 R. 2350 R ãñÐ
(4) The change in internal energy in the (4) Âýç·ý¤Øæ BC ×ð´ ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ
process BC is 2500 R. 2500 R ãñÐ
E/Page 8 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
13. An open glass tube is immersed in mercury 13. °·¤ ¹éÜè ·¤æ¡¿ ·¤è ÙÜè ·¤æð ÂæÚðU ×ð´ §â Âý·¤æÚU ÇéUÕæðØæ
in such a way that a length of 8 cm extends ÁæÌæ ãñ ç·¤ ÂæÚðU ·ð¤ SÌÚU âð 8 cm ª¤ÂÚU ·¤æ¡¿ ·¤è ÙÜè
above the mercury level. The open end of ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü ãñÐ ÙÜè ·ð¤ ¹éÜð çâÚðU ·¤æð ¥Õ ÕÎ ·¤ÚU
the tube is then closed and sealed and the âèÜ ·¤ÚU çÎØæ ÁæÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚU ÙÜè ·¤æ𠪤ßæüÏÚU ¥çÌçÚUÌ
tube is raised vertically up by additional 46 cm â𠪤ÂÚU ©ÆUæØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ÙÜè ×ð´ ÂæÚðU ·ð¤ ª¤ÂÚU
46 cm. What will be length of the air ßæØé SÌÖ ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü ¥Õ Øæ ãæð»è?
column above mercury in the tube now ?
(Atmospheric pressure 576 cm of Hg) (ßæØé×´ÇUÜèØ ÎæÕ5Hg ·¤æ 76 cm)
(1) 16 cm (1) 16 cm
(2) 22 cm (2) 22 cm
(3) 38 cm (3) 38 cm
(4) 6 cm (4) 6 cm
14. A particle moves with simple harmonic 14. °·¤ ·¤æ °·¤ âÚUÜ ÚðU¹æ ×ð´ âÚUÜ ¥æßÌü »çÌ âð
motion in a straight line. In first t s, after »çÌàæèÜ ãñÐ Øã çßÚUæ×æßSÍæ âð ÂýæÚUÖ ·¤ÚU ÂýÍ×
starting from rest it travels a distance a, t âñç·¤ÇU ×ð´ ÎêÚUè a ¥æñÚU ¥»Üð t âñç·¤ÇU ×ð´ ÎêÚUè 2a
and in next t s it travels 2a, in same ©âè çÎàææ ×ð´ ÌØ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ ÌÕ Ñ
direction, then :
(1) amplitude of motion is 3a (1) »çÌ ·¤æ ¥æØæ× 3a ãñÐ
(2) time period of oscillations is 8t (2) ÎæðÜÙæð´ ·¤æ ¥æßÌü ·¤æÜ 8t ãñÐ
(3) amplitude of motion is 4a (3) »çÌ ·¤æ ¥æØæ× 4a ãñÐ
(4) time period of oscillations is 6t (4) ÎæðÜÙæð´ ·¤æ ¥æßÌü ·¤æÜ 6t ãñÐ
15. A pipe of length 85 cm is closed from one 15. ÜÕæ§ü 85 cm ·ð¤ °·¤ Âæ§Â ·ð¤ °·¤ çâÚðU ·¤æð ÕÎ
end. Find the number of possible natural ·¤ÚU çÎØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ Âæ§Â ×ð´ ßæØé SÌÖ ·ð¤ âÖß
oscillations of air column in the pipe whose Âýæ·ë¤çÌ·¤ ÎæðÜÙæð ·¤è ßã â´Øæ çÙ·¤æçÜ°ð çÁÙ·¤è
frequencies lie below 1250 Hz. The ¥æßëçæ 1250 Hz âð ·¤× ãñÐ ßæØé ×ð´ ßçÙ ·¤æ ßð»
velocity of sound in air is 340 m/s. 340 m/s ãñÐ
(1) 12 (1) 12
(2) 8 (2) 8
(3) 6 (3) 6
(4) 4 (4) 4
E/Page 9 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
¾ ¾
16. Assume that an electric field E 5 30 x 2 i 16. ×æÙ Üð´ ÃØæð× ×ð´ °·¤ çßléÌ ÿæðæ E 5 30 x 2 i ãñÐ
exists in space. Then the potential ÌÕ çßÖßæÌÚU VA2VO, Áãæ¡ VO ×êÜçÕÎé ÂÚU
difference V A 2V O , where V O is the çßÖß °ß´ VA, x52 m ÂÚU çßÖß ãñ´, ãñ Ñ
potential at the origin and VA the potential
at x52 m is :
(1) 120 J (1) 120 J
(2) 2120 J (2) 2120 J
(3) 280 J (3) 280 J
(4) 80 J (4) 80 J
17. A parallel plate capacitor is made of two 17. Îæð ßëæèØ ÜðÅUæð, çÁÙ·ð¤ Õè¿ ÎêÚUè 5 mm ãñ´, âð °·¤
circular plates separated by a distance of â×æÌÚU Âç^·¤æ â´ÏæçÚUæ ÕÙæØæ »Øæ ãñ çÁâ·ð¤ Õè¿
5 mm and with a dielectric of dielectric ÂÚUæßñléÌ çSÍÚUæ´·¤ 2.2 ·¤æ °·¤ ÂÚUæßñléÌ ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñÐ
constant 2.2 between them. When the ÁÕ ÂÚUæßñléÌ ×ð´ çßléÌ ÿæðæ 33104 V/m ãñ, ÌÕ
electric field in the dielectric is 33104 V/m, ÏÙæ×·¤ ÜðÅU ·¤æ ¥æßðàæ æÙß Ü»Ö» ãæð»æ Ñ
the charge density of the positive plate will
be close to :
(1) 631027 C/m2 (1) 631027 C/m2
(2) 331027 C/m2 (2) 331027 C/m2
(3) 33104 C/m2 (3) 33104 C/m2
(4) 63104 C/m2 (4) 63104 C/m2
18. In a large building, there are 15 bulbs of 18. °·¤ ÕëãÌ ÖßÙ ×ð´, 40 W ·ð¤ 15 ÕËÕ, 100 W ·ð¤
40 W, 5 bulbs of 100 W, 5 fans of 80 W 5 ÕËÕ, 80 W ·ð¤ 5 ´¹ð °ß´ 1 kW ·¤æ 1 ãèÅUÚU ãñ´Ð
and 1 heater of 1 kW. The voltage of the çÕÁÜè ·ð¤ ×ðâ ·¤è ßæðËÅUÌæ 220 V ãñ´Ð ÖßÙ ·ð¤
electric mains is 220 V. The minimum ×éØ Øê$Á ·¤è ØêÙÌ× ÿæ×Ìæ ãæð»è Ñ
capacity of the main fuse of the building
will be :
(1) 8A (1) 8A
(2) 10 A (2) 10 A
(3) 12 A (3) 12 A
(4) 14 A (4) 14 A
E/Page 10 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
19. A conductor lies along the z-axis 19. °·¤ âé¿æÜ·¤ z-¥ÿæ ·ð¤ âæÍ 21.5 [ z < 1.5 m
at 21.5 [ z < 1.5 m and carries ¾
ÂÚU ÚU¹æ ãñ ¥æñÚU §â×ð´ 2 az çÎàææ ×ð´ çSÍÚU ÏæÚUæ
¾
a fixed current of 10.0 A in 2 a z
10.0 A ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð ÚUãè ãñÐ (ç¿æ Îð¹ð´)Ð ÿæðæ
direction (see figure). For a field
¾
¾ B 53.0310 24 e 20.2x a y T ·ð ¤ çÜØð ,
B 53.0310 24 e 20.2x a y T, find the
power required to move the conductor at âé¿æÜ·¤ ·¤æð çSÍÚU ¿æÜ âð x52.0 m, y50 m
constant speed to x52.0 m, y50 m in Ì·¤ 531023 s ×ð´ »çÌ ·¤ÚUæÙð ·ð¤ çÜØð ¥æßàØ·¤
531023 s. Assume parallel motion along àæçÌ ·¤è »æÙæ ·¤èçÁ°Ð x-¥ÿæ ÂÚU â×æÌÚU »çÌ
the x-axis. ×æÙ Üð´Ð
20. The coercivity of a small magnet where the 20. °·¤ ÀUæðÅðU ¿éÕ·¤ ·¤è çÙ»ýæçãÌæ, Áãæ¡ Üæðã¿éÕ·¤
ferromagnet gets demagnetized is ¥¿éÕ·¤èØ ãæð ÁæÌæ ãñ, 33103 A m21 ãñÐ ¿·ý¤æð´
33103 A m21. The current required to be ·¤è â´Øæ 100 °ß´ ÜÕæ§ü 10 cm ·¤è °·¤ ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ
passed in a solenoid of length 10 cm and âð ÂýßæçãÌ ¥æßàØ·¤ ÏæÚUæ ·¤æ ×æÙ, çÁââð ç·¤ ¿éÕ·¤
number of turns 100, so that the magnet ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥ÎÚU ãæðÙð ÂÚU ¥¿éÕ·¤èØ ãæð ÁæØð,
gets demagnetized when inside the ãñ Ñ
solenoid, is :
(1) 30 mA (1) 30 mA
(2) 60 mA (2) 60 mA
(3) 3A (3) 3A
(4) 6A (4) 6A
E/Page 11 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
21. In the circuit shown here, the point C is 21. Øãæ¡ ÎàææüØð »Øð ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´, çÕÎé C ·¤æð çÕÎé A âð
kept connected to point A till the current ÌÕ Ì·¤ ÁæðǸð ÚU¹æ ÁæÌæ ãñ ÁÕ Ì·¤ ç·¤ ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´
flowing through the circuit becomes ÂýßæçãÌ ÏæÚUæ çSÍÚU Ù ãæð Áæ°Ð ÌÂà¿æÌ÷, ¥¿æÙ·¤,
constant. Afterward, suddenly, point C çÕÎé C ·¤æð çÕÎé A âð ãÅUæ·¤ÚU çÕÎé B âð t50
is disconnected from point A and â×Ø ÂÚU ÁæðǸ çÎØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ t5L/R ÂÚU ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ
connected to point B at time t50. Ratio ÂÚU ßæðËÅUÌæ ·¤æ ÂýðÚU·¤ß ÂÚU ßæðËÅUÌæ âð ¥ÙéÂæÌ ãæð»æ Ñ
of the voltage across resistance and the
inductor at t5L/R will be equal to :
e e
(1) (1)
12 e 12 e
(2) 1 (2) 1
(3) 21 (3) 21
12 e 12 e
(4) (4)
e e
22. During the propagation of electromagnetic 22. °·¤ ×æØ× ×ð´ çßléÌ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÌÚ´U»æð´ ·ð¤ â´¿ÚUæ ·ð¤
waves in a medium : ÎæñÚUæÙ Ñ
(1) Electric energy density is double of (1) çßléÌèØ ª¤Áæü æÙß ¿éÕ·¤èØ ª¤Áæü æÙß
the magnetic energy density. ·¤æ Îæð»éÙæ ãñÐ
(2) Electric energy density is half of the (2) çßléÌèØ ª¤Áæü æÙß ¿éÕ·¤èØ ª¤Áæü æÙß
magnetic energy density. ·¤æ ¥æÏæ ãñÐ
(3) Electric energy density is equal to the (3) çßléÌèØ ª¤Áæü æÙß ¿éÕ·¤èØ ª¤Áæü æÙß
magnetic energy density. ·ð¤ ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñÐ
(4) Both electric and magnetic energy (4) ÎæðÙæð´ çßléÌèØ °ß´ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ª¤Áæü æÙß àæêØ
densities are zero. ãñÐ
E/Page 12 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
Ë 3 ÜÛ
23. A thin convex lens made from crown glass 23. ·ý¤æ©Ù ·¤æ¡¿ ÌÌÍm 5 Ü
2 ÜÝ
âð ÕÙð °·¤ ÂÌÜð ©æÜ Üðâ
Ë Û
ÌÌm 5 3 ÜÜ has focal length f. When it is ·¤è Ȥæð·¤â ÜÕæ§ü f ãñÐ ÁÕ §âð ¥ÂßÌüÙæ´·¤
4
°ß´
Í 2 ÜÝ 3
5
measured in two different liquids having
3
ßæÜð Îæð çÖóæ Îýßæð´ ×ð´ ÚU¹·¤ÚU ×æÂæ ÁæÌæ ãñ, ÌÕ
4 5
refractive indices
3
and , it has the focal
3 Ȥæð·¤â ÜÕæ§Øæ¡ ·ý¤×àæÑ f1 °ß´ f2 ãñ´Ð Ȥæð·¤â
lengths f1 and f2 respectively. The correct ÜÕæ§Øæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿ âãè âÕÏ ãñ Ñ
relation between the focal lengths is :
(2) f1 > f and f2 becomes negative (2) f1 > f ¥æñÚU f2 «¤ææ×·¤ ãæð ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
(3) f2 > f and f1 becomes negative (3) f2 > f ¥æñÚU f1 «¤ææ×·¤ ãæð ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
(4) f1 and f2 both become negative (4) f1 °ß´ f2 ÎæðÙæð´ «¤ææ×·¤ ãæð ÁæÌð ãñ´Ð
24. A green light is incident from the water to 24. °·¤ ãÚðU Ú´U» ·¤æ Âý·¤æàæ ÂæÙè âð ßæØé-ÁÜ ¥ÌÚUæÂëcÆU
the air - water interface at the critical ÂÚU ·ý¤æçÌ·¤ ·¤æðæ(u) âð ¥æÂçÌÌ ãñÐ âãè ·¤ÍÙ
angle(u). Select the correct statement. ¿éçÙØðÐ
(1) The entire spectrum of visible light (1) ¥çÖÜÕ âð 908 ·¤æðæ ÂÚU ÂæÙè âð ÎëàØ Âý·¤æàæ
will come out of the water at an ·¤æ âÂêæü SÂðÅþU× ÕæãÚU çÙ·¤Üð»æÐ
angle of 908 to the normal.
(2) The spectrum of visible light whose (2) ÎëàØ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤æ ßã SÂðÅþU×, çÁâ·¤è ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü
frequency is less than that of green ãÚðU Âý·¤æàæ âð ·¤× ãñ, ÂæÙè âð ßæØé ·ð¤ ×æØ×
light will come out to the air ×ð´ ÕæãÚU çÙ·¤Üð»æÐ
medium.
(3) The spectrum of visible light whose (3) ÎëàØ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤æ ßã SÂðÅþU×, çÁâ·¤è ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü
frequency is more than that of green ãÚðU Âý·¤æàæ âð ¥çÏ·¤ ãñ, ÂæÙè âð ßæØé ·ð¤ ×æØ×
light will come out to the air ×ð´ ÕæãÚU çÙ·¤Üð»æÐ
medium.
(4) The entire spectrum of visible light (4) ÎëàØ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤æ âÂêæü SÂðÅþU× ÂæÙè âð
will come out of the water at various ¥çÖÜÕ âð çßçÖóæ ·¤æðææð´ ÂÚU ÕæãÚU çÙ·¤Üð»æÐ
angles to the normal.
E/Page 13 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
25. Two beams, A and B, of plane polarized 25. Ïýéßæ ·ð¤ ¥ØæðØ ÜÕßÌ÷ ÌÜæð´ ßæÜð â×ÌÜ ÏýéßèØ
light with mutually perpendicular planes Âý·¤æàæ ·¤è Îæð Âé´Á A °ß´ B °·¤ ÂæðÜÚUæØǸ mæÚUæ Îð¹è
of polarization are seen through a ÁæÌè ãñÐ ©â çSÍçÌ âð Áãæ¡ Âé´Á A ·¤è ¥çÏ·¤Ì×
polaroid. From the position when the ÌèßýÌæ ãñ (¥æñÚU Âé´Á B ·¤è àæêØ ÌèßýÌæ ãñ) ÂæðÜÚUæØÇU
beam A has maximum intensity (and ·¤æ 308 âð æêæüÙ ÎæðÙæð´ Âé´Áæð´ ·¤æð °·¤â×æÙ léçÌ×æÙ
beam B has zero intensity), a rotation of ÂýÌèÌ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ ÎæðÙæð´ Âé¡Áæð´ ·¤è ÂýæÚUçÖ·¤ ÌèßýÌæ°¡
polaroid through 308 makes the two beams IA
appear equally bright. If the initial ·ý¤×àæÑ IA °ß´ IB ãñ´, ÌÕ IB ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
intensities of the two beams are IA and IB
IA
respectively, then I equals :
B
(1) 3 (1) 3
3 3
(2) (2)
2 2
(3) 1 (3) 1
1 1
(4) (4)
3 3
26. The radiation corresponding to 3®2 26. ãæ§ÇþUæðÁÙ ÂÚU×ææé ·ð¤ 3®2 â´·ý¤×æ ·ð¤ â´»Ì çßç·¤ÚUæ
transition of hydrogen atom falls on a °·¤ ÏæÌé ÂëcÆU ÂÚU ¥æÂçÌÌ ãæð·¤ÚU ȤæðÅUæð§ÜðÅþUæòÙ ©Âóæ
metal surface to produce photoelectrons. ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ Øð §ÜðÅþUæòÙ 331024 T ·ð¤ °·¤ ¿éÕ·¤èØ
These electrons are made to enter a ÿæðæ ×ð´ Âýßðàæ ·¤ÚUÌð ãñ´Ð ØçÎ §ÜðÅþUæòÙæð´ mæÚUæ ¥Ùé»æ×è
magnetic field of 331024 T. If the radius ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ßëæèØ ÂÍ ·¤è çæØæ 10.0 mm ãæð, ÌÕ
of the largest circular path followed by ÏæÌé ·¤æ ·¤æØü ȤÜ٠ֻܻ ãñ Ñ
these electrons is 10.0 mm, the work
function of the metal is close to :
E/Page 14 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
27. Hydrogen (1H1), Deuterium (1H2), singly 27. ãæ§ÇþUæðÁÙ (1H1), Ç÷UØêÅðUçÚUØ× (1H2), °·¤Ïæ ¥æØçÙÌ
ionised Helium ( 2 He 4 ) 1 and doubly ãèçÜØ× (2He4)1 ¥æñÚU çmÏæ ¥æØçÙÌ ÜèçÍØ×
ionised lithium ( 3Li 6 ) 11 all have one (3Li6)11 âÖè ×ð´ °·¤ §ÜðÅþUæòÙ ÙæçÖ·¤ ·ð¤ ¿æÚUæð´
electron around the nucleus. Consider an ¥æðÚU ãñ´Ð n52 âð n51 ·ð¤ §ÜðÅþUæòÙ â´·ý¤×æ ÂÚU
electron transition from n52 to n51. If çß¿æÚU ·¤èçÁØðÐ ØçÎ ©âçÁüÌ çßç·¤ÚUæ ·¤è ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü
the wave lengths of emitted radiation are ·ý¤×àæÑ l1, l2, l3 °ß´ l4 ãñ´, ÌÕ çÙÙçÜç¹Ì âÕÏæð´
l 1 , l 2 , l 3 and l 4 respectively then ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ ֻܻ âãè ãñ?
approximately which one of the following
is correct ?
28. The forward biased diode connection is : 28. ¥»ýçâÌ ÕæØâ ßæÜæ ÇUæØæðǸ ÁæðǸ ãñ Ñ
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
E/Page 15 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
29. Match List - I (Electromagnetic wave type) 29. âê ¿ è - I (çßlé Ì ¿é Õ·¤èØ ÌÚ´ U » Âý · ¤æÚU ) ·¤æð
with List - II (Its association/application) âê¿è - II (§Ùâð âÕçhÌ/¥ÙéÂýØæðç»Ì) âð âé×ðçÜÌ
and select the correct option from the ·¤èçÁØð ¥æñÚU âêç¿Øæð´ ·ð¤ Ùè¿ð çÎØð »Øð çß·¤ËÂæð´ ×ð´ âð
choices given below the lists : âãè çß·¤Ë ¿éçÙØðÑ
List - I List - II ÇÏ¤Í - I ÇÏ¤Í - II
(a)
Infrared
(i)
To treat muscular ¼ËǧÕÌÅ˽ËÕ Í ÌÄÐ̱
waves strain
(a) Ä¿Uþ± ±¿U Õ (i)
Õ Á˦ Õ ÌÁ½Õ
(b) Radio waves (ii) For broadcasting (b) ¿ÕU̬U½ËÕ ±¿U Õ (ii) §âÇË¿UøË Õ ÌÁ½Õ
To detect fracture
(c) X - rays (iii) ÈÌa½ËÕ Õ ÌS²» Í
of bones (c) þÇ-Ì¿UøËÕ (iii)
§È¤Ë¾ Õ ÌÁ½Õ
Absorbed by the
Ultraviolet §¿U輅 ¾Í Ä˱ËÄ¿UøË Í ËÕ¦
$ ËÕ¾
(d) (iv) ozone layer of the (d) (iv)
rays
atmosphere Ì¿UøËÕ §¿U± mË¿UË ÄÅËËÕÆøË
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)
(1) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i) (1) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)
(2) (i) (ii) (iv) (iii) (2) (i) (ii) (iv) (iii)
(3) (iii) (ii) (i) (iv) (3) (iii) (ii) (i) (iv)
(4) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (4) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
30. A student measured the length of a rod 30. °·¤ çßlæÍèü Ùð °·¤ ÀU Ç ¸ ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü ×æ·¤ÚU
and wrote it as 3.50 cm. Which instrument 3.50 cm çܹèÐ §â·¤æð ×æÂÙð ×ð´ ©âÙð 緤⠩·¤ÚUæ
did he use to measure it ? ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ç·¤Øæ?
(1) A meter scale. (1) °·¤ ×èÅUÚU S·ð¤ÜÐ
(2) A vernier calliper where the (2) °·¤ ßçÙüØÚU ·ñ¤çÜÂâü Áãæ¡ ßçÙüØÚU S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤
10 divisions in vernier scale matches 10 Öæ» ×éØ S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤ 9 Öæ»æð´ âð ç×ÜÌð ãñ´
with 9 division in main scale and ¥æñÚU ×éØ S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤ 1 cm ×ð´ 10 Öæ» ãñ´Ð
main scale has 10 divisions in 1 cm.
(3) A screw gauge having 100 divisions (3) °·¤ S·ý ê ¤ »ð $ Á çÁâ·ð ¤ ßçÙü Ø ÚU S·ð ¤ Ü ×ð ´
in the circular scale and pitch as 100 Öæ» ãñ´ ¥æñÚU ç¿ 1 mm ãñÐ
1 mm.
(4) A screw gauge having 50 divisions (4) °·¤ S·ýê¤ »ð$Á çÁâ·ð¤ ßçÙüØÚU S·ð¤Ü ×ð´ 50 Öæ»
in the circular scale and pitch as ãñ´ ¥æñÚU ç¿ 1 mm ãñÐ
1 mm.
E/Page 16 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
PART B CHEMISTRY Öæ» B ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ
31. The correct set of four quantum numbers 31. M¤çÕçÇUØ× ÂÚU×ææé (Z537) ·ð¤ çÜØð ßðÜñâè §ÜñÅþUæòÙæð´
for the valence electrons of rubidium atom ·ð¤ ©ç¿Ì ¿æÚU ßæÅU× ÙÕÚUæð´ ·¤æ âðÅU ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
(Z537) is :
1 1
(1) 5, 0, 0, 1 (1) 5, 0, 0, 1
2 2
1 1
(2) 5, 1, 0, 1 (2) 5, 1, 0, 1
2 2
1 1
(3) 5, 1, 1, 1 (3) 5, 1, 1, 1
2 2
1 1
(4) 5, 0, 1, 1 (4) 5, 0, 1, 1
2 2
32. If Z is a compressibility factor, 32. ØçÎ Z â´ÂèǸ٠»éæ·¤ ãæð Ìæð ·¤× ÎæÕ ÂÚU ßæ´ÇUÚßæËâ
van der Waals equation at low pressure â×è·¤ÚUæ ·¤æð çܹæ Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ Ñ
can be written as :
RT RT
(1) Z511 (1) Z511
Pb Pb
a a
(2) Z512 (2) Z512
VRT VRT
Pb Pb
(3) Z512 (3) Z512
RT RT
Pb Pb
(4) Z511 (4) Z511
RT RT
33. CsCl crystallises in body centred cubic 33. CsCl ·¤æØ ·ð¤çÎýÌ æÙæ·¤ÚU ÁæÜ·¤ ×ð´ ç·ý¤SÅUçÜÌ
lattice. If a is its edge length then which ãæðÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ ç·¤ÙæÚðU ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü a ãæð Ìæð çÙÙ âêææð´
of the following expressions is correct ? ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ-âæ ÆUè·¤ ãæð»æ?
(1) rCs1 1 rCl25 3a (1) rCs1 1 rCl25 3a
3a 3a
(2) rCs1 1 rCl25 (2) rCs1 1 rCl25
2 2
3 3
(3) rCs1 1 rCl25 a (3) rCs1 1 rCl25 a
2 2
E/Page 17 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
34. For the estimation of nitrogen, 1.4 g of an 34. Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ ·ð¤ ¥æ·¤ÜÙ ·ð¤ çÜ° 1.4 »ýæ. ·¤æÕüçÙ·¤
organic compound was digested by Øæñç»·¤ ÁðËÇUæòÜ çßçÏ ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU ¥Âç¿Ì ç·¤Øæ »Øæ
Kjeldahl method and the evolved ammonia M
ÌÍæ ×éÌ ãé° ¥×æðçÙØæ ·¤æð 60 ç×Üè 10 âËØêçÚU·¤
M
was absorbed in 60 mL of
10
sulphuric ¥Ü ×ð´ ¥ßàææðçáÌ ç·¤Øæ »ØæÐ ¥çÏàæðá ¥Ü ·ð¤
acid. The unreacted acid required 20 mL M
Âêæü ©ÎæâèÙè·¤ÚUæ ·ð¤ çÜ° 20 ç×Üè 10
âæðçÇUØ×
M
of sodium hydroxide for complete ãæ§ÇþUæòâæ§ÇU ·¤è ¥æßàØ·¤Ìæ ãé§üÐ Øæñç»·¤ ×ð́ Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ
10
neutralization. The percentage of nitrogen ·¤è ÂýçÌàæÌÌæ ãñ Ñ
in the compound is :
(1) 6% (1) 6%
(2) 10% (2) 10%
(3) 3% (3) 3%
(4) 5% (4) 5%
35. Resistance of 0.2 M solution of an 35. °·¤ ßñléÌ ¥ÂæÅ÷UØ ×ð´ 0.2 M çßÜØÙ ·¤æ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ
electrolyte is 50 V. The specific 50 V ãñ Ð §â çßÜØÙ ·¤æ çßçàæcÅU ¿æÜ·¤ß
conductance of the solution is 1.4 S m21. 1.4 S m21 ãñÐ §âè çßléÌ ¥ÂæÅ÷UØ ·ð¤ 0.5 M
The resistance of 0.5 M solution of the same çßÜØÙ ·¤æ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ 280 V ãñÐ çßléÌ ¥ÂæÅ÷UØ ·ð¤
electrolyte is 280 V. The molar 0.5 M çßÜØÙ ·¤è ×æðÜÚU ¿æÜ·¤Ìæ S m2 ×æðÜ21 ×ð´
conductivity of 0.5 M solution of the ãæð»è Ñ
electrolyte in S m2 mol21 is :
(1) 5310 24 (1) 5310 24
(2) 5310 23 (2) 5310 23
(3) 5310 3 (3) 5310 3
(4) 5310 2 (4) 5310 2
36. For complete combustion of ethanol, 36. °ÍðÙæòÜ ·ð¤ Âêæü ßÜÙ ·ð¤ çÜØð,
C2H5OH(l)13O2(g) ® 2CO2(g)13H2O(l), C2H5OH(l)13O2(g) ® 2CO2(g)13H2O(l),
the amount of heat produced as measured Õ× ·ð ¤ Üæð Ú Uè×èÅUÚU ×ð ´ ×æçÂÌ ª¤Áæü 258C ÂÚU
in bomb calorimeter, is 1364.47 kJ mol21 1364.47 kJ mol21 ãñÐ ¥æÎàæüÌæ ×æÙÌð ãé° ßÜÙ
at 258C. Assuming ideality the Enthalpy ·¤è °ÍñËÂè, DcH, ãæð»è Ñ
of combustion, DcH, for the reaction will
be :
(R58.314 kJ mol21) (R58.314 kJ mol21)
(1) 21366.95 kJ mol21 (1) 21366.95 kJ mol21
(2) 21361.95 kJ mol21 (2) 21361.95 kJ mol21
(3) 21460.50 kJ mol21 (3) 21460.50 kJ mol21
(4) 21350.50 kJ mol21 (4) 21350.50 kJ mol21
E/Page 18 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
37. The equivalent conductance of NaCl at 37. âæÎýæ C ÂÚU ¥æñÚU ¥ÙÌ ÌÙéÌæ ÂÚU NaCl çßÜØÙ
concentration C and at infinite dilution are ·¤è §çßßðÜñÅU ¿æÜ·¤Ìæ ·¤æð lC ¥æñÚU l: ×æÙÌð ãé°
l C and l : , respectively. The correct ©Ù·¤æ ¥æÂâè âÕÏ çܹæ Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ Ñ
relationship between lC and l: is given
as :
(where the constant B is positive) (B °·¤ çSÍÚU ¥´·¤ ãñ)
(1) lC5l:1(B)C (1) lC5l:1(B)C
(2) lC5l:2(B)C (2) lC5l:2(B)C
(3) lC5l:2(B) C (3) lC5l:2(B) C
(4) lC5l:1(B) C (4) lC5l:1(B) C
1 1
39. For the reaction SO2(g)1 O
2 2(g)
ì SO3(g), 39. ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ, SO2(g)1 O
2 2(g)
ì SO3(g) ·ð¤ çÜ°
if KP5KC(RT)x where the symbols have KP5KC(RT)x ãæð»æ ÁÕ·¤è âÕ âê¿·¤ ¥ÿæÚU âæ×æØ
usual meaning then the value of x is : ¥Íü ÚU¹Ìð ãñ´ Ìæð ¥æÎàæüÚUM¤ÂÌæ ×æÙÌð ãé° x ·¤æ ×æÙ
(assuming ideality) ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 21 (1) 21
1 1
(2) 2 (2) 2
2 2
1 1
(3) (3)
2 2
(4) 1 (4) 1
E/Page 19 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
40. For the non - stoichiometre reaction 40. ÚUâæØçÙ·¤Ìæ çÚUÌ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ 2A1B ® C1D ×ð´
2A1B ® C1D, the following kinetic data ÌèÙ ÂëÍ·¤ ÂýØæð»æð´ ×ð´ 298 K ÂÚU çÙÙ »çÌ·¤ ¥æ´·¤Ç¸ð
were obtained in three separate ÂýæÌ ç·¤Øð »Øð Ñ
experiments, all at 298 K.
41. Among the following oxoacids, the correct 41. çÙÙ ¥æâæð ¥Üæð´ ·ð¤ çÜØð ¥Ü àæçÌ ·¤æ ØÍæÍü
decreasing order of acid strength is : æÅUÌæ ·ý¤× ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) HOCl > HClO2 > HClO3 > HClO4 (1) HOCl > HClO2 > HClO3 > HClO4
(2) HClO4 > HOCl > HClO2 > HClO3 (2) HClO4 > HOCl > HClO2 > HClO3
(3) HClO4 > HClO3 > HClO2 > HOCl (3) HClO4 > HClO3 > HClO2 > HOCl
(4) HClO2 > HClO4 > HClO3 > HOCl (4) HClO2 > HClO4 > HClO3 > HOCl
42. The metal that cannot be obtained by 42. ÏæÌé Áæð ¥ÂÙð Üßææð ´ ·ð ¤ ÁÜèØ çßÜØÙæð ´ ·ð ¤
electrolysis of an aqueous solution of its §ÜñÅþUæÜðçââ (çßléÌ ¥ÂæÅUÙ) âð ÂýæÌ Ùãè´ ãæð
salts is : â·¤Ìè ãæðÌè ãñ Ñ
(1) Ag (1) Ag
(2) Ca (2) Ca
(3) Cu (3) Cu
(4) Cr (4) Cr
E/Page 20 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
43. The octahedral complex of a metal ion 43. M31 ÏæÌé ¥æØÙ ·¤æ ¿æÚU °·¤ ·¤Ç¸è çÜ»ñ´ÇUæ´ð,
M31 with four monodentate ligands L1, L1, L2, L3 ¥æñÚU L4 ·ð¤ âæÍ ¥cÅU Ȥܷ¤èØ â´·¤ÚU
L2, L3 and L4 absorb wavelengths in the ÜæÜ, ãÚðU, ÂèÜð ¥æñÚU ÙèÜð SÍÜæð´ âð ÌÚ´U»ÎñØæðZ ·¤æ
region of red, green, yellow and blue, ·ý¤×æÙéâæÚU ¥ßàææðáæ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ ¿æÚU çÜ»ñ´ÇUæð´ ·¤è àæçÌ
respectively. The increasing order of ligand ·¤æ ÕɸÌæ ·ý¤× ãñ Ñ
strength of the four ligands is :
44. Which one of the following properties is 44. NO ·¤æñÙ-âæ çÙÙ »éæ ÂýÎçàæüÌ Ùãè´ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ?
not shown by NO ?
(1) It is diamagnetic in gaseous state (1) »ñâèØ ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´ ÂýçÌ¿éÕ·¤èØ ãñÐ
(2) It is a neutral oxide (2) Øã °·¤ ©ÎæâèÙ ¥æòâæ§ÇU ãñÐ
(3) It combines with oxygen to form (3) Øã ¥æòâèÁÙ âð Øæð» ·¤ÚU Ùæ§ÅþUæÁ
ð Ù ÇUæ§ü¥æòâæ§ÇU
nitrogen dioxide ÕÙæÌæ ãñÐ
(4) Its bond order is 2.5 (4) §â·¤è ÕÏ ·¤æðçÅU 2.5 ãñÐ
45. In which of the following reactions H2O2 45. çÙÙ ç·¤Ù ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ¥æð´ ×ð´ H2O2 °·¤ ¥Â¿æØ·¤
acts as a reducing agent ? ·¤æ ·¤æ× ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ?
(a) H2O21 2H112e2® 2H2O (a) H2O21 2H112e2® 2H2O
E/Page 21 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
46. The correct statement for the molecule, 46. CsI3 ¥æé ·ð¤ çÜØð ØÍæÍü ·¤ÍÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
CsI3 , is :
(3) it contains Cs31 and I2 ions. (3) §â×ð´ Cs31 ¥æñÚU I2 ¥æØÙ ãæðÌð ãñ´Ð
(4) it contains Cs 1 , I 2 and lattice I 2 (4) §â×ð´ Cs1, I2 ¥æñÚU I2 ÁæÜ·¤ ãæðÌð ãñ´Ð
molecule.
47. The ratio of masses of oxygen and nitrogen 47. °·¤ çßàæðá »ñâèØ ç×ææ ×ð´ ¥æòâèÁÙ ¥æñÚU Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ
in a particular gaseous mixture is 1 : 4. The ·ð¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙæð´ ·¤æ ¥ÙéÂæÌ 1 : 4 ãñÐ §â ç×ææ ×ð´
ratio of number of their molecule is : §Ù·¤è ¥æé â´Øæ¥æð´ ·¤æ ¥ÙéÂæÌ ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 1:4 (1) 1:4
(2) 7 : 32 (2) 7 : 32
(4) 3 : 16 (4) 3 : 16
48. Given below are the half - cell reactions : 48. Ùè¿ð ·é¤ÀU ¥hü âðÜ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ°´ Îè »§ü ãñ´ Ñ
Mn2112e2® Mn ; Eo521.18 V Mn2112e2® Mn ; Eo521.18 V
The Eo for 3Mn21® Mn12Mn31 will be : 3Mn21® Mn12Mn31 ·ð¤ çÜØð Eo ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 22.69 V ; the reaction will not occur (1) 22.69 V ; ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ Ùãè´ ãæð»èÐ
(2) 22.69 V ; the reaction will occur (2) 22.69 V ; ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ãæð»èÐ
(3) 20.33 V ; the reaction will not occur (3) 20.33 V ; ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ Ùãè´ ãæð»èÐ
(4) 20.33 V ; the reaction will occur (4) 20.33 V ; ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ãæð»èÐ
E/Page 22 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
49. Which series of reactions correctly 49. §Ù×ð´ âð ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ¥æð´ ·¤æ ·¤æñÙ-âæ ·ý¤× ØÍæÍü M¤Â ×ð´
represents chemical relations related to Üæðãð ¥æñÚU §â·ð¤ Øæñç»·¤æð´ ·¤è ÚUæâæØçÙ·¤ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ¥æð´
iron and its compound ? ·¤æð çÙM¤çÂÌ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ?
heat ±Ë§
Fe 2 (SO 4 )3 £££
Fe Fe 2 (SO 4 )3 £££ Fe
heat ±Ë§
FeSO 4 £££
Fe FeSO 4 £££ Fe
Zn Zn
FeCl 2 ££ Fe FeCl 2 ££ Fe
50. The equation which is balanced and 50. â×è·¤ÚUæ Áæð â´ÌéçÜÌ ãñ ¥æñÚU ØÍæÍü ç·ý¤Øæ ȤÜæð´ ·¤è
represents the correct product(s) is : âê¿·¤ ãñ, ãñ Ñ
(1) Li2O12KCl ® 2LiCl1K2O (1) Li2O12KCl ® 2LiCl1K2O
E/Page 23 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
51. In S N 2 reactions, the correct order of 51. Øæñç»·¤æð´ CH3Cl, CH3CH2Cl, (CH3)2CHCl ¥æñÚU
reactivity for the following compounds : (CH3)3CCl ·¤æ SN2 ç·ý¤Øæ ×ð´ ç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚUæ ·¤æ
CH 3 Cl, CH 3 CH 2 Cl, (CH 3 ) 2 CHCl and ©ç¿Ì SÌÚU ·ý¤× ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
(CH3)3CCl is :
(1) CH3Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl (1) CH3Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl
> (CH3)3CCl > (CH3)3CCl
(2) CH3Cl > CH3CH2Cl > (CH3)2CHCl (2) CH3Cl > CH3CH2Cl > (CH3)2CHCl
> (CH3)3CCl > (CH3)3CCl
(3) CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl > (CH3)2CHCl (3) CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl > (CH3)2CHCl
> (CH3)3CCl > (CH3)3CCl
(4) (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl (4) (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl
> (CH3)3CCl > (CH3)3CCl
52. On heating an aliphatic primary amine 52. °ðçÜÈñ¤çÅU·¤ ÂýæØ×ÚUè °×èÙ ·¤æð ÜæðÚUæðȤæ×ü ¥æñÚU
with chloroform and ethanolic potassium °ÍæÙæðçÜ·¤ ÂæðÅñUçàæØ× ãæ§ÇþUæâæ§ÇU ·ð¤ âæÍ »ÚU× ·¤ÚUÙð
hydroxide, the organic compound formed ÂÚU ÕÙæ ¥æÚU»ñçÙ·¤ Øæñç»·¤ ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
is :
53. The most suitable reagent for the 53. R2CH22OH ® R2CHO ×ð´ ÕÎÜÙð ·¤æ âÕâð
conversion of R2CH22OH® R2CHO ¥çÏ·¤ ©ÂØéÌ ¥çÖ·¤æÚU·¤ ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
is :
E/Page 24 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
54. The major organic compound formed by 54. 1, 1, 12 ÅþUæ§ÜæðÚUæð§üÍðÙ
·¤æð çâËßÚU Âæ©ÇUÚU ·ð¤ âæÍ
the reaction of 1, 1, 12 trichloroethane ç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚUÙð ÂÚU âÕâð ÕǸè ×æææ ×ð´ ÕÙæ ¥æÚU»ñçÙ·¤
with silver powder is : Øæñç»·¤ ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
55. Sodium phenoxide when heated with CO2 55. âæðçÇUØ× $Èñ¤Ùæâæ§ÇU ·¤è ©æ ÎæÕ ¥æñÚU 1258C ÂÚU
under pressure at 1258C yields a product CO2 âð ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚUÙð ÂÚU Áæð Øæñç»·¤ ÂýæÌ ãæðÌæ ãñ
which on acetylation produces C. ©â·ð¤ °çâçÅUÜðàæÙ ÂÚU ç·ý¤Øæ È¤Ü C ãæðÌæ ãñÐ
The major product C would be : ÕǸè ×æææ ×ð´ ç·ý¤Øæ È¤Ü C ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
E/Page 25 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
56. Considering the basic strength of amines 56. ÁÜèØ çßÜØÙ ×ð´ °×èÙæð´ ·¤è ÿææÚUèØ Âýßëçæ ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU
in aqueous solution, which one has the çÙÙçÜç¹Ìæð´ ×ð´ âð ç·¤â·ð¤ çÜØð pKb ·¤æ ×æÙ ·¤×
smallest pKb value ? âð ·¤× ãæð»æ?
57. For which of the following molecule 57. çÙÙ ×ð´ âð 緤⠥æé ·ð¤ çÜØð ÕãéÌ âè×æ Ì·¤ m¹0
significant m¹0 ? ãæð»æ?
E/Page 26 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
58. Which one is classified as a condensation 58. §Ù×ð´ âð 緤ⷤæð ·¤ÇñUâðàæÙ ÕãéÜ·¤ ×æÙæ ÁæØð»æ?
polymer ?
59. Which one of the following bases is not 59. çÙÙ ÿææÚUæð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ °·¤ DNA ×ð´ Ùãè´ ÂæØæ ÁæÌæ?
present in DNA ?
62. If z is a complex number such that ?z?/2, 62. ØçÎ z °·¤ °ðâè âç×æ â´Øæ ãñ ç·¤ ?z?/2 ãñ, Ìæð
1 1
then the minimum value of z 1
2
: z1
2
·¤æ ØêÙÌ× ×æÙ Ñ
5 5
(1) is strictly greater than
2
(1)
2
âð çÙÚ´UÌÚU ÕǸæ ãñÐ
3 3 5
(2) is strictly greater than
2
but less (2)
2
âð çÙÚ´UÌÚU ÕǸæ ãñ ÂÚUÌé 2
âð ·¤× ãñÐ
5
than
2
5 5
(3) is equal to (3)
2
·ð¤ ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñÐ
2
(4) lies in the interval (1, 2) (4) ¥´ÌÚUæÜ (1, 2) ×ð´ çSÍÌ ãñÐ
E/Page 28 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
64. Let a and b be the roots of equation 64. ×æÙæ a ÌÍæ b â×è·¤ÚUæ px21qx1r50, p¹0 ·ð¤
px21qx1r50, p¹0. If p, q, r are in A.P. ×êÜ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ p, q, r â×æ´ÌÚU æðɸè ×ð´ ãñ´ ÌÍæ
1 1 1 1
and 1 5 4 , then the value of ?a2b? 1 54 ãñ, Ìæð ?a2b? ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
a b a b
is :
34 34
(1) (1)
9 9
2 13 2 13
(2) (2)
9 9
61 61
(3) (3)
9 9
2 17 2 17
(4) (4)
9 9
65. If a, b¹0, and f (n)5an1bn and 65. ØçÎ a, b¹0, f (n)5an1bn ÌÍæ
3 1 1 f (1) 1 1 f (2) 3 1 1 f (1) 1 1 f (2)
1 1 f (1) 1 1 f (2) 1 1 f (3) 1 1 f (1) 1 1 f (2) 1 1 f (3)
1 1 f (2) 1 1 f (3) 1 1 f (4) 1 1 f (2) 1 1 f (3) 1 1 f (4)
5K(12a) 2 (12b) 2 (a2b) 2 , then K is 5K(12a)2 (12b)2 (a2b)2 ãñ, Ìæð K ÕÚUæÕÚU
equal to : ãñ Ñ
(1) 1 (1) 1
(2) 21 (2) 21
(3) ab (3) ab
1 1
(4) (4)
ab ab
66. If A is an 333 non - singular matrix such 66. ØçÎ °·¤ °ðâæ 333 ÃØé·ý¤×æèØ ¥æÃØêã ãñ ç·¤
A
that AA95A9A and B5A21 A9, then BB9 AA95A9A ÌÍæ B5A21 A9 ãñ, Ìæð BB9 ÕÚUæÕÚU
equals : ãñ Ñ
(1) B21 (1) B21
(2) (B21)9 (2) (B21)9
(3) I1B (3) I1B
(4) I (4) I
E/Page 29 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
67. If the coefficients of x 3 and x 4 in the 67. ØçÎ (11ax1bx2) (122x)18 ·ð¤ x ·¤è ææÌæð´ ×ð´
expansion of (11ax1bx 2 ) (122x) 18 in ÂýâæÚU ×ð´ x3 ÌÍæ x4, ÎæðÙæ𴠷𤠻éææ´·¤ àæêØ ãñ´, Ìæð (a, b)
powers of x are both zero, then (a, b) is ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
equal to :
Ë Û Ë Û
(1) ÌÌ14 , 272 ÜÜ (1) ÌÌ14 , 272 ÜÜ
Í 3 Ý Ü Í 3 ÝÜ
Ë Û Ë Û
(2) Ì16 , 272 ÜÜ (2) Ì16 , 272 ÜÜ
ÌÍ 3 ÝÜ ÌÍ 3 ÝÜ
Ë Û Ë Û
(3) ÌÌ16 , 251 ÜÜ (3) ÌÌ16 , 251 ÜÜ
Í 3 ÝÜ Í 3 ÝÜ
Ë Û Ë Û
(4) Ì14 , 251 ÜÜ (4) Ì14 , 251 ÜÜ
ÌÍ 3 Ý Ü ÌÍ 3 Ý Ü
68. If (10) 9 12(11) 1 (10) 8 13(11) 2 (10) 7 1... 68. ØçÎ (10)912(11) 1 (10)813(11)2 (10)71...
110 (11)95k (10)9, then k is equal to : 110 (11)95k (10)9 ãñ, Ìæð k ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 100 (1) 100
(2) 110 (2) 110
121 121
(3) (3)
10 10
441 441
(4) (4)
100 100
69. Three positive numbers form an increasing 69. ÌèÙ ÏÙæ×·¤ â´Øæ°´ ÕɸÌè »éææðæÚU æðɸè ×ð´ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ
G.P. If the middle term in this G.P. is §â »éææðæÚU æðÉ¸è ·¤è Õè¿ ßæÜè â´Øæ Îé»éÙè ·¤ÚU Îè
doubled, the new numbers are in A.P. Áæ°, Ìæð Ù§ü ÕÙè â´Øæ°´ â×æ´ÌÚU æðɸè ×ð´ ãæð ÁæÌè ãñ´Ð
Then the common ratio of the G.P. is : »éææðæÚU æðÉ¸è ·¤æ âæßü¥ÙéÂæÌ ãñ Ñ
(1) 22 3 (1) 22 3
(2) 21 3 (2) 21 3
(3) 21 3 (3) 21 3
(4) 31 2 (4) 31 2
E/Page 30 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
sin ( p cos 2 x ) sin ( p cos 2 x )
70. lim is equal to : 70. lim ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
x 0 x2 x 0 x2
(1) 2p (1) 2p
(2) p (2) p
p p
(3) (3)
2 2
(4) 1 (4) 1
1
71. If g is the inverse of a function f and 71. ØçÎ g ȤÜÙ f ·¤æ ÃØé·ý¤× ãñ ÌÍæ f 9 (x)5 1 1 x 5
1
f 9 (x)5
1 1 x5
, then g9 (x) is equal to : ãñ, Ìæð g9 (x) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
1 1
(1) 1 1 { g ( x )}
5 (1) 1 1 { g ( x )}
5
(4) 5x 4 (4) 5x 4
72. If f and g are differentiable functions in 72. ØçÎ f ÌÍæ g, [0, 1] ×𴠥߷¤ÜÙèØ È¤ÜÙ ãñ´ Áæð
[0, 1] satisfying f (0)525g(1), g(0)50 and f (0)525g(1), g(0)50 ¥æñÚU f (1)56 ·¤æð â´ÌécÅU
f (1)56, then for some ce]0, 1[ : ·¤ÚUÌð ãñ´, Ìæð ç·¤âè ce]0, 1[ ·ð¤ çÜ° Ñ
E/Page 31 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
73. If x521 and x52 are extreme points of 73. ØçÎ x521 ÌÍæ x52,
f(x)5a log ?x?1bx21x then : f(x)5a log ?x?1bx21x ·ð¤ ¿ÚU×çÕ´Îé ãñ´, Ìæð Ñ
1 1
(1) a52, b52 (1) a52, b52
2 2
1 1
(2) a52, b5 (2) a52, b5
2 2
1 1
(3) a526, b5 (3) a526, b5
2 2
1 1
(4) a526, b52 (4) a526, b52
2 2
1 1
Ë 1 Û x1 Ë 1 Û x1
74. The integral × ÌÌ1 1 x 2 ÜÜÜ e x d x is 74. â×æ·¤Ü × ÌÌÍ1 1 x 2 ÜÜÜÝ e x d x ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
Í xÝ x
equal to :
1 1
x1 x1
(1) (x11) e x 1c (1) (x11) e x 1c
1 1
x1 x1
(2) 2x e x 1c (2) 2x e x 1c
1 1
x1 x1
(3) (x21) e x 1c (3) (x21) e x 1c
1 1
x1 x1
(4) x e x 1c (4) x e x 1c
E/Page 32 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
76. The area of the region described by 76. A5{(x, y) : x21y2 [ 1 ÌÍæ y2 [ 12x} ·ð¤
A5{(x, y) : x21y2 [ 1 and y2 [ 12x} is : mæÚUæ ÂýÎæ ÿæðæ ·¤æ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü ãñ Ñ
p 2 p 2
(1) 2 (1) 2
2 3 2 3
p 2 p 2
(2) 1 (2) 1
2 3 2 3
p 4 p 4
(3) 1 (3) 1
2 3 2 3
p 4 p 4
(4) 2 (4) 2
2 3 2 3
77. Let the population of rabbits surviving at 77. ×æÙæ ç·¤âè â×Ø t ÂÚU ÁèçßÌ ¹ÚU»æðàææð´ ·¤è ÁÙâ´Øæ
dp(t) 1
a time t be governed by the differential ¥ß·¤Ü â×è·¤ÚUæ dt
5 p(t) 2200
2
mæÚUæ
dp(t) 1
equation
dt
5 p(t) 2200.
2
çÙØ´çæÌ ãñ´Ð
If p(0)5100, then p(t) equals : ØçÎ p(0)5100 ãñ, Ìæð p(t) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 6002500 et/2 (1) 6002500 et/2
78. Let PS be the median of the triangle with 78. ×æÙæ PS °·¤ çæÖéÁ ·¤è ×æçØ·¤æ ãñ çÁâ·ð¤ àæèáü
vertices P(2, 2), Q(6,21) and R(7, 3). The P(2, 2), Q(6,21) ÌÍæ R(7, 3) ãñ´Ð (1, 21) âð
equation of the line passing through ãæð·¤ÚU ÁæÙð ßæÜè ÚðU¹æ, Áæð PS ·ð¤ â×æ´ÌÚU ãñ, ·¤æ
(1, 21) and parallel to PS is : â×è·¤ÚUæ ãñ Ñ
(1) 4x17y1350 (1) 4x17y1350
E/Page 33 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
79. Let a, b, c and d be non-zero numbers. If 79. ×æÙæ a, b, c ÌÍæ d àæêØðÌÚU â´Øæ°¡ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ ÚðU¹æ¥æð´
the point of intersection of the lines 4ax12ay1c50 ÌÍæ 5bx12by1d50 ·¤æ
4ax12ay1c50 and 5bx12by1d50 lies ÂýçÌÀðUÎ çÕ´Îé ¿æñÍð ¿ÌéÍæZàæ ×ð´ ãñ ÌÍæ ÎæðÙæð´ ¥ÿææð´ âð
in the fourth quadrant and is equidistant â×ÎêÚUSÍ ãñ, Ìæð Ñ
from the two axes then :
(1) 3bc22ad50 (1) 3bc22ad50
(2) 3bc12ad50 (2) 3bc12ad50
(3) 2bc23ad50 (3) 2bc23ad50
(4) 2bc13ad50 (4) 2bc13ad50
80. The locus of the foot of perpendicular 80. Îèæüßëæ x213y256 ·ð¤ ·ð´¤Îý âð §â·¤è ç·¤âè SÂàæü
drawn from the centre of the ellipse ÚðU¹æ ÂÚU ¹è´¿ð »° Ü´Õ ·ð¤ ÂæÎ ·¤æ çÕ´Îé ÂÍ ãñ Ñ
x213y256 on any tangent to it is :
(1) (x21y 2)256x 212y 2 (1) (x21y 2)256x 212y 2
(2) (x21y 2)256x 222y 2 (2) (x21y 2)256x 222y 2
(3) (x22y 2)256x 212y 2 (3) (x22y 2)256x 212y 2
(4) (x22y 2)256x 222y 2 (4) (x22y 2)256x 222y 2
81. Let C be the circle with centre at (1, 1) and 81. ×æÙæ C °·¤ ßëæ ãñ çÁâ·¤æ ·ð´¤Îý (1, 1) ÂÚU ãñ ÌÍæ
radius51. If T is the circle centred at çæØæ51 ãñÐ ØçÎ T ·ð´¤Îý (0, y) ßæÜæ ßëæ ãñ Áæð ×êÜ
(0, y), passing through origin and touching çÕ´Îé âð ãæð ·¤ÚU ÁæÌæ ãñ ÌÍæ ßëæ C ·¤æð Õæs M¤Â âð
the circle C externally, then the radius of SÂàæü ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ, Ìæð T ·¤è çæØæ ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
T is equal to :
1 1
(1) (1)
2 2
1 1
(2) (2)
4 4
3 3
(3) (3)
2 2
3 3
(4) (4)
2 2
E/Page 34 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
82. The slope of the line touching both the 82. ÂÚUßÜØæð´ y254x ÌÍæ x25232y ÎæðÙæð´ ·¤æð SÂàæü
parabolas y254x and x25232y is : ·¤ÚUÙð ßæÜè ÚðU¹æ ·¤è ÂýßæÌæ ãñ Ñ
1 1
(1) (1)
8 8
2 2
(2) (2)
3 3
1 1
(3) (3)
2 2
3 3
(4) (4)
2 2
83. The image of the line 83. â×ÌÜ 2x2y1z1350 ×ð´ ÚðU¹æ
x 21 y 23 z 24 x 21 y 23 z 24
3
5
1
5
25
in the plane
3
5
1
5
25
·ð¤ ÂýçÌçÕ´Õ ßæÜè
2x2y1z1350 is the line : ÚðU¹æ ãñ Ñ
x 23 y 15 z 22 x 23 y 15 z 22
(1) 5 5 (1) 5 5
3 1 25 3 1 25
x 23 y 15 z 22 x 23 y 15 z 22
(2) 5 5 (2) 5 5
23 21 5 23 21 5
x 13 y 25 z 22 x 13 y 25 z 22
(3) 5 5 (3) 5 5
3 1 25 3 1 25
x 13 y 25 z 12 x 13 y 25 z 12
(4) 5 5 (4) 5 5
23 21 5 23 21 5
E/Page 35 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
84. The angle between the lines whose 84. Îæð Úð U ¹ æ°¡ , çÁÙ·ð ¤ çη÷ ¤ -·¤æð Øæ, â×è·¤ÚU ææð ´
direction cosines satisfy the equations l1m1n50 ÌÍæ l25m21n2 ·¤æð â´ÌécÅU ·¤ÚUÌð ãñ´,
l1m1n50 and l25m21n2 is : ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤æ ·¤æðæ ãñ Ñ
p p
(1) (1)
6 6
p p
(2) (2)
2 2
p p
(3) (3)
3 3
p p
(4) (4)
4 4
Î Þ Î Þ 2 Î Þ Î Þ 2
85. If ÏÐ a3b b3c c3a ßà5l ÏÐ a b c ßà then l is 85. ØçÎ Ï a3b b3c c3a ß5l Ï a b c ß
Ð à Ð à ãñ, Ìæð l
equal to : ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 0 (1) 0
(2) 1 (2) 1
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 3 (4) 3
86. Let A and B be two events such that 86. ×æÙæ A ÌÍæ B Îæð °ð â è æÅUÙæ°¡ ãñ ´ ç·¤
1 1 1 1
P (A B) 5 , P (A ¬ B) 5 and P (A B) 5 , P (A ¬ B) 5 ÌÍæ
6 4 6 4
1 1
P (A ) 5 , where A stands for the P (A ) 5 ãñ ÁÕç·¤ A æÅUÙæ A ·ð¤ ÂêÚU·¤ ·¤æð
4 4
complement of the event A. Then the ÎàææüÌæ ãñÐ Ìæð æÅUÙæ°¡ A ÌÍæ B Ñ
events A and B are :
(1) independent but not equally likely. (1) SßÌ´æ ãñ´ ÂÚUÌé â×âÖæßè Ùãè´ ãñ´Ð
(2) independent and equally likely. (2) SßÌ´æ ãñ´ ÌÍæ â×âÖæßè ãñ´Ð
(3) mutually exclusive and independent. (3) ÂÚUSÂÚU ¥ÂßÁèü ÌÍæ SßÌ´æ ãñ´Ð
(4) equally likely but not independent. (4) â×âÖæßè ãñ´ ÂÚUÌé SßÌ´æ Ùãè´ ãñ´Ð
E/Page 36 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
87. The variance of first 50 even natural 87. ÂãÜè 50 â× Âýæ·ë¤Ì â´Øæ¥æð´ ·¤æ ÂýâÚUæ ãñ Ñ
numbers is :
437 437
(2) (2)
4 4
833 833
(3) (3)
4 4
1 1
88. Let f k ( x ) 5(sin k x 1 cosk x ) where 88. ×æÙæ fk ( x ) 5 (sin k x 1 cosk x ) ãñ, Áãæ¡
k k
x e R and k/1. Then f4(x)2f6(x) equals : x e R ÌÍæ k/1 ãñ, Ìæð f4(x)2f6(x) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
1 1
(1) (1)
4 4
1 1
(2) (2)
12 12
1 1
(3) (3)
6 6
1 1
(4) (4)
3 3
E/Page 37 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
89. A bird is sitting on the top of a vertical 89. °·¤ Âÿæè 20 ×è. ª¡¤¿ð °·¤ ª¤ßæüÏÚU ¹´Öð ·ð¤ çàæ¹ÚU
pole 20 m high and its elevation from a ÂÚU ÕñÆUæ ãñ ÌÍæ §â·¤æ Öêç× ·ð¤ °·¤ çÕ´Îé O âð ©óæØÙ
point O on the ground is 458. It flies off ·¤æðæ 458 ãñÐ Øã Âÿæè O âð ÂÚðU ÿæñçÌÁ çÎàææ ×𴠩ǸÌæ
horizontally straight away from the ãñÐ °·¤ âð·´¤ÇU ·ð¤ ÕæÎ, O âð Âÿæè ·¤æ ©óæØÙ ·¤æðæ
point O. After one second, the elevation æÅU ·¤ÚU 308 ÚUã ÁæÌæ ãñÐ Ìæð (×è. ÂýçÌ âð. ×ð´) Âÿæè
of the bird from O is reduced to 308. Then ·¤è ¿æÜ ãñ Ñ
the speed (in m/s) of the bird is :
(1) 20 2 (1) 20 2
(2) 20 ( 3 2 1) (2) 20 ( 3 2 1)
(3) 40 ( 2 2 1) (3) 40 ( 2 2 1)
(4) 40 ( 3 2 2) (4) 40 ( 3 2 2)
-o0o- -o0o-
E/Page 38
Read the following instructions carefully : çÙÙçÜç¹Ì çÙÎðüàæ ØæÙ âð Âɸð´ Ñ
1. The candidates should fill in the required particulars 1. ÂÚUèÿææçÍüØæð´ ·¤æð ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ¥æñÚU ©æÚU Âæ (ÂëD -1) ÂÚU ßæ´çÀUÌ
on the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet (Side1) with
Blue/Black Ball Point Pen.
çßßÚUæ ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ß槴ÅU ÂðÙ âð ãè ÖÚUÙæ ãñÐ
2. For writing/marking particulars on Side2 of the 2. ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëD-2 ÂÚU çßßÚUæ çܹÙð/¥´ç·¤Ì ·¤ÚUÙð ·ð¤ çÜ° ·ð¤ßÜ
Answer Sheet, use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only. ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ß槴ÅU ÂðÙ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ·¤Úð´UÐ
3. The candidates should not write their Roll Numbers 3. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ/©æÚU Âæ ÂÚU çÙÏæüçÚUÌ SÍæÙ ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü
anywhere else (except in the specified space) on the ¥ÂÙæ ¥ÙéR¤×æ´·¤ ¥Ø ·¤ãè´ Ùãè´ çܹð´Ð
Test Booklet/Answer Sheet.
4. Out of the four options given for each question, only 4. ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ çÜØð çÎØð »Øð ¿æÚU çß·¤ËÂæð́ ×ð́ âð ·ð¤ßÜ °·¤ çß·¤ËÂ
one option is the correct answer. âãè ãñÐ
5. For each incorrect response, onefourth (¼) of the total 5. ÂýØð·¤ »ÜÌ ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° ©â ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ çÜ° çÙÏæüçÚUÌ ·é¤Ü ¥´·¤æð´
marks allotted to the question would be deducted from
the total score. No deduction from the total score,
×ð´ âð °·¤-¿æñÍæ§ü (¼) ¥´·¤ ·é¤Ü Øæð» ×ð´ âð ·¤æÅU çÜ° Áæ°¡»ðÐ
however, will be made if no response is indicated for ØçÎ ©æÚU Âæ ×ð´ ç·¤âè ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü ©æÚU Ùãè´ çÎØæ »Øæ ãñ, Ìæð
an item in the Answer Sheet. ·é¤Ü Øæð» ×ð´ âð ·¤æð§ü ¥´·¤ Ùãè´ ·¤æÅðU Áæ°¡»ðÐ
6. Handle the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet with care, 6. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ °ß´ ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æ ØæÙÂêßü·¤ ÂýØæð» ·¤Úð´U Øæð´ç·¤
as under no circumstances (except for discrepancy in
Test Booklet Code and Answer Sheet Code), another set
ç·¤âè Öè ÂçÚUçSÍçÌ ×ð´ (·ð¤ßÜ ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ °ß´ ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤
will be provided. â´·ð¤Ì ×ð´ çÖóæÌæ ·¤è çSÍçÌ ·¤æð ÀUæðǸ·¤ÚU), ÎêâÚUè ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
7. The candidates are not allowed to do any rough work ©ÂÜÏ Ùãè´ ·¤ÚUæØè Áæ°»èÐ
or writing work on the Answer Sheet. All calculations/ 7. ©æÚU Âæ ÂÚU ·¤æð§ü Öè ÚUȤ ·¤æØü Øæ çܹæ§ü ·¤æ ·¤æ× ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è
writing work are to be done in the space provided for
this purpose in the Test Booklet itself, marked Space
¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ âÖè »æÙæ °ß´ çܹæ§ü ·¤æ ·¤æ×, ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
for Rough Work. This space is given at the bottom of ×ð´ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ Á»ã Áæð ç·¤ ÒÚUȤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ãÓ mæÚUæ Ùæ×æ´ç·¤Ì
each page and in one page (Page 39) at the end of the ãñ, ÂÚU ãè ç·¤Øæ Áæ°»æÐ Øã Á»ã ÂýØð·¤ ÂëD ÂÚU Ùè¿ð ·¤è ¥æðÚU ¥æñÚU
booklet. ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥´Ì ×ð´ °·¤ ÂëD ÂÚU (ÂëD 39) Îè »§ü ãñÐ
8. On completion of the test, the candidates must hand
over the Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the 8. ÂÚèÿææ âÂóæ ãæðÙð ÂÚU, ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ÀUæðǸÙð âð Âêßü ©æÚU Âæ
Room/Hall. However, the candidates are allowed to ·¤ÿæ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ßàØ âæñ´Â Îð´Ð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð âæÍ §â
take away this Test Booklet with them. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æð Üð Áæ â·¤Ìð ãñ´Ð
9. Each candidate must show on demand his/her Admit 9. ÂêÀUð ÁæÙð ÂÚU ÂýØð·¤ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ÂÙæ Âýßàð æ ·¤æÇü çι氡Ð
Card to the Invigilator.
10. ¥Ïèÿæ·¤ Øæ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤è çßàæðá ¥Ùé×çÌ ·ð¤ çÕÙæ ·¤æð§ü ÂÚUèÿææÍèü
10. No candidate, without special permission of the
Superintendent or Invigilator, should leave his/her ¥ÂÙæ SÍæÙ Ù ÀUæðǸð´Ð
seat. 11. ·¤æØüÚUÌ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ÂÙæ ©æÚU Âæ çΰ çÕÙæ °ß´ ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ
11. The candidates should not leave the Examination Hall ÂÚU ÎéÕæÚUæ ãSÌæÿæÚU ç·¤° çÕÙæ ·¤æð§ü ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ÂÚUèÿææ ãæòÜ Ùãè´ ÀUæðÇð̧´»ðÐ
without handing over their Answer Sheet to the
Invigilator on duty and sign the Attendance Sheet
ØçÎ ç·¤âè ÂÚUèÿææÍèü Ùð ÎêâÚUè ÕæÚU ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ ÂÚU ãSÌæÿæÚU Ùãè´
again. Cases where a candidate has not signed the ç·¤° Ìæð Øã ×æÙæ Áæ°»æ ç·¤ ©âÙð ©æÚU Âæ Ùãè´ ÜæñÅUæØæ ãñ çÁâð
Attendance Sheet a second time will be deemed not to ¥Ùéç¿Ì âæÏÙ ÂýØæð» æðæè ×ð´ ×æÙæ Áæ°»æÐ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð ÕæØð´
have handed over the Answer Sheet and dealt with as ãæÍ ·ð¤ ¥´»êÆðU ·¤æ çÙàææÙ ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ ×ð´ çΰ »° SÍæÙ ÂÚU
an unfair means case. The candidates are also required
to put their left hand THUMB impression in the space ¥ßàØ Ü»æ°¡Ð
provided in the Attendance Sheet. 12. §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤/ãSÌ¿æçÜÌ ÂçÚU·¤Ü·¤ °ß´ ×æðÕæ§Ü ȤæðÙ, ÂðÁÚU §ØæçÎ
12. Use of Electronic/Manual Calculator and any Áñâð ç·¤âè §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUæ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
Electronic Item like mobile phone, pager etc. is
prohibited. 13. ÂÚUèÿææ ãæòÜ ×ð´ ¥æ¿ÚUæ ·ð¤ çÜ° ÂÚUèÿææÍèü Á.°.Õ./ÕæðÇüU ·ð¤ âÖè
13. The candidates are governed by all Rules and çÙØ×æð´ °ß´U çßçÙØ×æð´ mæÚUæ çÙØç×Ì ãæð´»ðÐ ¥Ùéç¿Ì âæÏÙ ÂýØæð» ·ð¤
Regulations of the JAB/Board with regard to their âÖè ×æ×Üæð´ ·¤æ Èñ¤âÜæ Á.°.Õ./ÕæðÇüU ·ð¤ çÙØ×æð´ °ß´ çßçÙØ×æð´ ·ð¤
conduct in the Examination Hall. All cases of unfair ¥ÙéâæÚU ãæð»æÐ
means will be dealt with as per Rules and Regulations
of the JAB/Board. 14. ç·¤âè Öè çSÍçÌ ×ð´ ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ÌÍæ ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü Öè Öæ»
14. No part of the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet shall be ¥Ü» Ùãè´ ç·¤Øæ Áæ°»æÐ
detached under any circumstances. 15. ÂÚUèÿææÍèü mæÚUæ ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ×ð´ Âýßðàæ ·¤æÇüU ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ
15. Candidates are not allowed to carry any textual ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è ÂæÆ÷UØ âæ×»ýè, ×éçÎýÌ Øæ ãSÌçÜç¹Ì,
material, printed or written, bits of papers, pager, ·¤æ»Á ·¤è Âç¿üØæ¡, ÂðÁÚU, ×æðÕæ§Ü ȤæðÙ Øæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU
mobile phone, electronic device or any other material
except the Admit Card inside the examination ·ð¤ §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUææð´ Øæ ç·¤âè ¥Ø Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è âæ×»ýè
hall/room. ·¤æð Üð ÁæÙð Øæ ©ÂØæð» ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è ¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
E/Page 40
JEE Main 2014 Question Paper 1 Online April 9, 2014
PART A PHYSICS Öæ» A ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ
1. An experiment is performed to obtain the 1. ÜÕæ§ü L ·ð¤ °·¤ âÚUÜ ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ·¤ÚU »éL¤ßèØ
value of acceleration due to gravity g by ßÚUæ g ·¤æ ×æÙ çÙ·¤æÜÙð ·¤æ °·¤ ÂýØæð» ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ
using a simple pendulum of length L. In ãñÐ §â ÂýØæð» ×ð´ 100 ÎæðÜÙæð´ ·¤æ â×Ø 1 âð·´¤ÇUU
this experiment time for 100 oscillations is ¥ËÂÌ×æ¡·¤ ßæÜè æǸUè âð ×æÂæ ÁæÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚ ×æÙ
measured by using a watch of 1 second 90.0 âð·´¤ÇU ãñÐ ÜÕæ§ü L 1 mm ¥ËÂÌ×æ¡·¤ ßæÜð
least count and the value is 90.0 seconds. ×èÅUÚU Âñ×æÙð âð ×æÂè ÁæÌè ãñ ¥æñÚU §â·¤æ ×æÙ
The length L is measured by using a meter 20.0 cm ãñÐ g ·ð¤ ×æÙ ·ð¤ çÙÏüæÚUæ ×ð´ æéçÅU ãæð»è Ñ
scale of least count 1 mm and the value is
20.0 cm. The error in the determination
(1) 1.7%
of g would be :
(2) 2.7%
(1) 1.7%
(3) 4.4%
(2) 2.7%
(4) 2.27%
(3) 4.4%
(4) 2.27%
2. ×êÜ çÕÎé âð t50 ÂÚU ÂýÿæðçÂÌ °·¤ Âýÿæð ·¤è çSÍçÌ
→ ∧ ∧
2. The position of a projectile launched from t52s ÂÚU r 5(40 i 1 50 j ) m âð Îè ÁæÌè ãñÐ
the origin at t50 is given by ØçÎ Âýÿæð ÿæñçÌÁ âð u ·¤æðæ ÂÚU ÂýÿæðçÂÌ ç·¤Øæ »Øæ
→ ∧ ∧ Íæ, ÌÕ u ãñ (g510 ms22 Üð´).
r 5(40 i 1 50 j ) m at t52s. If the
projectile was launched at an angle u from
the horizontal, then u is (take g510 ms22). (1) tan21 2 3
(4) tan21 4 5
4. A block A of mass 4 kg is placed on 4. ÎýÃØ×æÙ 4 kg ·ð¤ °·¤ Üæ·¤ A ·¤æð °·¤ ÎêâÚðU ÎýÃØ×æÙ
another block B of mass 5 kg, and the block 5 kg ·ð¤ °·¤ Üæ·¤ B ·ð¤ ª¤ÂÚU ÚU¹æ ãñ ¥æñÚU Üæ·¤ B
B rests on a smooth horizontal table. If °·¤ ç¿·¤Ùè ÿæñçÌÁ ×ðÁ ÂÚU çßææ× ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´ ÚU¹æ
the minimum force that can be applied on ãñÐ ØçÎ Üæ·¤ A ÂÚU ßã ØêÙÌ× ÕÜ, çÁââð ç·¤
A so that both the blocks move together is ÎæðÙæ´ð Üæ·¤ °·¤ âæÍ »çÌàæèÜ ãæð´, 12 N ãñ ÌÕ
12 N, the maximum force that can be Üæ·¤ B ÂÚU Ü»æØæ »Øæ ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ÕÜ, çÁââð ç·¤
applied on B for the blocks to move ÎæðÙæ´ð Üæ·¤ »çÌàæèÜ ãæð´, ãæð»æ Ñ
together will be :
(1) 30 N (1) 30 N
(2) 25 N (2) 25 N
(3) 27 N (3) 27 N
(4) 48 N (4) 48 N
(1) 20 N
(2) 10 N
(1) 20 N
(3) 60 N
(2) 10 N
(4) 40 N
(3) 60 N
(4) 40 N
8
(1)
8 7
(1)
7
15
(2)
15 14
(2)
14
8
(3)
8 7
(3)
7 15
(4)
15 14
(4)
14
9. The amplitude of a simple pendulum, 9. ßæØé ×ð´ ÎæðÜÙ ·¤ÚU ÚUãð °·¤ ÌÙé »æðÜèØ ÕæÕ ßæÜð âÚUÜ
oscillating in air with a small spherical bob, ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤æ ¥æØæ× 40 âð·´¤ÇU ×ð´ 10 cm âð 8 cm
decreases from 10 cm to 8 cm in 40 seconds. Ì·¤ æÅU ÁæÌæ ãñ Ð Øã ×æÙ Üð´ ç·¤ SÅUæð·¤ ·¤æ çÙØ×
Assuming that Stokes law is valid, and âãè ãñ ¥æñÚU ßæØé ·¤æ ·¤æÕüÙ ÇUæ§ü¥æòâæ§Ç âð àØæÙÌæ
ratio of the coefficient of viscosity of air to »éææ´·¤ ·¤æ ¥ÙéÂæÌ 1.3 ãñ, ÌÕ ·¤æÕüÙ ÇUæ§ü ¥æòâæ§ÇU
that of carbon dioxide is 1.3, the time in ×ð´ §â ÜæðÜ·¤ ·ð¤ ¥æØæ× ·¤æð 10 cm âð 5 cm Ì·¤
which amplitude of this pendulum will æÅUÙð ×ð ´ Ü»æ â×Ø Ü»Ö» ãæð » æ
reduce from 10 cm to 5 cm in (ln 551.601, ln 250.693).
carbondioxide will be close to (ln 551.601,
ln 250.693).
(1) 231 s (1) 231 s
(2) 208 s (2) 208 s
(3) 161 s (3) 161 s
(4) 142 s (4) 142 s
2d 2d
(2) 12 (2) 12
R R
R 2d R 2d
(3) R 1d (3) R 1d
R 1d R 1d
(4) R 2d (4) R 2d
11. Water of volume 2 L in a closed container 11. °·¤ ÕÎ Âææ ×ð´ 2 L ¥æØÌÙ ÂæÙè ·¤æð 1 kW ·¤è
is heated with a coil of 1 kW. While water ·é¤ÇUÜè âð »×ü ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ÁÕ ÂæÙè »×ü ãæð ÚUãæ
is heated, the container loses energy at a ãñ, ÌÕ Âææ 160 J/s ·¤è ÎÚU â𠪤Áæü ·¤æ ÿæØ ·¤ÚU ÚUãæ
rate of 160 J/s. In how much time will the ãñÐ ç·¤ÌÙð â×Ø ×ð´ ÂæÙè ·¤æ ÌæÂ×æÙ 278C âð
temperature of water rise from 278C to 778C Âãé ¡ ¿ ð » æ? ( ÂæÙè ·¤è çßçàæcÅU ª¤c×æ
778C ? (Specific heat of water is 4.2 kJ/kg ãñ ¥æñÚU Âææ ·¤è çßçàæcÅU ª¤c×æ Ù»Ø ãñ)
4.2 kJ/kg and that of the container is
negligible).
(1) 8 min 20 s (1) 8 ç×ÙÅU 20 âð·´¤ÇU
(2) 6 min 2 s (2) 6 ç×ÙÅU 2 âð·´¤ÇUU
(3) 7 min (3) 7 ç×ÙÅU
(4) 14 min (4) 14 ç×ÙÅU
Po To R Po To R
(1) (1)
Po 2a Po 2a
Po To R Po To R
(2) (2)
Po 1a Po 1a
(3) Po To R ln 2 (3) Po To R ln 2
(4) P o To R (4) Po To R
13. Modern vacuum pumps can evacuate a 13. ¥æÏéçÙ·¤ çÙßæüÌ Â ·¤×ÚðU ·ð¤ ÌæÂ×æÙ (300 K) ÂÚU
vessel down to a pressure of 4.0310215 atm. 4.0310215 °ÅUU×æSȤèØÚU ÎæÕ Ì·¤ °·¤ ÕÌüÙ ·¤æð
at room temperature (300 K). Taking çÙßæüçÌÌ ·¤ÚU â·¤Ìæ ãñÐ R58.3 JK21 ×æðÜ21,
R58.3 JK21 mole21, 1 atm5105 Pa and 1 °ÅU×æSȤèØÚU5105 ÂæS·¤Ü ¥æñÚU °ßæð»ðÇþUæð â´Øæ
N Avogadro 56310 23 mole 21 , the mean 5631023 ×æðÜ21 ÜðÌð ãéØð °·¤ çÙßæüçÌÌ ÕÌüÙ ×ð´
distance between molecules of gas in an »ñ⠷𤠥æé¥æ´ð ·ð¤ Õè¿ ×æØ ÎêÚUè ·¤æ ×æ٠ֻܻ
evacuated vessel will be of the order of : §ÌÙæ ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 0.2 mm (1) 0.2 mm
(2) 0.2 mm (2) 0.2 mm
(3) 0.2 cm (3) 0.2 cm
(4) 0.2 nm (4) 0.2 nm
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
16. The magnitude of the average electric field 16. Âëßè ·ð¤ ÂëcÆU âð ÁÚUæ ª¤ÂÚU ßæÌæßÚUæ ×ð´ âæÏæÚUæÌØæ
normally present in the atmosphere just ©ÂçSÍÌ ¥æñ â Ì çßlé Ì ÿæð æ ·¤æ ÂçÚU×ææ
above the surface of the Earth is about 150 N/C ·ð¤ ֻܻ ãñ çÁâ·¤è çÎàææ Âëßè ·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý
150 N/C, directed inward towards the ·¤è ¥æðÚU ¥ÌÚU×é¹è ãñÐ Øã Âëßè mæÚUæ ßæã·¤ ÂçÚUææ×è
center of the Earth. This gives the total ÂëcÆU ¥æßðàæ Îð»æ Ñ
net surface charge carried by the Earth to [ çÎØæ ãñ e o 58.85310 212 C 2 /N-m 2 ,
be : RE56.373106 m]
[Given e o 58.85310 212 C 2 /N-m 2 ,
RE56.373106 m]
(1) 1670 kC (1) 1670 kC
(2) 2670 kC (2) 2670 kC
(3) 2680 kC (3) 2680 kC
(4) 1680 kC (4) 1680 kC
18. A d.c. main supply of e.m.f. 220 V is 18. çßléÌ ßæã·¤ ÕÜ 220 V ·¤è °·¤ çÎcÅU ÏæÚUæ ×éØ
connected across a storage battery of âÜæ§ü ·¤æð °·¤ 1 V ·¤ð¤ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ mæÚUæ çßléÌ ßæã·¤
e.m.f. 200 V through a resistance of 1 V. ÕÜ 200 V ·¤è °·¤ â´ÖæçÚUÌ ÕñÅUÚè âð ÁæðǸæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
The battery terminals are connected to an ÕñÅUÚUè ·ð¤ ÅUç×üÙÜ ·¤æð °·¤ Õæ±Ø ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ R âð ÁæðǸæ
external resistance R. The minimum ÁæÌæ ãñÐ R ·¤æ ØêÙÌ× ×æÙ, çÁââð ç·¤ ÕñÅUÚUè ×ð´
value of R, so that a current passes ÏæÚUæ ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð·¤ÚU ©âð ¥æßðçàæÌ ·¤ÚðU, ãñ Ñ
through the battery to charge it is :
(1) 7V (1) 7V
(2) 9V (2) 9V
(3) 11 V (3) 11 V
(4) Zero (4) àæêØ
(1) 1
(2) 2
(1) 1
(3) 3
(2) 2
(4) 4
(3) 3
(4) 4
20. Öê × Ø Úð U ¹ æ ÂÚU Âë ßè ·ð ¤ ¿é Õ·¤èØ ÿæð æ ·¤æ
×æ٠ֻܻ 431025 T ãñÐ Âëßè ·¤è çæØæ
20. The magnetic field of earth at the equator 6.43106 m ãñÐ ÌÕ Âëßè ·¤æ çmÏýéß ¥ææêæü ֻܻ
is approximately 431025 T. The radius §â ·¤æðçÅU ·¤æ ãæð»æ Ñ
of earth is 6.43106 m. Then the dipole
moment of the earth will be nearly of the (1) 1023 A m2
order of :
(2) 1020 A m2
(1) 1023 A m2
(3) 1016 A m2
(2) 1020 A m2
(4) 1010 A m2
(3) 1016 A m2
(4) 1010 A m2
153 7 153 7
(3) cm (3) cm
3 3
153 3 153 3
(4) cm (4) cm
7 7
34. At a certain temperature, only 50% HI is 34. °·¤ Ìæ çßàæðá âæØÂÚU ·ð¤ßÜ 50% HI, H2 ¥æñÚU
dissociated into H2 and I2 at equilibrium. I2 ×ð´ çßÖæçÁÌ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ âæØ çSÍÚUæ´·¤ ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
The equilibrium constant is :
(1) 1.0 (1) 1.0
(2) 3.0 (2) 3.0
(3) 0.5 (3) 0.5
(4) 0.25 (4) 0.25
35. Dissolving 120 g of a compound of 35. °·¤ Øæñç»·¤ (¥æéÖæÚU 60) ·¤è 120 »ýæ× ×æææ ·¤æð
(mol. wt. 60) in 1000 g of water gave a 1000 »ýæ× ÁÜ ×ð´ ææðÜÙð ÂÚU ÂýæÌ ãé° çßÜØÙ ·¤æ
solution of density 1.12 g/mL. The æÙß 1.12 »ýæ× ÂýçÌ ç×çÜ çÜÅUÚU ãñÐ çßÜØÙ ·¤è
molarity of the solution is : ×æðÜñçÚUÅUè ãæð»è Ñ
(1) 1.00 M (1) 1.00 M
(2) 2.00 M (2) 2.00 M
(3) 2.50 M (3) 2.50 M
(4) 4.00 M (4) 4.00 M
37. A current of 10.0 A flows for 2.00 h 37. ÏæÌé X ·ð¤ çÂæÜð ãé° Üßæ ÏæÚU·¤ §ÜñÅþUæðçÜçÅU·¤
through an electrolytic cell containing a âñÜ ×ð´ âð 2.00 æÅðU ·ð¤ çÜØð 10.0 A ·¤è çßléÌ
molten salt of metal X. This results in the ÏæÚUæ ¿ÜæÙð ÂÚU 0.250 ×æðÜ X ÏæÌé ·¤æ Á×æß ãé¥æÐ
decomposition of 0.250 mol of metal X at çÂæÜð ãé° Üßæ ×ð´ ÏæÌé X ·¤è ¥æâè·ë¤Ì ¥ßSÍæ
the cathode. The oxidation state of X in ãæð»è Ñ (ÁÕç·¤ F596,500 C)
the molten salt is : (F596,500 C)
(1) 11 (1) 11
(2) 21 (2) 21
(3) 31 (3) 31
(4) 41 (4) 41
39. The temperature at which oxygen 39. ÌæÂ, çÁâ ÂÚU ¥æòâèÁÙ ¥æé¥æð´ ·¤è ß»ü ×æØ×êÜ
molecules have the same root mean square SÂèÇU ·¤æ ×æÙ ßãè ãæðÌæ ãñ Áæð ãèçÜØ× ÂÚU×ææé¥æð´ ·¤æ
speed as helium atoms have at 300 K is : 300 K ÂÚU ãæðÌæ ãñ,
(Atomic masses : He54 u, O516 u) (ÂÚU×ææé ÎýÃØ×æÙ Ñ He54 ×ææ·¤, O516 ×ææ·¤)
ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 300 K (1) 300 K
(2) 600 K (2) 600 K
(3) 1200 K (3) 1200 K
(4) 2400 K (4) 2400 K
40. The standard enthalpy of formation of 40. NH3 ÕÙÙð ·¤è ×æÙ·¤ ª¤Áæü 246.0 kJ/×æðÜ ãñÐ
NH3 is 246.0 kJ/mol. If the enthalpy of ØçÎ ¥ÂÙð ÂÚU × ææé ¥ æð ´ âð H 2 ÕÙÙð ·¤è ª¤Áæü
formation of H 2 from its atoms is 2436 kJ/×æðÜ ¥æñÚU N2 ·¤è 2712 kJ/×æðÜ ãæð Ìæð
2436 kJ/mol and that of N 2 is N2H ·¤è NH3 ×ð´ ¥æñâÌ Õæ¡ÇU ª¤Áæü ãæð»è Ñ
2712 kJ/mol, the average bond enthalpy
of N2H bond in NH3 is :
(1) 21102 kJ/mol (1) 21102 kJ/×æðÜ
(2) 2964 kJ/mol (2) 2964 kJ/×æðÜ
(3) 1352 kJ/mol (3) 1352 kJ/×æðÜ
(4) 11056 kJ/mol (4) 11056 kJ/×æðÜ
42. The gas evolved on heating CaF2 and SiO2 42. CaF2 ¥æñÚU SiO2 ·¤æð âæÎý H2SO4 ·ð¤ âæÍ »ÚU×
with concentrated H2SO4, on hydrolysis ·¤ÚUÙð âð ÂýæÌ ãé§ü »ñâ ãæ§ÇþUæÜðçââ ÂÚU °·¤ â$Èð¤Î
gives a white gelatinous precipitate. The ÁñÜ Áñâæ ¥ßÿæð ÎðÌè ãñÐ Øã ¥ßÿæð ãæð»æ Ñ
precipitate is :
(1) hydrofluosilicic acid (1) ãæ§ÇþUæðÜæðçâçÜçâ·¤ °ðçâÇU
(2) silica gel (2) çâçÜ·¤æ ÁñÜ
(3) silicic acid (3) çâçÜçâ·¤ °ðçâÇ
(4) calciumfluorosilicate (4) ·ñ¤çËàæØ×ÜæðÚUæðçâçÜ·ð¤ÅU
43. Chloro compound of Vanadium has only 43. ßñÙðçÇUØ× ·¤æ °·¤ ÜæðÚUæð Øæñç»·¤ 1.73 BM ·¤æ ·ð¤ßÜ
spin magnetic moment of 1.73 BM. This çSÂÙ ×ñ Ùð ç ÅU·¤ ×æð × ñ ÅU ÚU¹Ìæ ãñ
Vanadium chloride has the formula : (V ·¤æ ÂÚU×ææê ·ý¤×æ´·¤523) §â ßñÙðçÇUØ× ÜæðÚUæ§ÇU
(at. no. of V523) ·¤æ âêæ ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
(1) VCl2 (1) VCl2
(2) VCl4 (2) VCl4
(3) VCl3 (3) VCl3
(4) VCl5 (4) VCl5
45. Which of the following is not formed when 45. ¥ÜèØ K2Cr2O7 ææðÜ ·¤è H2S ·ð¤ âæÍ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
H 2S reacts with acidic K 2 Cr 2 O 7 ãæðÙð ÂÚU çÙÙæð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ Ùãè´ ÕÙÌæ?
solution ? (1) CrSO 4
(1) CrSO 4 (2) Cr2(SO4)
3
(2) Cr2(SO4) (3) K2SO 4
3
(3) K2SO 4 (4) S
(4) S
48. The number and type of bonds in C 222 ion 48. CaC2 ·ð C 222 ¥æØÙ ×ð´ ¥æÕÏæð´ ·¤è â´Øæ °ß´
in CaC2 are : Âý·¤æÚU çÙÙ ·¤æñÙâè ãñ?
(1) One s bond and one p2bond (1) °·¤ s ¥æÕÏ ¥æñÚU °·¤ p2¥æÕÏ
(2) One s bond and two p2bonds (2) °·¤ s ¥æÕÏ ¥æñÚU Îæð p2¥æÕÏ
(3) Two s bonds and two p2bonds (3) Îæð s ¥æÕÏ ¥æñÚU Îæð p2¥æÕÏ
(4) Two s bonds and one p2bond (4) Îæð s ¥æÕÏ ¥æñÚU °·¤ p2¥æÕÏ
49. The form of iron obtained from blast 49. Ûææð´·¤æ Ö^è âð ÂýæÌ ãé° Üæðãð ·¤æ M¤Â ·¤ãÜæÌæ ãñ Ñ
furnace is :
(1) Steel (1) §SÂæÌ (Steel)
(2) Cast Iron (2) ÉUÜßæ¡ Üæðãæ (Cast Iron)
(3) Pig Iron (3) ·¤¿æ Üæðãæ (Pig Iron)
(4) Wrought Iron (4) çÂÅUßæ´ Üæðãæ (Wrought Iron)
51. Which one of the following reactions will 51. §Ù ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ¥æð´ ×ð´ âð ç·¤â ×ð´ ·¤æÕüÙ - ·¤æÕüÙ
not result in the formation of carbon- ¥æÕÏ Ùãè´ ÂýæÌ ãæð»æ?
carbon bond ?
(1) Reimer-Tieman reaction (1) ÚUæð×ÚU - ÅUè×Ù ¥çÖç·ý¤ØæÐ
(2) Friedel Crafts acylation (2) Èý¤èÇUÜ ·ý¤æȤÅU °ðâèÜðàæÙÐ
(3) Wurtz reaction (3) ßéÅüU$Á ¥çÖç·ý¤ØæÐ
(4) Cannizzaro reaction (4) ·ñ¤Ùè$ÁñÚUæð ¥çÖç·ý¤ØæÐ
52. In the hydroboration - oxidation reaction 52. ÂýæðÂèÙ ·ð¤ ÇUæ§ÕæðÚðUÙ, H2O2 ¥æñÚU NaOH ·ð¤ âæÍ
of propene with diborane, H 2 O 2 and ãæ§ÇþUæðÕæðÚðUàæÙ-¥æòâè·¤ÚUæ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ×ð́ ÕÙæ ·¤æÕüçÙ·¤
NaOH, the organic compound formed is : Øæñç»·¤ ãñ Ñ
(1) CH3CH2OH (1) CH3CH2OH
(2) CH3CHOHCH3 (2) CH3CHOHCH3
(3) CH3CH2CH2OH (3) CH3CH2CH2OH
(4) (CH3) COH (4) (CH3) COH
3 3
NaNO /H SO NaNO /H SO
2 2 4
→
2 2 4
→ ·¤æ ×éØ
is : ç·ý¤Øæ È¤Ü ãñ Ñ
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
56. In a nucleophilic substitution reaction : 56. ØêçÜØâ SÙðãè ¥ÎÜ ÕÎÜ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ Ñ
DMF DMF
R2Br1Cl2 → R_Cl1Br2, R2Br1Cl2 → R_Cl1Br2,
which one of the following undergoes ×ð´ çÙÙ ÂÎæÍæðZ âð ·¤æñÙ ÃØßSÍæ ·¤æ â´ÂêUæü ÕÎÜ ·¤ÚU
complete inversion of configuration ? ÜðÌæ ãñ ?
(1) C6H5CHC6H5Br (1) C6H5CHC6H5Br
(2) C6H5CH2Br (2) C6H5CH2Br
(3) C6H5CH CH3Br (3) C6H5CH CH3Br
(4) C6H5CCH3C6H5Br (4) C6H5CCH3C6H5Br
57. In which of the following pairs A is more 57. çÙÙ Øé×æð´ ×ð´ âð ç·¤â×ð´ A, ¥çÏ·¤ SÍæ§ü ãñ B âð ?
stable than B ?
A B A B
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
• • • •
(4) Ph3C , (CH3) C (4) Ph3C , (CH3) C
3 3
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
59. Which is the major product formed when 59. ·¤æñÙ âè ÕǸè ×æææ ×ð´ ç·ý Øæ È¤Ü ÂýæÌ ãæðÌæ ãñ ÁÕ
acetone is heated with iodine and °ðâèÅUæðÙ ·¤æð ¥æØæðÇUèÙ ¥æñÚU ÂæðÅñUçàæØ× ãæ§ÇþUæâæ§ÇU
potassium hydroxide ? ·ð¤ âæÍ »ÚU× ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñ?
(1) Iodoacetone (1) ¥æØæðÇUæð°ðâèÅUæðÙ
(2) Acetic acid (2) °âèçÅU·¤ °ðçâÇU
(3) Iodoform (3) ¥æØæðÇUæð$Ȥæ×ü
(4) Acetophenone (4) °ðâèÅUæð çȤÙæðÙ
60. Which one of the following class of 60. °çâçÅUÜèÙ ·ð¤ ÕãéÜ·¤è·¤ÚUæ âð ·¤æñÙâæ çÙÙ Âý·¤æÚU
compounds is obtained by polymerization ·¤æ Øæñç»·¤ ÂýæÌ ãæðÌæ ãñ?
of acetylene ?
(1) Poly-yne (1) ÂæòÜè-¥æ§Ù
(2) Poly-ene (2) ÂæòÜè-§üÙ
(3) Poly-ester (3) ÂæòÜè-°ðSÅUÚU
(4) Poly-amide (4) ÂæòÜè-°×æ§ÇU
62. Let w(Im w ¹ 0) be a complex number. 62. ×æÙæ w(Im w ¹ 0) °·¤ âç×æ â´Øæ ãñ, Ìæð âÖè
Then the set of all complex numbers z âç×æ â´Øæ¥æð´ z ·¤æ â×éæØ, Áæð ç·¤âè ßæSÌçß·¤
satisfying the equation w2 w z5k (12z), â´Øæ k ·ð¤ çÜ°, â×è·¤ÚUæ w2 w z5k (12z)
for some real number k, is : ·¤æð â´ÌécÅU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ, ãñ Ñ
(1) {z : ?z?51} (1) {z : ?z?51}
(2) {z : z5 z } (2) {z : z5 z }
(3) {z : z ¹ 1} (3) {z : z ¹ 1}
(4) {z : ?z?51, z ¹ 1} (4) {z : ?z?51, z ¹ 1}
1 1 1 1
(2) a b 2 and a 2 b (2) ab 2 ÌÍæ a 2 b
65. If a, b, c are non - zero real numbers and if 65. ØçÎ a, b, c àæêØðÌÚU ßæSÌçß·¤ â´Øæ°¡ ãñ´ ÌÍæ ØçÎ
the system of equations â×è·¤ÚUæ çÙ·¤æØ
(a21)x5y1z, (a21)x5y1z,
(b21)y5z1x, (b21)y5z1x,
(c21)z5x1y, (c21)z5x1y,
has a non-trivial solution, then ·¤æ °·¤ ¥ÌéÀU ãÜ ãñ, Ìæð ab1bc1ca ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
ab1bc1ca equals :
(1) a1b1c (1) a1b1c
(2) abc (2) abc
(3) 1 (3) 1
(4) 21 (4) 21
67. The number of terms in the expansion of 67. (11x)101 (11x22x)100 ·ð¤ x ·¤è ææÌæð´ ×ð´ ÂýâæÚU
(11x)101 (11x22x)100 in powers of x is : ×ð´ ÂÎæð´ ·¤è â´Øæ ãñ Ñ
(1) 302 (1) 302
(2) 301 (2) 301
(3) 202 (3) 202
(4) 101 (4) 101
68. The sum of the digits in the units place of 68. â´Øæ¥æð´ 3, 4, 5 ÌÍæ 6 ·ð¤ ÂýØæð» âð, çÕÙæ ·¤æð§ü â´Øæ
all the 4-digit numbers formed by using the ÎæðãÚUæ°, ÕÙÙð ßæÜè âÖè ¿æÚU ¥´·¤æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ¥æð´ ·ð¤
numbers 3, 4, 5 and 6, without repetition, §·¤æ§ü ·ð¤ SÍæÙ ÂÚU ¥æÙð ßæÜð ¥´·¤æð´ ·¤æ Øæð» ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) 432 (1) 432
(2) 108 (2) 108
(3) 36 (3) 36
(4) 18 (4) 18
k k
20 terms is equal to , then k is equal to : ÂÎæð´ Ì·¤ ·¤æ Øæð» ·ð¤ ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ, Ìæð k ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
21 21
(1) 120 (1) 120
(2) 180 (2) 180
(3) 240 (3) 240
(4) 60 (4) 60
71. ( )
If f(x) is continuous and f 9 2 5 2 9 , then 71. ØçÎ f(x) âÌÌ ãñ ÌÍæ ( )
f 9 2 52 9 ãñ, Ìæð
12 cos 3x 12 cos 3x
lim f is equal to : lim f ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
x→0 x2 x→0 x2
(1) 9/2 (1) 9/2
(2) 2/9 (2) 2/9
(3) 0 (3) 0
(4) 8/9 (4) 8/9
73. If the Rolles theorem holds for the 73. ØçΠȤÜÙ f(x)52x31ax21bx ·ð¤¤ çÜ° ¥´ÌÚUæÜ
function f(x)52x31ax21bx in the interval 1
[21, 1] ×ð´çÕ´Îé c5 ÂÚU ÚUæðÜð ·¤æ Âý×ðØ Üæ»ê ãñ,
1 2
[21, 1] for the point c5 , then the value
2 Ìæð 2a1b ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
of 2a1b is :
(1) 1 (1) 1
(2) 21 (2) 21
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 22 (4) 22
3 x 4 x x x
74. If f (x )5 1 2 1 , x Î R, then the 74.
5 5
ØçÎ f (x )5 3 4
1 2 1 , x Î R ãñ,
5
Ìæð
5
equation f(x)50 has : â×è·¤ÚUæ f(x)50 ·¤æ/·ð¤ Ñ
(1) no solution (1) ·¤æð§ü ãÜ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
(2) one solution (2) °·¤ ãÜ ãñÐ
(3) two solutions (3) Îæð ãÜ ãñ´Ð
(4) more than two solutions (4) Îæð âð ¥çÏ·¤ ãÜ ãñ´Ð
1 1
(1) sin 2x1c (1) sin 2x1c
2 2
1 1
(2) 2 sin 2x1c (2) 2 sin 2x1c
2 2
1 1
(3) 2 sin x1c (3) 2 sin x1c
2 2
(4) 2sin2 x1c (4) 2sin2 x1c
1 1
2 l n (11 2 x ) 2 l n (11 2 x )
76. The integral ∫0 2
d x , equals : 76. â×æ·¤Ü ∫ d x , ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
11 4 x 0 11 4 x 2
p p
(1) ln 2 (1) ln 2
4 4
p p
(2) ln 2 (2) ln 2
8 8
p p
(3) ln 2 (3) ln 2
16 16
p p
(4) ln 2 (4) ln 2
32 32
77. Let A5{(x, y) : y2 [ 4x, y22x/24}. The 77. ×æÙæ A5{(x, y) : y2 [ 4x, y22x/24} ãñÐ
area (in square units) of the region A is : ÿæðæ A ·¤æ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü (ß»ü §·¤æ§üØæð´ ×ð´) ãñ Ñ
(1) 8 (1) 8
(2) 9 (2) 9
(3) 10 (3) 10
(4) 11 (4) 11
84. A line in the 3-dimensional space makes 84. çæçß×èØ ¥æ·¤æàæ (space) ×ð´ °·¤ ÚðU¹æ x ÌÍæ y,
p
an angle u 0 < u [ with both the ÎæðÙæ´ð ¥ÿææð´ ·ð¤ âæÍ ·¤æðæ u 0 < u [ p
ÕÙæÌè ãñ,
2
2
x and y axes. Then the set of all values of Ìæð u ·ð¤ âÖè ×æÙæð´ ·¤æ â×é¿Ø çÙÙ ¥´ÌÚUæÜ ãñ Ñ
u is the interval :
p p
(1) 0 , (1) 0 ,
4 4
p p p p
(2) 6 , 3 (2) 6 , 3
p p p p
(3) 4 , 2 (3) 4 , 2
p p p p
(4) , (4) ,
3 2 3 2
86. In a set of 2n distinct observations, each of 86. 2n çßçÖóæ Âýðÿæææð´ ·ð¤ â×é¿Ø ×ð´, ©Ù âÖè Âýðÿæææð´,
the observation below the median of all the Áæð âÖè Âýðÿæææð´ ·ð¤ ×æØ·¤ âð ·¤× ãñ´, ÂýØð·¤ ·¤æð 5 âð
observations is increased by 5 and each of Õɸæ çÎØæ »Øæ ÌÍæ àæðá âÖè Âðýÿæææð´ ×´ð ÂýØð·¤ ·¤æð 3
the remaining observations is decreased by âð ·¤× ·¤ÚU çÎØæ »Øæ, Ìæð Âýðÿæææð´ ·ð¤ Ù° â×é¿Ø ·¤æ
3. Then the mean of the new set of ×æØ Ñ
observations :
(1) increases by 1. (1) 1 âð Õɸ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
(2) decreases by 1. (2) 1 âð æÅU ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
(3) decreases by 2. (3) 2 âð æÅU ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
(4) increases by 2. (4) 2 âð Õɸ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
87. If A and B are two events such that 87. A ÌÍæ B Îæð °ðâè æÅUÙæ°¡ ãñ´ ç·¤ P(AÈB)5P(AÇB)
P(AÈB)5P(AÇB), then the incorrect ãñ, Ìæð çÙÙ ·¤ÍÙæð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ ·¤ÍÙ »ÜÌ ãñ ?
statement amongst the following
statements is : (1) A ÌÍæ B â×â´ÖæçßÌ ã´ñ
(1) A and B are equally likely (2) P(AÇB9)50
(2) P(AÇB9)50 (3) P(A9ÇB)50
(3) P(A9ÇB)50 (4) P(A)1P(B)51
(4) P(A)1P(B)51
p1q p1q
89. If cosec u5
p2q
(p¹q¹0), then 89. ØçÎ cosec u5 (p¹q¹0) ãñ , Ìæð
p2q
p u p u
cot 1 is equal to :
4 2 cot 1
4 2
ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
p p
(1) (1)
q q
q q
(2) (2)
p p
(3) pq (3) pq
(4) pq (4) pq
90. The contrapositive of the statement I go 90. ·¤ÍÙ ÒÒ×ñ´ S·ê¤Ü ÁæÌæ ã¡ê ØçÎ ßáæü Ùãè´ ãæðÌèÓÓ ·¤æ
to school if it does not rain is : ÂýçÌÏÙæ×·¤ (Contrapositive) ·¤ÍÙ ãñ Ñ
(1) If it rains, I do not go to school. (1) ØçÎ ßáæü ãæðÌè ãñ, ×ñ´ S·ê¤Ü Ùãè´ ÁæÌæÐ
(2) If I do not go to school, it rains. (2) ØçÎ ×ñ´ S·ê¤Ü Ùãè´ ÁæÌæ, ßáæü ãæðÌè ãñÐ
(3) If it rains, I go to school. (3) ØçÎ ßáæü ãæðÌè ãñ, ×ñ´ S·ê¤Ü ÁæÌæ ã¡êÐ
(4) If I go to school, it rains. (4) ØçÎ ×ñ´ S·ê¤Ü ÁæÌæ ã¡ê, ßáæü ãæðÌè ãñÐ
-o0o- -o0o-
2. The initial speed of a bullet fired from a 2. °·¤ ÚUæ§È¤Ü âð Îæ»è »§ü ÕéÜðÅU ·¤è ÂýæÚUçÖ·¤ ¿æÜ
rifle is 630 m/s. The rifle is fired at the 630 m/s ãñÐ ÜÿØ ·ð¤ SÌÚU ÂÚU ÜÿØ âð 700 m ÎêÚU
centre of a target 700 m away at the same ÜÿØ ·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý ÂÚU ÚUæ§È¤Ü Îæ»è ÁæÌè ãñÐ ÜÿØ ·¤æð
level as the target. How far above the Îæ»Ùð ·ð¤ çÜØð ÚUæ§È¤Ü ·¤æ çÙàææÙæ ÜÿØ ·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý âð
centre of the target the rifle must be aimed ç·¤ÌÙæ ª¤ÂÚU Ü»æÙæ ¿æçã°?
in order to hit the target ?
(1) 1.0 m (1) 1.0 m
(2) 4.2 m (2) 4.2 m
(3) 6.1 m (3) 6.1 m
(4) 9.8 m (4) 9.8 m
(1) (23 i 14 j ) N
∧ ∧
(1) (23 i 14 j ) N
∧ ∧
3 ∧ 4 ∧ 3 ∧
(2) 2 i1 j N 4 ∧
5 5 (2) 2 i1 j N
5 5
(3) (3 i 2 4 j ) N
∧ ∧
(3) (3 i 2 4 j ) N
∧ ∧
3∧ 4 ∧ 3∧
(4) i 2 j N 4 ∧
5 5 (4) i 2 j N
5 5
2h v2
(1) 1 o
2h v2 m 2m g
(1) 1 o
m 2m g
h v2
(2) 1 o
h v2 m 2m g
(2) 1 o
m 2m g
h v2
(3) 1 o
h v2 2m mg
(3) 1 o
2m mg
h v2
(4) 1 o
h v2 2m 2m g
(4) 1 o
2m 2m g
41 GM 2
(1)
3600 R 2
41 GM 2
41 GM 2 (2)
(1) 450 R 2
3600 R 2
59 GM 2
41 GM 2 (3)
(2) 450 R 2
450 R 2
GM 2
59 GM 2 (4)
(3) 2 225 R 2
450 R
GM 2
(4)
225 R 2
9. A tank with a small hole at the bottom has 9. ÌÜè ×ð´ °·¤ ÀUæðÅðU çÀUÎý ßæÜð Åñ´U·¤ ·¤æð ÂæÙè °ß´ ç×^è ·ð¤
been filled with water and kerosene ÌðÜ (¥æÂðçÿæÌ æÙß 0.8) âð ÖÚUæ »Øæ ãñÐ ÂæÙè ·¤è
(specific gravity 0.8). The height of water ª¡¤¿æ§ü 3 m ãñ ¥æñÚU ç×^è ·ð¤ ÌðÜ ·¤è 2 mÐ ÁÕ çÀUÎý
is 3 m and that of kerosene 2 m. When the ·¤æð ¹æðÜ çÎØæ ÁæÌæ ãñ, ÌÕ çÙ·¤ÜÙð ßæÜð Îýß ·¤è
hole is opened the velocity of fluid coming ¿æÜ Ü»Ö» ãæð » è : (g510 ms 22 Üð ¥æñ Ú U
out from it is nearly : (take g510 ms22 ÂæÙè ·¤æ æÙß 5103 kg m23)
and density of water 5103 kg m23)
(1) 10.7 ms21 (1) 10.7 ms21
(2) 9.6 ms21 (2) 9.6 ms21
(3) 8.5 ms21 (3) 8.5 ms21
(4) 7.6 ms21 (4) 7.6 ms21
(1) 300 K
(2) 800 K
(3) 500 K
(4) 1000 K
(1) 300 K
(2) 800 K
(3) 500 K
(4) 1000 K
r2
r is the damping constant. If the ratio ØçÎ ¥ÙéÂæÌ 5 8% ãñ, ÌÕ ¥Ùß×çÎÌ ÎæðÜ·¤
mk
r2
·ð¤ ×é·¤æÕÜð ¥æßÌü ·¤æÜ ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌü٠ֻܻ ãæð»æ Ñ
is 8%, the change in time period
mk
compared to the undamped oscillator is
approximately as follows :
(1) increases by 1% (1) 1%âð ßëçh ãæð»è
(2) increases by 8% (2) 8%âð ßëçh ãæð»è
(3) decreases by 1% (3) 1%âð æÅðU»æ
(4) decreases by 8% (4) 8%âð æÅðU»æ
15. Two factories are sounding their sirens 15. Îæð Èñ¤ÅUçÚUØæ¡ ¥ÂÙð âæØÚUÙ 800 Hz ÂÚU ßçÙÌ ·¤ÚUÌè
at 800 Hz. A man goes from one factory ãñ´Ð °·¤ ÃØçÌ 2 m/s ·¤è ¿æÜ âð °·¤ Èñ¤ÅUÚUè âð
to other at a speed of 2 m/s. The velocity Îê â ÚU è Èñ ¤ ÅÚè Ì·¤ ÁæÌæ ãñ Ð ßçÙ ·¤æ ßð »
of sound is 320 m/s. The number of beats 320 m/s ãñÐ °·¤ âð·´¤ÇU ×ð´ ÃØçÌ mæÚUæ âéÙè »§ü
heard by the person in one second will çßSÂÎæð´ ·¤è â´Øæ ãñ Ñ
be :
(1) 2 (1) 2
(2) 4 (2) 4
(3) 8 (3) 8
(4) 10 (4) 10
1 1
(1) EhR (1) EhR
2 2
Q2 d
(1) K
2 wl 2 eo
Q2 d
(1) K Q2 w
2 wl 2 eo (2) ( K21)
2 dl 2 eo
Q2 w
(2) ( K21) Q2 d
2 dl 2 eo (3) ( K21)
2 wl 2 eo
Q2 d
(3) ( K21) Q2 w
2 wl 2 eo (4) K
2 dl 2 eo
Q2 w
(4) K
2 dl 2 eo
Make the correspondence of these bars §Ù ÀUÇæ¸ ´ð ·ð¤ ÂÎæÍæðZ ·¤æð ÂýçÌ¿éÕ·¤èØ (D), Üæðã ¿éÕ·¤èØ
with their material being diamagnetic (D), (F) °ß´ ¥Ùé¿éÕ·¤èØ (P) ¥æÏæÚU ÂÚU â´»Ì ·¤ÚðU´ :
ferromagnetic (F) and paramagnetic (P) :
(1) A ↔ D, B ↔ P, C ↔ F (1) A ↔ D, B ↔ P, C ↔ F
(2) A ↔ F, B ↔ D, C ↔ P (2) A ↔ F, B ↔ D, C ↔ P
(3) A ↔ P, B ↔ F, C ↔ D (3) A ↔ P, B ↔ F, C ↔ D
(4) A ↔ F, B ↔ P, C ↔ D (4) A ↔ F, B ↔ P, C ↔ D
21. A coil of circular cross-section having 21. 1000 Èð¤ÚðU °ß´ 4 cm2 Ȥܷ¤ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü ßæÜè °·¤
1000 turns and 4 cm2 face area is placed ßëæèØ ¥ÙéÂýSÍ ·¤æÅU ·¤è ·é´¤ÇUÜè ·¤æð §â·ð¤ ¥ÿæ ·ð¤
with its axis parallel to a magnetic field â×æÌÚU °·¤ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÿæðæ ×ð´ ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñ Áæð ç·¤
which decreases by 10 22 Wb m 22 in 1022 Wb m22 0.01 s ×ð´ æÅU ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ·é´¤ÇUÜè
0.01 s. The e.m.f. induced in the coil is : ×ð´ ÂýðçÚUÌ çßléÌ ßæã·¤ ÕÜ ãñ Ñ
(1) 400 mV (1) 400 mV
(2) 200 mV (2) 200 mV
(3) 4 mV (3) 4 mV
(4) 0.4 mV (4) 0.4 mV
4 4
(2) (2)
3 3
7 7
(3) (3)
1 1
49 49
(4) (4)
1 1
25. In a compound microscope the focal length 25. °·¤ â´ØéÌ âêÿ×Îàæèü ×ð´ ¥çÖÎëàØ·¤ Üðâ ·¤è Ȥæð·¤â
of objective lens is 1.2 cm and focal length ÜÕæ§ü 1.2 cm ¥æñÚU Ùðçæ·¤æ ·¤è Ȥæð·¤â ÜÕæ§ü
of eye piece is 3.0 cm. When object is kept 3.0 cm ãñ´Ð ÁÕ ßSÌé ·¤æð ¥çÖÎëàØ·¤ ·ð¤ âæ×Ùð
at 1.25 cm in front of objective, final image 1.25 cm ·¤è ÎêÚUè ÂÚU ÚU¹æ ÁæÌæ ãñ, ÌÕ ¥çÌ×
is formed at infinity. Magnifying power ÂýçÌçÕÕ ¥ÙÌ ÂÚU ÕÙÌæ ãñÐ â´ØéÌ âêÿ×Îàæèü ·¤è
of the compound microscope should be : ¥æßÏüÙ àæçÌ ãæðÙè ¿æçã° Ñ
(1) 200 (1) 200
(2) 100 (2) 100
(3) 400 (3) 400
(4) 150 (4) 150
27. A radioactive nuclei with decay constant 27. 100 ÙæçÖ·¤ ÂýçÌ âñç·¤ÇU ·¤è çSÍÚU ÎÚU âð ÿæØçSÍÚUæ¡·¤
0.5/s is being produced at a constant rate 0.5/s ßæÜð ÚðUçÇUØæðâç·ý¤Ø ÙæçÖ·¤ ©ÂÙ ãæð ÚUãð ãñ´Ð
of 100 nuclei/s. If at t50 there were no ØçÎ t50 ÂÚU °·¤ Öè Ùæç×·¤ ©ÂçSÍÌ Ùãè´ Íæ, ÌÕ
nuclei, the time when there are 50 nuclei 50 ÙæçÖ·¤ ©ÂÙ ãæðÙð ×ð´ Ü»æ â×Ø ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) 1s (1) 1s
4 4
(2) 2 ln s (2) 2 ln s
3 3
(3) ln 2 s (3) ln 2 s
4 4
(4) ln s (4) ln s
3 3
(2) 15 mA, 7.5 mA, 7.5 mA (2) 15 mA, 7.5 mA, 7.5 mA
(3) 12.5 mA, 5 mA, 7.5 mA (3) 12.5 mA, 5 mA, 7.5 mA
(4) 12.5 mA, 7.5 mA, 5 mA (4) 12.5 mA, 7.5 mA, 5 mA
Wavelength
corresponding to ǧÏøËá ǼÌcªU ¼Õ Ǽ³ÖÌÅË
II temperature associated B Microwave II ÌÄÌ¿UøË Õ»¿UÕU ÈËÕ¾Õ ÇÕ ÇºÌh± B ÇÏÏä¼ ±¿UU
with the isotropic
±Ë§¼Ë¾ Õ Ç ± ±¿UU ³Öç½á
radiation filling all space
(1) (I)-(A), (II)-(B), (III)-(B), (IV)-(C) (1) (I)-(A), (II)-(B), (III)-(B), (IV)-(C)
(2) (I)-(A), (II)-(B), (III)-(C), (IV)-(C) (2) (I)-(A), (II)-(B), (III)-(C), (IV)-(C)
(3) (I)-(D), (II)-(C), (III)-(A), (IV)-(B) (3) (I)-(D), (II)-(C), (III)-(A), (IV)-(B)
(4) (I)-(B), (II)-(A), (III)-(D), (IV)-(A) (4) (I)-(B), (II)-(A), (III)-(D), (IV)-(A)
(A)
(A)
(B)
(B)
(C)
(C)
RS
(1) Circuit A with G5 ( RS
R 2 S)
(1) G5 (
R 2 S)
·ð¤ âæÍ ÂçÚUÂÍ A
(2) Circuit B with G5S
(2) G5S ·ð¤ âæÍ ÂçÚUÂÍ B
(3) Circuit C with G5S
(3) G5S ·ð¤ âæÍ ÂçÚUÂÍ C
RS
(4) Circuit D with G5 RS
R2 S (4) G5 ·ð¤ âæÍ ÂçÚUÂÍ D
R2 S
2h 2h
(1) ( lo 2 l ) (1) ( lo 2 l )
m m
2hc 2hc
(2) ( lo 2 l ) (2) ( lo 2 l )
m m
2 h c lo 2 l 2 h c lo 2 l
(3) m l lo (3) m l lo
2h 1 1 2h 1 1
(4) 2 (4) 2
m lo l m lo l
32. The appearance of colour in solid alkali 32. ÆUæðâ ÿææÚU ÏæÌé ãðÜæ§ÇUæð´ ×ð´ Ú´U» ·ð¤ Îð¹ð ÁæÙð ·¤æ ·¤æÚUæ
metal halides is generally due to : ÂýæØÑ ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
(1) Schottky defect (1) àææòÅU·¤è Îæðá
(2) Frenkel defect (2) $Èýñ´¤·¤Ü Îæðá
(3) Interstitial position (3) ¥ÌÚUæÜè SÍæÙ
(4) F-centres (4) F-·ð¤Îý
(4) 18Ar ® 54Xe Noble character increases (4) 18Ar® 54Xe ©·ý¤C SßÖæß ÕɸÌæ ãñ
2
42. The correct order of bond dissociation 42. çÙÙ ÃØßSÍæ¥æð´ ×ð´ âð ç·¤â ×ð´ N2, O2, O2 ·¤è
energy among N2, O2, O2 2
is shown in ¥æÕÏ çßØæðÁÙ ª¤Áæü ·ð¤ âãè ·ý¤× ·¤æð çιæØæ »Øæ
which of the following arrangements ? ãñ ?
(1) N2 > O2
2
> O2 (1) N2 > O2
2
> O2
2 2
(2) O 2 > O 2 > N2 (2) O 2 > O2 > N2
(4) O2 > O2
2
> N2 (4) O2 > O2
2
> N2
44. Which of the following statements about 44. ¥æðÁæðÙ SÌÚU ·ð¤ æÅUÙð âÕÏè çÙÙ ·¤ÍÙæð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ
the depletion of ozone layer is correct ? âæ âãè ãñ?
(1) The problem of ozone depletion is less (1) Ïýéßè ÿæðææð´ ×ð´ ¥æð$ÁæðÙ æÅUÙð ·¤è â×SØæ ·¤×
serious at poles because NO 2 ×ãß ÚU¹Ìè ãñ Øæð´ç·¤ NO2 Á×·¤ÚU ÆUæðâ ÕÙ
solidifies and is not available for ÁæÌè ãñ ¥æñÚU ClO ×êÜ·¤æð´ ·¤æð ãÅUæÙð ·ð¤ çÜØð
consuming ClO radicals. ©ÂÜÏ Ùãè´ ãæðÌèÐ
(2) The problem of ozone depletion is (2) Ïýß é è ÿæðææð́ ×ð́ ¥æðÁ
$ æðÙ ·ð¤ æÅUÙð ·¤è â×SØæ ¥çÏ·¤
more serious at poles because ice ×ãß ÚU¹Ìè ãñ Øæð´ç·¤ Ïýéßæð´ ÂÚU ÕæÎÜæð´ ×ð´ ÕÈü¤
crystals in the clouds over poles act ·ð¤ ç·ý¤SÅUÜæð´ ·ð¤ ãæðÙð âð Cl ¥æñÚU ClO
as catalyst for photochemical ÚðUçÇU·¤Üæð´ mæÚUæ ©ÂýðçÚUÌ ¥æð$ÁæðÙ çßØæðÁÙ ·¤è
reactions involving the Âý·¤æàæ-ÚUæâæØçÙ·¤ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ°¡ ãæð â·¤Ìè ãñÐ
decomposition of ozone by Cl and
ClO radicals.
(3) Freons, chlorofluorocarbons, are (3) çÈý¤¥æÙð´ (ÜæðÚUæðÜæðÚUæð ·¤æÕüÙ) ÚUæâæØçÙ·¤ M¤Â
inert chemically, they do not react ×ð´ ¥ç·ý¤Ø ãæðÌè ãñ´Ð ß𠪤ÂÚUè ßæØé×ÇUÜ ×ð´
with ozone in stratosphere. ©ÂçSÍÌ ¥æð$ÁæðÙ âð ç·ý¤Øæ Ùãè´ ·¤ÚUÌè´Ð
(4) Oxides of nitrogen also do not react (4) ª¤ÂÚUè ßæØé×ÇUÜ ·¤è ¥æð$ÁæðÙ âð Ùæ§ÅUþUæðÁÙ ·ð¤
with ozone in stratosphere. ¥æâæ§ÇU Öè ç·ý¤Øæ Ùãè´ ·¤ÚUÌðÐ
White precipitate of AgCl appears on ·¤æð ØæÙ ÎèçÁ°Ð çÙÙæð´ ×ð´ âð ç·¤âð ÇUæÜÙð ÂÚU AgCl
adding which of the following ? ·¤æ àßðÌ ¥ßÿæð ÕÙð»æ?
(1) NH3 (1) NH3
(2) aqueous NaCl (2) ÁÜèØ NaCl
(3) aqueous HNO3 (3) ÁÜèØ HNO3
(4) aqueous NH4Cl (4) ÁÜèØ NH4Cl
(2) [Mn(CN)5]22 Pentacyanomagnate (II) ion (2) [Mn(CN)5]22 §ÖüªUËÇ˽¾ËÕ ¼Ö ˾ժU(II) ˽¾
Potassium diammine §ËÕªÖUÌÅ˽¼
(3) K[Cr(NH3)2Cl4] (3) K[Cr(NH3)2Cl4]
tetrachlorochromate (III)
¬UËá¼Í¾ªÖUªãUËþÁËÕ¿UËÕâËÕ¼ÕªU(III)
Tetraammine aquaiodo ªÖUªãUË Õ¼Í¾ËÕþÄË˽ËÕ¬UËÕËպ˰ªU
(4) [Co(NH3)4(H2O)I]SO4 (4) [Co(NH3)4(H2O)I]SO4
cobalt (III) sulphate
(III) Ç°$$ÕªU
49. Consider the coordination compound, 49. â×ßØè Øæñç»·¤ [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 ·¤æð ØæÙ ÎèçÁ°Ð
[Co(NH3)6]Cl3. In the formation of this §â â´·¤ÚUU ·ð¤ ÕÙæÙð ×ð´ ÂýØéÌ ÂÎæÍü Áæð ËØé§â °ðçâÇU
complex, the species which acts as the (Lewis acid) ãñ, ãæð»æ Ñ
Lewis acid is :
(1) [Co(NH3)6]31 (1) [Co(NH3)6]31
(2) Cl2 (2) Cl2
(3) Co31 (3) Co31
(4) NH3 (4) NH3
50. Which one of the following does not have 50. çÙÙæð´ ×ð´ âð 緤⠷¤æ M¤Â çÂÚUæç×ÇUèØ Ùãè´ ãñ?
a pyramidal shape ?
(1) (CH3)3 N (1) (CH3)3 N
(2) (SiH3)3 N (2) (SiH3)3 N
(3) P(CH3)3 (3) P(CH3)3
(4) P(SiH3)3 (4) P(SiH3)3
A is : A ãñ Ñ
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
55. In allene (C 3 H 4 ), the type(s) of 55. C3H4 (°ÜèÙ) ×ð´ ·¤æÕüÙ ÂÚU×ææé (ÂÚU×ææé¥æð´) ·ð¤
hybridization of the carbon atoms is (are): â´·¤ÚUæ ·¤è çßçÏ ãæðÌè ãñ Ñ
(1) sp and sp3 (1) sp ¥æñÚU sp3
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
57. Tischenko reaction is a modification of : 57. çÅUâ¿ñ·¤æð ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ °·¤ ÕÎÜæ ãé¥æ M¤Â ãñ Ñ
(1) Aldol condensation (1) °ðËÇUæðÜ â´æÙÙ ·¤æ
(2) Claisen condensation (2) Üð$ÁÙ â´æÙÙ ·¤æ
(3) Cannizzaro reaction (3) ·ñ¤Ùè$ÁæÚUæð ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·¤æ
(4) Pinacol-pinacolon reaction (4) çÂÙæ·¤æðÜ - çÂÙæ·¤æðÜæðÙ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·¤æ
59. Which one of the following statements is 59. çÙÙ ·¤ÍÙæð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ âãè Ùãè´ ãñ?
not correct ?
(1) Alcohols are weaker acids than (1) °ðË·¤æðãæÜð´ ÂæÙè ·¤è ÌéÜÙæ ×ð´ ÎéÕüÜ ¥Ü ãñ´
water
(2) Acid strength of alcohols decreases (2) °ðË·¤æðãæÜæð´ ·¤è ¥Ü àæçÌ §â ·ý¤× ×ð´ æÅUÌè
in the following order ÁæÌè ãñ -
RCH2OH > R2CHOH > R3COH RCH2OH > R2CHOH > R3COH
(3) Carbon-oxygen bond length in (3) ×ñÍðÙæÜ, CH3OH ×ð´ ·¤æÕüÙ - ¥æâèÁÙ
methanol, CH3OH is shorter than ¥æÕÏ ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü ç$ȤÙæÜ ×ð´ C2O ¥æÕÏ
that of C2O bond length in phenol. ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü âð ÀUæðÅUè ãæðÌè ãñÐ
(4) The bond angle in methanol (4) ×ðÍðÙæÜ ×ð´ ¥æÕÏ ·¤æðæ 108.98
is 108.98 ãæðÌæ ãñÐ
60. The gas liberated by the electrolysis of 60. ÇUæ§ÂæðÅñUçàæØ× ââèÙðÅU ·ð¤ çßÜØÙ ·ð¤ ßñléÌ çßÖæÁÙ
Dipotassium succinate solution is : ×ð´ ÂýæÌ »ñâ ãæðÌè ãñ Ñ
(1) Ethane (1) §üÍðÙ
(2) Ethyne (2) §üÍæ§Ù
(3) Ethene (3) §üÍèÙ
(4) Propene (4) ÂýæðÂèÙ
1 2 3 0 0 1 1 2 3 0 0 1
A 0 2 3 5 1 0 0 A 0 2 3 5 1 0 0
ãñ, Ìæð
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0
3 1 2 3 1 2
3 0 2 3 0 2
(1) (1)
1 0 1 1 0 1
3 2 1 3 2 1
3 2 0 3 2 0
(2) (2)
1 1 0 1 1 0
0 1 3 0 1 3
0 2 3 0 2 3
(3) (3)
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 3 1 2 3
0 1 1 0 1 1
(4) (4)
0 2 3 0 2 3
and B(x) = [A(x)]T A(x). Then determinant ÌÍæ B(x) = [A(x)] T A(x) ãñ , Ìæð B(x) ·¤æ
of B(x) : âæÚUçæ·¤ Ñ
(1) is a polynomial of degree 6 in x. (1) x ×ð´ ææÌ 6 ·¤æ °·¤ ÕãéÂÎ ãñÐ
(2) is a polynomial of degree 3 in x. (2) x ×ð´ ææÌ 3 ·¤æ °·¤ ÕãéÂÎ ãñÐ
(3) is a polynomial of degree 2 in x. (3) x ×ð´ ææÌ 2 ·¤æ °·¤ ÕãéÂÎ ãñÐ
(4) does not depend on x. (4) x ÂÚU çÙÖüÚU Ùãè´ ·¤ÚUÌæÐ
66. An eight digit number divisible by 9 is to 66. 0 âð 9 Ì·¤ ·ð¤ ¥´·¤æð´ ·ð¤ ÂýØæð» âð, ¥´·¤æð´ ·¤æð ÎæðãÚUæ°
be formed using digits from 0 to 9 without çÕÙæ, °·¤ 9 âð ÖæØ, ¥æÆU ¥´·¤æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ ÕÙæÙè
repeating the digits. The number of ways ãñÐ Øã çÁÌÙð ÌÚUè·¤æð´ âð ç·¤Øæ Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ, ßð ãñ´ Ñ
in which this can be done is :
(1) 72 (7!) (1) 72 (7!)
(2) 18 (7!) (2) 18 (7!)
(3) 40 (7!) (3) 40 (7!)
(4) 36 (7!) (4) 36 (7!)
(1000) ! (1000) !
(1) (1)
(50) ! (950) ! (50) ! (950) !
(1000) ! (1000) !
(2) (2)
(49) ! (951) ! (49) ! (951) !
(1001) ! (1001) !
(3) (3)
(51) ! (950) ! (51) ! (950) !
(1001) ! (1001) !
(4) (4)
(50) ! (951) ! (50) ! (951) !
68. In a geometric progression, if the ratio of 68. °·¤ »éææðæÚU oýðɸè ×ð´ ØçÎ ÂãÜð 5 ÂÎæð´ ·ð¤ Øæð» ·¤æ
the sum of first 5 terms to the sum of their ©Ù·ð¤ ÃØé·ý¤×æð´ ·ð¤ Øæð» âð ¥ÙéÂæ̤ 49 ãñ ÌÍæ §â·ð¤
reciprocals is 49, and the sum of the first ÂãÜð ÌÍæ ÌèâÚðU ÂÎæð´ ·¤æ Øæð»U 35 ãñ, Ìæð §â »éææðæÚU
and the third term is 35. Then the first term oýðÉ¸è ·¤æ ÂýÍ× ÂÎ ãñ Ñ
of this geometric progression is :
(1) 7 (1) 7
(2) 21 (2) 21
(3) 28 (3) 28
(4) 42 (4) 42
71. Let f(x)5x?x?, g(x) = sin x and 71. ×æÙæ f(x)5x?x?, g(x) = sin x ÌÍæ
h(x) 5(gof )(x). Then h(x) 5(gof ) (x) ãñ, Ìæð
(1) h(x) is not differentiable at x50. (1) h(x), x50 ÂÚU ¥ß·¤ÜÙèØ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
(2) h(x) is differentiable at x50, but (2) h(x), x50 ÂÚU ¥ß·¤ÜÙèØ ãñ ÂÚUÌé h(x),
h(x) is not continuous at x50. x50 ÂÚU âÌÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
(3) h(x) is continuous at x50 but it is (3) h(x), x50 ÂÚU âÌÌ ãñ, ÂÚUÌé Øã x50 ÂÚU
not differentiable at x50. ¥ß·¤ÜÙèØ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
(4) h(x) is differentiable at x50. (4) h(x), x50 ÂÚU ¥ß·¤ÜÙèØ ãñÐ
(2) p (2) p
2 2
(3) p (3) p
4 4
(4) p (4) p
6 6
73. Two ships A and B are sailing straight 73. Îæð Áãæ$Á A ÌÍæ B, °·¤ çÙçà¿Ì çÕ´Îé O âð ÎêÚU âèÏð
away from a fixed point O along routes ×æ»æðZ ÂÚU §â Âý·¤æÚU Áæ ÚUãð ãñ´ ç·¤ ÐAOB âÎæ 1208
such that ÐAOB is always 1208. At a ÚU ã Ìæ ãñ Ð ç·¤âè ÿææ, OA = 8 ç·¤×è ÌÍæ
certain instance, OA = 8 km, OB = 6 km OB = 6 ç·¤×è ãñ ÌÍæ Áãæ$Á A, 20 ç·¤×è/æ´ÅUæ ·¤è
and the ship A is sailing at the rate of ¿æÜ âð ¿Ü ÚUãæ ãñ ÁÕç·¤ Áãæ$Á B, 30 ç·¤×è/æ´ÅUæ
20 km/hr while the ship B sailing at the ·¤è ¿æÜ âð ¿Ü ÚUãæ ãñ, Ìæð A ÌÍæ B ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤è ÎêÚUè
rate of 30 km/hr. Then the distance çÁâ ÎÚU (ç·¤×è/æ´ÅUæ ×ð´) âð ÕÎÜ ÚUãè ãñ, ßã ãñ Ñ
between A and B is changing at the rate
(in km/hr) :
(1) 260 37
(1) 260 37
(2) 260 37
(2) 260 37
(3) 80 37
(3) 80 37
(4) 80 37
(4) 80 37
2 2
21 1 2 x
75. The integral ∫ x cos dx (x > 0) 75. â×æ·¤Ü ∫ x cos21 1 2 x 2 dx , (x > 0) ÕÚUæÕÚU
1 1 x2 11x
is equal to : ãñ Ñ
(1) 2 x1(11x2) tan21 x1c (1) 2 x1(11x2) tan21 x1c
(2) x2 (11x2) cot21 x1c (2) x2 (11x2) cot21 x1c
(3) 2 x1(11x2) cot21 x1c (3) 2 x1(11x2) cot21 x1c
(4) x2 (11x2) tan21 x1c (4) x2 (11x2) tan21 x1c
e e
n
76. If for n/1, Pn 5 ∫ (log x ) d x , then 76. ØçÎ n/1 ·ð¤ çÜ°, Pn 5 ∫ (log x )n d x ãñ, Ìæð
1 1
P10290P8 is equal to : P10290P8 ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 29 (1) 29
(2) 10e (2) 10e
(3) 29e (3) 29e
(4) 10 (4) 10
78. A stair-case of length l rests against a 78. Ü´Õæ§ü l ·¤è °·¤ âèÉ¸è °·¤ ©ßæüÏÚU ÎèßæÚU ÌÍæ ·¤×ÚðU
vertical wall and a floor of a room,. Let P ·ð¤ Ȥàæü ·ð¤ âæÍ ¹Ç¸è ãñÐ ×æÙæ §â âèɸè ÂÚU °·¤
be a point on the stair-case, nearer to its çÕ´Îé P, Áæð §â·ð¤ ÎèßæÚU ·ð¤ âæÍ Ü»Ùð ßæÜð çâÚðU ·ð¤
end on the wall, that divides its length in çÙ·¤ÅU ãñ, §â Âý·¤æÚU ãñ ç·¤ Øã âèÉ¸è ·¤è Ü´Õæ§ü ·¤æð
the ratio 1 : 2. If the stair-case begins to 1 : 2 ·ð¤ ¥ÙéÂæÌ ×ð´ Õæ´ÅUÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ âèɸè Ȥàæü ÂÚU
slide on the floor, then the locus of P is : âÚU·¤Ùð Ü»Ìè ãñ, Ìæð P ·¤æ çÕ´Îé ÂÍ ãñ Ñ
1 1
(1) an ellipse of eccentricity (1) ©·ð´¤ÎýÌæ ßæÜæ °·¤ ÎèæüßëÌÐ
2 2
3 3
(2) an ellipse of eccentricity (2) ©·ð´¤ÎýÌæ ßæÜæ °·¤ ÎèæüßëÌ
2 2
l l
(3) a circle of radius
2
(3) çæØæ 2
ßæÜæ °·¤ ßëÌÐ
3 3
(4) a circle of radius
2
l (4) çæØæ l ßæÜæ °·¤ ßëÌÐ
2
2 3 2 3
(1) (1)
15 15
4 3 4 3
(2) (2)
15 15
4 3 4 3
(3) (3)
5 5
2 3 2 3
(4) (4)
5 5
80. The set of all real values of l for which 80. l ·ð¤ âÖè ßæSÌçß·¤ ×æÙæð´ ·¤æ â×é¿Ø, çÁÙ·ð¤ çÜ°
exactly two common tangents can be ßëææð´ x21y224x24y1650 ÌÍæ
drawn to the circles x 2 1y 2 210x210y1l50 ÂÚU ÆUè·¤ Îæð
x21y224x24y1650 and ©ÖØçÙcÆU SÂàæüÚðU¹æ°¡ ¹è´¿è Áæ â·¤Ìè ãæð´, ·¤æ Áæð
x21y2210x210y1l50 is the interval : ¥´ÌÚUæÜ ãñ, ßã ãñ Ñ
(1) (12, 32)
(1) (12, 32)
(2) (18, 42)
(2) (18, 42)
(3) (12, 24)
(3) (12, 24)
(4) (18, 48)
(4) (18, 48)
11 11
(2) 2 (2) 2
3 3
13 13
(3) (3)
2 2
13 13
(4) 2 (4) 2
2 2
87. If X has a binomial distribution, B(n, p) 87. ØçÎ X ·¤æ °ð â æ çmÂÎ Õ´ Å UÙ, B(n, p) ãñ ,
with parameters n and p such that Áãæ¡ n, p §â·ð¤ Âýæ¿Ü ãñ´, ¥æñÚU P(X52)5P(X53)
P(X52)5P(X53), then E(X), the mean of ãñ, Ìæð ¿ÚU X ·¤æ ×æØ E(X) ãñ Ñ
variable X, is :
(1) 22p (1) 22p
(2) 32p (2) 32p
p p
(3) 2 (3) 2
p p
(4) 3 (4) 3
(2) 2 (2) 2
11 11
(3) (3)
2 2
46 46
(4) (4)
5 5
89. The angle of elevation of the top of a 89. â×ÌÜ Öêç× ÂÚU °·¤ çÕ´Îé P âð °·¤ ª¤ßæüÏÚU ×èÙæÚU
vertical tower from a point P on the ·ð¤ çàæ¹ÚU ·¤æ ©ÙØÙ ·¤æðæ a ÂæØæ »ØæÐ P âð ×èÙæÚU
horizontal ground was observed to be a. ·ð¤ ÂæÎ ·¤è ¥æðÚU 2 ×è. ÁæÙð ÂÚU, ©ÙØÙ ·¤æðæ ÕÎÜ
After moving a distance 2 metres from P ·¤ÚU b ãæð ÁæÌæ ãñ, Ìæð (×è.×ð´) ×èÙæÚU ·¤è ª¡¤¿æ§ü ãñ Ñ
towards the foot of the tower, the angle of
elevation changes to b. Then the height (in
metres) of the tower is :
-o0o- -o0o-
e2 e2
(2) (me5 mass of electron) (2) (me5§ÜðÅþUæòÙ ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ)
2peo Gm e 2 2peo Gm e 2
mo e o G mo eo G
(3) (3)
c2 h e2 c2 h e2
2 p mo eo h 2 p mo eo h
(4) (4)
ce 2 G ce 2 G
2. A person climbs up a stalled escalator 2. °·¤ ÃØçæ °·¤ SÍæçÂÌ °S·¤ÜðÅUÚU ·¤è ÎêÚUè 60 s ×ð´
in 60 s . If standing on the same but ¿É¸Ìæ ãñÐ ØçÎ ©â ÂÚU ¹Ç¸ð ãæð·¤ÚU ÂÚUÌé çSÍÚU ßð» âð
escalator running with constant velocity °S·¤ÜðÅUÚU ·ð¤ ¿ÜÙð ÂÚU ßã 40 s ÜðÌæ ãñÐ ÃØçæ
he takes 40 s. How much time is taken by »çÌàæèÜ °S·¤ÜðÅUÚU ÂÚU ¿Ü·¤ÚU §âè ÎêÚUè ·¤æð ÌØ
the person to walk up the moving ·¤ÚUÙð ×ð´ ç·¤ÌÙæ â×Ø Üð»æ?
escalator ?
(1) 37 s (1) 37 s
(2) 27 s (2) 27 s
(3) 24 s (3) 24 s
(4) 45 s (4) 45 s
(1) (
u ∧ ∧
i 1 3j )
(1)
u ∧
i1( ∧
3j ) 12
12
(2) (
u ∧
i 2 3j
∧
)
(2)
u ∧
i2( ∧
3j ) 12
12
(3) (
u ∧
2i 1 3j
∧
)
(3)
u ∧
(
2i 1 3j
∧
) 12
12
(4) (
u ∧
2i 2 3j
∧
)
(4)
u ∧
12
(
2i 2 3j
∧
) 12
6. A particle is moving in a circular path of 6. °·¤ ·¤æ çæØæ a ·ð¤ °·¤ ßëæèØ ÂÍ ÂÚU °·¤ çSÍÚU
radius a, with a constant velocity v as ßð» v âð »çÌàæèÜ ãñ Áñâæ ç·¤ ç¿æ ×ð´ ÎàææüØæ »Øæ ãñÐ
shown in the figure. The center of circle is ßëæ ·¤æ ·ð¤Îý C âð ç¿çãÌ ç·¤Øæ »Øæ ãñÐ ×êÜ çÕÎé
marked by C. The angular momentum O âð ·¤æðæèØ â´ßð» §â Âý·¤æÚU çܹæ Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ Ñ
from the origin O can be written as :
Two hypothetical planets of masses m1 and ÎýÃØ×æÙ m1 °ß´ m2 ·ð¤ Îæð ÂçÚU·¤çËÂÌ ©Â»ýã çßææ×
m 2 are at rest when they are infinite ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´ ãñ´ ÁÕ ßð °·¤ ÎêâÚðU âð ¥æÌ ÎêÚUè ÂÚU ãñ´Ð
distance apart. Because of the gravitational »éL¤ßæ·¤áüæ ÕÜ ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ ©Ù·ð¤ ·ð¤Îýæð´ ·¤æð ç×ÜæÙð
force they move towards each other along ßæÜè ÚðU¹æ ÂÚU °·¤ ÎêâÚðU ·¤è ¥æðÚU »çÌ ·¤ÚUÙæ ÂýæÚUÖ
the line joining their centres. What is their ·¤ÚUÌð ãñ´Ð ÁÕ ©æ·ð¤ Õè¿ ÎêÚUè d ãñ, ÌÕ ©Ù·¤è ¿æÜ
speed when their separation is d ? Øæ ãñ?
(Speed of m1 is v1 and that of m2 is v2) ( m1 ·¤è ¿æÜ v1 °ß´ m2 ·¤è ¿æÜ v2 ãñ )
(1) v 15v 2 (1) v 15v 2
2G 2G
(2) v1 5 m 2 (2) v1 5 m 2
d(m 11m 2 ) d(m 11m 2 )
2G 2G
v2 5 m 1 v2 5 m 1
d(m 11m 2 ) d(m 11m 2 )
2G 2G
(3) v1 5 m 1 (3) v1 5 m 1
d(m 11m 2 ) d(m 11m 2 )
2G 2G
v2 5 m 2 v2 5 m 2
d(m 11m 2 ) d(m 11m 2 )
2G 2G
(4) v1 5 m 2 (4) v1 5 m 2
m1 m1
2G 2G
v2 5 m 1 v2 5 m 1
m2 m2
2A h 2A h
(2) (2)
pa 2 g pa 2 g
2 2A h 2 2A h
(3) 2 g (3) 2 g
pa pa
A h A h
(4) 2 g (4) 2 g
2 pa 2 pa
11. Hot water cools from 608C to 508C in the 11. »×ü ÂæÙè 608C âð 508C ÂãÜð 10 ç×ÙÅU ×ð´ Æ´UÇUæ ãæðÌæ
first 10 minutes and to 428C in the next ãñ ¥æñÚU 428C Ì·¤ ÎêâÚðU 10 ç×ÙÅU ×ð´ Æ´UÇUæ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ
10 minutes. The temperature of the ßæÌæßÚUæ ·¤æ ÌæÂ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
surroundings is :
(1) 258C (1) 258C
(2) 108C (2) 108C
(3) 158C (3) 158C
(4) 208C (4) 208C
12. A Carnot engine absorbs 1000 J of heat 12. °·¤ ·¤æÙæðü §´ÁÙ °·¤ ·é´¤ÇU âð 1278C ÂÚU 1000 J
energy from a reservoir at 1278C and rejects ª¤c×èØ ª¤Áæü ¥ßàææðçáÌ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚU ÂýØð·¤ ¿·ý¤
600 J of heat energy during each cycle. The ×ð´ 600 J ª¤c×èØ ª¤Áæü ¥Sßè·¤æÚU ·¤ÚU ÎðÌæ ãñÐ §´ÁÙ
efficiency of engine and temperature of ·¤è ÎÿæÌæ ¥æñÚU çâ´·¤ ·¤æ ÌæÂ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
sink will be :
(1) 20% and 2438C (1) 20% °ß´ 2438C
(2) 40% and 2338C (2) 40% °ß´ 2338C
(3) 50% and 2208C (3) 50% °ß´ 2208C
(4) 70% and 2108C (4) 70% °ß´ 2108C
14. Which of the following expressions 14. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ÃØ´Á·¤æð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ °·¤ âÚUÜ ÚðU¹æ
corresponds to simple harmonic motion ÂÚU âÚUÜ ¥æßÌü »çÌ ·ð¤ â´»Ì ãñ, Áãæ¡ x çßSÍæÂÙ ãñ
along a straight line, where x is the ¥æñÚU a, b, c ÏÙæ×·¤ çSÍÚUæ´·¤ ãñ ?
displacement and a, b, c are positive
constants ?
(1) a1bx2cx 2 (1) a1bx2cx 2
(2) bx2 (2) bx2
(3) a2bx1cx 2 (3) a2bx1cx 2
(4) 2bx (4) 2bx
15. A source of sound A emitting waves of 15. ¥æßëçæ 1800 Hz ·¤è Ì´ÚU»ð´ ©âçÁüÌ ·¤ÚU ÚUãæ ßçÙ
frequency 1800 Hz is falling towards dæðÌ A °·¤ âè×æÌ ßð» v âð ÏÚUÌè ·¤è ¥æðÚU ç»ÚU ÚUãæ
ground with a terminal speed v. The ãñÐ dæðÌ ·ð¤ ÆUè·¤ Ùè¿ð ÏÚUÌè ÂÚU °·¤ Âýðÿæ·¤ B
observer B on the ground directly beneath ¥æßëçæ 2150 Hz ·¤è ÌÚ´U»ð´ Âýææ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ dæðÌ A,
the source receives waves of frequency ÏÚUÌè âð ÂÚUæßçÌüÌ Ü»Ö» §â ¥æßëçæ ·¤è ÌÚ´U»ð´ Âýææ
2150 Hz. The source A receives waves, ·¤ÚðU»æ Ñ ( ßçÙ ·¤è ¿æÜ 5343 m/s)
reflected from ground, of frequency
nearly : (Speed of sound 5343 m/s)
(1) 2150 Hz (1) 2150 Hz
(2) 2500 Hz (2) 2500 Hz
(3) 1800 Hz (3) 1800 Hz
(4) 2400 Hz (4) 2400 Hz
ld ld
(3) C5 Co (3) C5 Co
l n (1 1 ld/K o ) l n (1 1 ld/K o )
l l
(4) C5 Co (4) C5 Co
d. l n (1 1 K o /ld) d. l n (1 1 K o /ld)
How much is the current I in the circuit in SÍæØè ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´ ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´ ÏæÚUæ I ·¤æ ×æÙ Øæ ãñ?
steady state ?
(1) 1.6 A (1) 1.6 A
(2) 0.67 A (2) 0.67 A
(3) 2.5 A (3) 2.5 A
(4) 0.25 A (4) 0.25 A
19. A positive charge q of mass m is moving 19. ÎýÃØ×æÙ m ·¤æ °·¤ ÏÙæ×·¤ ¥æßðàæ q, 1x ¥ÿæ
along the 1x axis. We wish to apply a ÂÚU »çÌàæèÜ ãñÐ ã× °·¤ °·¤â×æÙ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÿæðæ B
uniform magnetic field B for time Dt so that â×Ø Dt ·ð¤ çÜ° Ü»æÙæ ¿æãÌð ãñ´ çÁââð ç·¤ ¥æßðàæ
the charge reverses its direction crossing ·¤è çÎàææ d ÎêÚUè ÂÚU y - ¥ÿæ ·¤æð ·¤æÅUÌð ãé° ÂýçÌÜæðç×Ì
the y axis at a distance d. Then : ãæð Áæ°, ÌÕ Ñ
mv pd mv pd
(1) 5 DQGDW5 (1) 5 Ä D W5
qd v qd v
mv pd mv pd
(2) 5 DQG D W5 (2) 5 Ä D W5
2 qd 2v 2 qd 2v
2 mv pd 2 mv pd
(3) 5 DQG D W5 (3) 5 Ä D W5
qd 2v qd 2v
2 mv pd 2 mv pd
(4) 5 DQG D W5 (4) 5 Ä D W5
qd v qd v
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
2 nl
(1) l5
2 nl 321
(1) l5
321 (2n21)l
(2) l5
(2n21)l 2 ( 3 2 1)
(2) l5
2 ( 3 2 1)
(2n21)l 3
(3) l5
(2n21)l 3 4 ( 22 3 )
(3) l5
4 ( 22 3 )
(2n21)l
(4) l5
(2n21)l 3 21
(4) l5
3 21
25. °·¤Ü çSÜÅU çßßÌüÙ ç¿æ ·ð¤ ÂýØæð» ×ð´, ÜæÜ Âý·¤æàæ
25. In an experiment of single slit diffraction ·¤æ ÂýÍ× ØêÙÌ× °·¤ ÎêâÚUè ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü ·ð¤ ÂýÍ× ×ãæ×
pattern, first minimum for red light â´ÂæÌè ãñÐ ØçÎ ÜæÜ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤è ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü 6600 Å
coincides with first maximum of some ãñ, ÌÕ ÂýÍ× ×ãæ× ·ð¤ â´»Ì ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü ãæð»è Ñ
other wavelength. If wavelength of red
light is 6600 Å , then wavelength of first
maximum will be : (1) 3300 Å
(1) 3300 Å (2) 4400 Å
(2) 4400 Å (3) 5500 Å
(3) 5500 Å (4) 6600 Å
(4) 6600 Å
27. A piece of bone of an animal from a ruin 27. °·¤ ¹ÇUãÚU âð Âýææ °·¤ Âàæé ·¤è ãaè ·ð¤ ÅéU·¤Ç¸ð ·¤è
is found to have 14 C activity of 14C âç·ý¤ØÌæ §â·ð¤ ·¤æÕüÙ ¥´àæ ·¤è ÂýçÌ »ýæ× ÂýçÌ
12 disintegrations per minute per gm of ç×ÙÅU 12 çßæÅUÙ ãñÐ °·¤ çæÎæ Âàæé ·¤è 14C âç·ý¤ØÌæ
its carbon content. The 14C activity of a 16 çßæÅUÙ ÂýçÌ ç×ÙÅU ÂýçÌ »ýæ× ãñ Рֻܻ ç·¤ÌÙð
living animal is 16 disintegrations per ßáü ÂãÜð Âàæé ·¤è ×ëØé ãé§ü? (çÎØæ ãñ 14C ·¤è ¥hü
minute per gm. How long ago nearly did ¥æØé t1/255760 ßáü)
the animal die ? (Given half life of
14Cis t1/255760 years)
(1) 1672 years (1) 1672 ßáü
(2) 2391 years (2) 2391 ßáü
(3) 3291 years (3) 3291 ßáü
(4) 4453 years (4) 4453 ßáü
30. In the experiment of calibration of 30. °·¤ ßæðËÅU×æÂè ·ð¤ ¥´àæàææðÏÙ ·ð¤ ÂýØæð» ×ð´, 1.1 ßæðËÅU
voltmeter, a standard cell of e.m.f. 1.1 volt çßléÌßæã·¤ ÕÜ ·ð¤ °·¤ ×æÙ·¤ âñÜ ·ð¤ â´ÌéçÜÌ
is balanced against 440 cm of 440 cm ·¤æ çßÖß×æÂè ÌæÚU ÂæØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ °·¤
potentiometer wire. The potential ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ ·ð¤ çâÚUæð´ ÂÚU çßÖßæÌÚU ÌæÚU ·ð¤ 220 cm ·ð¤
difference across the ends of resistance is â´ÌéçÜÌ ÂæØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ßæðËÅU×æÂè ·¤æ â´»Ì ÂÆUÙ
found to balance against 220 cm of the 0.5 ßæðËÅU ãñÐ ßæðËÅU×æÂè ·ð¤ ÂÆUÙ ×ð´ æéçÅU ãæð»è Ñ
wire. The corresponding reading of
voltmeter is 0.5 volt. The error in the
reading of voltmeter will be :
(1) 20.15 volt (1) 20.15 ßæðËÅU
(2) 0.15 volt (2) 0.15 ßæðËÅU
(3) 0.5 volt (3) 0.5 ßæðËÅU
(4) 20.05 volt (4) 20.05 ßæðËÅU
1 e2 1 e2
(1) (1)
2 r 2 r
e2 e2
(2) 2 (2) 2
r r
me 2 me 2
(3) (3)
r r
1 e2 1 e2
(4) 2 (4) 2
2 r 2 r
32. The de-Broglie wavelength of a particle of 32. ÎýÃØ×æÙ 6.63 g ·ð¤ ·¤æ ·¤æ ¥æßð» 100 ms21 âð
mass 6.63 g moving with a velocity of »çÌ×æÙ ãæðÙð ÂÚU Îè-ÕýæÜè ÌÚ´U»ÎñØü ãæð»è Ñ
100 ms21 is :
(1) 10233 m (1) 10233 m
(2) 10235 m (2) 10235 m
(3) 10231 m (3) 10231 m
(4) 10225 m (4) 10225 m
33. What happens when an inert gas is added 33. âæØ ÚU¹Ùð ßæÜð ¥æØÌÙ ·¤æð ¥ÂçÚUßçÌüÌ ÚU¹Ùð ßæÜè
to an equilibrium keeping volume çSÍçÌ ×ð´ °·¤ ¥ç·ý¤Ø »ñâ ÇæÜÙð ÂÚU Øæ ãæð»æ?
unchanged ? (1) ¥çÏ·¤ ç·ý¤Øæ È¤Ü Âýææ ãæð»æÐ
(1) More product will form (2) ·¤× ç·ý¤Øæ È¤Ü Âýææ ãæð»æÐ
(2) Less product will form (3) ¥çÏ·¤ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ãæð»èÐ
(3) More reactant will form (4) âæØ ¥ÂçÚUßçÌüÌ ÚUãð»æÐ
(4) Equilibrium will remain unchanged
37. The entropy (S o ) of the following 37. çÙÙ ÂÎæÍæðZ ·ð¤ °ðÅþUæÂè ×æÙ ãñ (So) ãñ´ Ñ
substances are : CH4 (g) 186.2 J K21 ×æðÜ21
CH4 (g) 186.2 J K21 mol21 O 2 (g) 205.0 J K21 ×æðÜ21
O2 (g) 205.0 J K21 mol21 CO 2 (g) 213.6 J K21 ×æðÜ21
CO 2 (g) 213.6 J K21 mol21 H2O (l) 69.9 J K21 ×æðÜ21
H2O (l) 69.9 J K21 mol21 ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
The entropy change (DSo) for the reaction CH 4 (g)12O 2 (g) ® CO 2 (g)12H 2 O(l)
CH4(g)12O2(g) ® CO2(g)12H2O(l) is : ·ð¤ çÜØð °ðÅþUæÂè ÂçÚUßÌüÙ (DSo) ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 2312.5 J K21 mol21 (1) 2312.5 J K21 ×æðÜ21
(2) 2242.8 J K21 mol21 (2) 2242.8 J K21 ×æðÜ21
(3) 2108.1 J K21 mol21 (3) 2108.1 J K21 ×æðÜ21
(4) 237.6 J K21 mol21 (4) 237.6 J K21 ×æðÜ21
(3) N2
2 (3) N2
2
(4) HN2
3 (4) HN2
3
39. In a monoclinic unit cell, the relation of 39. °·¤ ×æðÙæðçÜçÙ·¤ °·¤·¤ âñÜ ×ð´ Âÿææ𴠷𤠷¤æðÙæ çÕÎé¥æð´
sides and angles are respectively : âð âÕÏ ·ý¤×æÙéâæÚU ãæðÌð ã´ñ Ñ
(1) a5b ¹ c and a5b5g5908 (1) a5b ¹ c ¥æñÚU a5b5g5908
(2) a ¹ b ¹ c and a5b5g5908 (2) a ¹ b ¹ c ¥æñÚU a5b5g5908
(3) a ¹ b ¹ c and b5g5908 ¹ a (3) a ¹ b ¹ c ¥æñÚU b5g5908 ¹ a
(4) a ¹ b ¹ c and a ¹ b ¹ g ¹ 908 (4) a ¹ b ¹ c ¥æñÚU a ¹ b ¹ g ¹ 908
40. The standard enthalpy of formation 40. ×èÍðÙ, CH4,ÕÙÙð ·¤è ×æÙ·¤ °ðÍñËÂè (DfHo298)
(D f H o 298 ) for methane, CH 4 is 274.9 kJ ×æðÜ21 ãæðÌè ãñÐ §ââð C2H ¥æÕÏ
274.9 kJ mol21. In order to calculate the ·¤è ×Ø×æÙ ª¤Áæü ·¤æ ¥æ·¤ÜÙ ·¤ÚUÙð ·ð¤ çÜØð çÙÙæð´
average energy given out in the formation âð 緤⠰·¤ ·¤æð ÁæÙÙæ ¥æßàØ·¤ ãæð»æ?
of a C2H bond from this it is necessary to
know which one of the following ?
(1) the dissociation energy of the (1) H2 ¥æé ·¤è çßØæðÁÙ ª¤ÁæüÐ
hydrogen molecule, H2.
(2) the first four ionisation energies of (2) ·¤æÕüÙ ·¤è ÂãÜè ¿æÚU ¥æØÙÙ ª¤Áæü°¡Ð
carbon.
(3) the dissociation energy of H2 and (3) H2 ·¤è çßØæðÁÙ ª¤Áæü ¥æñÚU ·¤æÕüÙ (»ýð$Ȥæ§Å)U
enthalpy of sublimation of carbon ·¤è ª¤ßüÂæÌÙ ª¤ÁæüÐ
(graphite).
(4) the first four ionisation energies of (4) ·¤æÕüÙ ·¤è ÂýÍ× ¿æÚU ¥æØÙÙ ª¤Áæü°¡ ¥æñÚ
carbon and electron affinity of ãæ§ÇþUæðÁÙ ·¤è §ÜñÅþUæòÙ ÕÏéÌæÐ
hydrogen.
43. Which one of the following exhibits the 43. çÙÙæð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ °·¤ ¥çÏ·¤Ì× â´Øæ ×ð´ ¥æòâè·¤ÚUæ
largest number of oxidation states ? ¥ßSÍæ°¡ çιæÌæ ãñ?
(1) Ti (22) (1) Ti (22)
(2) V(23) (2) V(23)
(3) Cr (24) (3) Cr (24)
(4) Mn (25) (4) Mn (25)
45. Among the following species the one 45. çÙÙ ÂÎæÍæðZ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ °·¤ çÜ»ñÇU M¤Â ×ð´ ¥çÏ·¤Ì×
which causes the highest CFSE, Do as a CFSE, Do ·¤æ ·¤æÚUæ ÕÙÌæ ãñ?
ligand is :
(1) CN2 (1) CN2
(2) NH3 (2) NH3
(3) F2 (3) F2
(4) CO (4) CO
46. Similarity in chemical properties of the 46. ¥æßÌü âæÚUæè ·ð¤ ç·¤âè »ýé ×ð´ Ìß ·ð¤ ÂÚU×ææé¥æð´ ·ð¤
atoms of elements in a group of the ÚUæâæØçÙ·¤ »éææð´ ×ð´ ¥çÏ·¤Ì× â×æÙÌæ ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ ãæðÌð
Periodic table is most closely related to : ãñ´ Ñ
(1) atomic numbers (1) ÂÚU×ææé·¤ ÙÕÚU
(2) atomic masses (2) ÂÚU×ææé·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ
(3) number of principal energy levels (3) ÕǸð (Principal) ª¤Áæü SÌÚUæð´ ·¤è â´Øæ
(4) number of valence electrons (4) ßñÜðâè §ÜñÅþUæòÙæð´ ·¤è â´Øæ
48. Global warming is due to increase of : 48. â´âæçÚU·¤ ©ææÂÙ ·¤æ ·¤æÚUæ ãæðÌæ ãñ ßæØé×ÇUÜ ×ð´
ÕɸÙæ Ñ
(1) methane and nitrous oxide in (1) ×èÍðÙ ¥æñÚU Ùæ§ÅþUâ ¥æòâæ§ÇU ·¤æÐ
atmosphere
(2) methane and CO2 in atmosphere (2) ×èÍðÙ ¥æñÚU CO2 ·¤æÐ
(3) methane and O3 in atmosphere (3) ×èÍðÙ ¥æñÚU O3 ·¤æÐ
(4) methane and CO in atmosphere (4) ×èÍðÙ ¥æñÚU CO ·¤æÐ
49. Hydrogen peroxide acts both as an 49. ãæ§ÇþUæðÁÙ ÂÚU¥æòâæ§ÇU ¥Â¿æØ·¤ ÌÍæ ©Â¿æØ·¤ ÎæðÙæð´
oxidising and as a reducing agent Âý·¤æÚU âð ÃØßãæÚU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚU Øã çÙÖüÚU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ
depending upon the nature of the reacting ¥çæç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚUÙð ßæÜð SÂèàæè$Á ·ð¤ SßæÖæß ÂÚUÐ çÙÙ
species. In which of the following cases ×ð́ âð ç·¤â·ð¤ âæÍ H2O2 ¥ÜèØ ×æØ× ×ð́ ¥Â¿æØ·¤
H 2 O 2 acts as a reducing agent in acid ·ð¤ M¤Â ×ð´ ç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ?
medium ?
(1) MnO42 (1) MnO42
22 22
(2) Cr2 O 7 (2) Cr2 O 7
22 22
(3) SO 3 (3) SO 3
(4) KI (4) KI
51. on mercuration-
51. ×ÚUØêÚðUàæÙ-¥×ÚUØêÚðUàæÙ ÂÚ
demercuration produces the major
U âð Âýææ ×éØ ç·ý¤ØæȤÜ
product :
ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
55. The major product obtained in the photo 55. 2- ×ðçÍÜØéÅðUÙ ·ð¤ Âý·¤æàæ mæÚUæ ©ÂýðçÚUÌ Õýæð×èÙðàæÙ ×ð´
catalysed bromination of 2-methylbutane ÕǸæ ç·ý¤ØæÈ¤Ü ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) 1-bromo-2-methylbutane (1) 1-Õýæð×æð-2-×ðçÍÜØéÅðUÙ
(2) 1-bromo-3-methylbutane (2) 1-Õýæð×æð-3-×ðçÍÜØéÅðUÙ
(3) 2-bromo-3-methylbutane (3) 2-Õýæð×æð-3-×ðçÍËæØéÅðUÙ
(4) 2-bromo-2-methylbutane (4) 2-Õýæð×æð-2-×ðçÍÜØéÅðUÙ
57. Which one of the following acids does not 57. çÙÙ ¥Üæð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ Âý·¤æàæèØ â×æßØßÌæ Ùãè´
exhibit optical isomerism ? çιæÌæ?
(1) Lactic acid (1) ÜñçÅU·¤ °ðçâÇU
(2) Tartaric acid (2) ÅUæÚUÅñUçÚU·¤ °çâÇU
(3) Maleic acid (3) ×ñÜè·¤ °çâÇU
(4) a-amino acids (4) a- °×æØÙæð´ °ðçâÇU
58. Aminoglycosides are usually used as : 58. ¥×æØÙæðÜ槷¤æðâæ§ÇUæð´ ·¤æð ÂýæØÑ çÙÙ ç·¤â Âý·¤æÚU
ÂýØæð» ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñ?
(1) antibiotic (1) °ðÅUè ÕæØæðçÅU·¤ M¤Â ×ð´ (ÂýçÌ Áñçß·¤)
(2) analgesic (2) °ðÙÜÁñçâ·¤ M¤Â ×ð´ (ÂèǸæ Ùæàæ·¤)
(3) hypnotic (3) çãÂÙæçÅU·¤ M¤Â ×ð´ (çÙÎýæ ÂýÎ)
(4) antifertility (4) °ðÅUè ȤÚUçÅUçÜÅUè M¤Â ×ð´ (°ðÅUè çÙáð¿·¤)
59. Which of the following will not show 59. §Ù×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ ØêÅUæÚUæðÅðUàæÙ Ùãè´ çιæØð»æ?
mutarotation ?
(1) Maltose (1) ×æËÅUæð$Á
(2) Lactose (2) ÜñÅUæð$Á
(3) Glucose (3) Üê·¤æð$Á
(4) Sucrose (4) âê·ý¤æð$Á
62. Let z ¹ 2i be any complex number such 62. ×æÙæ z ¹ 2i ·¤æð§ü °ðâè âç×æ â´Øæ ãñ ç·¤
z2 i z2 i
that
z1 i
is a purely imaginary number.
z1 i
°·¤ àæé h ·¤æËÂçÙ·¤ â´ Øæ ãñ , Ìæð
1 1
Then z1
z
is : z1
z
ãñ Ñ
(1) 0 (1) 0
(2) any non-zero real number other (2) 1 ·ð¤ ¥çÌçÚUæ ·¤æð§ü àæêØðæÚU ßæSÌçß·¤ â´ØæÐ
than 1.
(3) any non-zero real number. (3) ·¤æð§ü àæêØðæÚU ßæSÌçß·¤ â´ØæÐ
(4) a purely imaginary number. (4) °·¤ àæéh ·¤æËÂçÙ·¤ â´ØæÐ
63. The sum of the roots of the equation, 63. â×è·¤ÚU æ x21?2x23?2450, ·ð ¤ ×ê Ü æð ´ ·¤æ
x21?2x23?2450, is : Øæð»È¤Ü ãñ Ñ
(1) 2 (1) 2
(2) 22 (2) 22
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 2 2 (4) 2 2
y y
1 2 x 1 2 x
65. If A 5 and B 5 x be such 65. ØçÎ A5 ÌÍæ B 5 x °ðâð ãñ´ ç·¤
3 21 2
1 3 21 2 1
6 6
that AB 5 , then : AB 5 , ãñ, Ìæð Ñ
8 8
(1) y52x (1) y52x
(2) y522x (2) y522x
(3) y5x (3) y5x
(4) y52x (4) y52x
66. 8 - digit numbers are formed using the 66. ¥´·¤æð´ 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3, 4, 4 ·ð¤ ÂýØæð» âð, ¥æÆU ¥´·¤èØ
digits 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3, 4, 4. The number of â´Øæ°¡ ÕÙæ§ü »§ü ãñд °ðâè â´Øæ¥æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ çÁÙ×ð´
such numbers in which the odd digits do çßá× ¥´·¤ çßá× SÍæÙæð´ ÂÚU Ù ¥æØð,´ ãñ Ñ
not occupy odd places, is :
(1) 160 (1) 160
(2) 120 (2) 120
(3) 60 (3) 60
(4) 48 (4) 48
68. Let G be the geometric mean of two 68. ×æÙæ Îæð ÏÙ â´Øæ¥æð´ a ÌÍæ b ·¤æ »éææðæÚU ×æØ G ãñ
positive numbers a and b, and M be the 1 ÌÍæ 1
ÌÍæ ·¤æ â×æÌÚU ×æØ M ãñÐ ØçÎ
1 1 a b
arithmetic mean of 1 and . If : G is
a b M 1
: G 5 4 : 5 ãñ, Ìæð a : b ãæð â·¤Ìð ãñ´ Ñ
4 : 5, then a : b can be : M
(1) 1:4 (1) 1 : 4
(2) 1:2 (2) 1:2
(3) 2:3 (3) 2:3
(4) 3:4 (4) 3:4
69. The least positive integer n such that 69. ÏÙ ÂêææZ·¤ n ·¤æ ßã ØêÙÌ× ×æÙ çÁâ·ð¤ çÜØð
2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1
12 2 22........ 2 n21 < , is : 12 2 2 2........ 2 n21 < , ãñ, ãñ Ñ
3 3 3 100 3 3 3 100
(1) 4 (1) 4
(2) 5 (2) 5
(3) 6 (3) 6
(4) 7 (4) 7
sin 3 x sin 3 x
(3) 1c (3) 1c
( 1 1 cos3 x ) ( 1 1 cos3 x )
cos 3 x cos 3 x
(4) 2 1c (4) 2 1c
3 ( 1 1 sin 3 x ) 3 ( 1 1 sin 3 x )
76. If for a continuous function f(x), 76. ØçÎ °·¤ âÌÌ È¤ÜÙ f(x) ·ð¤ çÜ°, âÖè
t t /2p ·ð¤ çÜ°
2 2
∫ ( f ( x ) 1 x)d x 5 p 2 t , for all t
2 2
2p
∫ ( f ( x ) 1 x)d x 5 p 2 t ãñ , Ìæð
2p
p
t/2p, then f 2 is equal to :
3 p
f 2
3
ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) p
(1) p p
(2)
p 2
(2)
2 p
(3)
p 3
(3)
3 p
(4)
p 6
(4)
6
79. If the three distinct lines x12ay1a50, 79. ØçÎ ÌèÙ çßçÖóæ Úð U ¹æ°¡ x12ay1a50,
x13by1b50 and x14ay1a50 are x13by1b50 ÌÍæ x14ay1a50 â´»æ×è ã´ñ,
concurrent, then the point (a, b) lies on a : Ìæð çÕ´Îé (a, b) °·¤ Ñ
(1) circle (1) ßëæ ÂÚU çSÍÌ ãñ
(2) hyperbola (2) ¥çÌ ÂÚUßÜØ ÂÚU çSÍÌ ãñ
(3) straight line (3) âÚUÜ ÚðU¹æ ÂÚU çSÍÌ ãñ
(4) parabola (4) ÂÚUßÜØ ÂÚU çSÍÌ ãñ
81. Two tangents are drawn from a point 81. °·¤ çÕ´Îé (22, 21) âð °·¤ ß·ý¤ y254x ÂÚU Îæð
(22, 21) to the curve, y254x. If a is the SÂàæü ÚðU¹æ°¡ ¹è´¿è »§ü ãñ, ØçÎ ©Ù·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤æ ·¤æðæ a
angle between them, then ?tan a? is equal ãñ, Ìæð ?tan a? ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
to :
1 1
(1) (1)
3 3
1 1
(2) (2)
3 3
(3) 3 (3) 3
(4) 3 (4) 3
82. The minimum area of a triangle formed
x2 y2
by any tangent to the ellipse 82. Îèæüßëæ 1 51 ÂÚU ¹è´¿è »§ü ç·¤âè SÂàæü
16 81
x2 y2 ÚðU¹æ ÌÍæ çÙÎðüàææ´·¤ ¥ÿææð´ mæÚUæ ÕÙè çæÖéÁ ·¤æ ØêÙÌ×
1 5 1 and the co-ordinate axes
16 81 ÿæðæÈ¤Ü ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) 12 (1) 12
(2) 18 (2) 18
(3) 26 (3) 26
(4) 36 (4) 36
84. If the distance between planes, 84. ØçÎ â×ÌÜæð ´ 4x22y24z1150 ÌÍæ
4x22y24z1150 and 4x22y24z1d50 ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤è ÎêÚUè 7, Ìæð d ãñ Ñ
4x22y24z1d50 is 7, then d is :
(1) 41 or 242 (1) 41 ¥Íßæ 242
(2) 42 or 243 (2) 42 ¥Íßæ 243
(3) 241 or 43 (3) 241 ¥Íßæ 43
(4) 242 or 44 (4) 242 ¥Íßæ 44
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
85. If x , y and z are three unit vectors in 85. ØçÎ çæ-çß×èØ ¥æ·¤æàæ ×ð´ x, y ÌÍæ z ÌèÙ ×ææ·¤
three-dimensional space, then the ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
âçÎàæ ãñ´, Ìæð ?x 1 y?2 1 ?y 1 z?2 1 ?z 1 x?2
minimum value of
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ·¤æ ØêÙÌ× ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
?x 1 y?2 1 ?y 1 z?2 1 ?z 1 x?2 is :
3 3
(1) (1)
2 2
(2) 3 (2) 3
(3) 3 3 (3) 3 3
(4) 6 (4) 6
87. A number x is chosen at random from the 87. â×éæØ {1, 2, 3, 4, ....., 100} ×ð´ âð °·¤ â´Øæ x
set {1, 2, 3, 4, ....., 100}. Define the ØæÎëÀUØæ ¿éÙè »§üÐ æÅUÙæ A ·¤æð ÂçÚUÖæçáÌ ·¤èçÁ° Ñ
event : A5 the chosen number x satisfies A5 ¿éÙè »§ü â´Øæ x
21 p 2 9p2 21 p 2 9p2
0 [ sin x2 [ . 0 [ sin x2 [ .
4 16 4 16
(1) Both statements I and II are true. (1) ·¤ÍÙ I ÌÍæ II ÎæðÙæð´ âØ ãñ´Ð
(2) Both statements I and II are false. (2) ·¤ÍÙ I ÌÍæ II ÎæðÙæð´ ¥âØ ãñ´Ð
(3) Statement I is true and (3) ·¤ÍÙ I âØ ãñ ÌÍæ ·¤ÍÙ II ¥âØ ãñÐ
statement II is false.
(4) Statement I is false and (4) ·¤ÍÙ I ¥SæØ ãñ, ÌÍæ ·¤ÍÙ II âØ ãñÐ
statement II is true.
1 cos u 1 1 cos u 1
89. If f (u) 5 2sin u 1 2cos u and 89. ØçÎ f (u) 5 2sin u 1 2cos u ãñ,
21 sin u 1 21 sin u 1
A and B are respectively the maximum and ÌÍæ A ÌÍæ B ·ý¤×àæÑ f (u) ·ð¤ ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ÌÍæ
the minimum values of f (u), then ØêÙÌ× ×æÙ ãñ´, Ìæð (A, B) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(A, B) is equal to :
(1) (3, 21)
(2) (4, 22 2 ) (1) (3, 21)
(4) ( 21 2 , 21 )
(3) ( 21 2, 22 2)
(4) ( 21 2 , 21 )
-o0o- -o0o-
1. 1 4 2 3 2 3 2 1
2. 3 4 2 4 3 3 3 1
3. 2 4 3 1 2 1 4 4
4. 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 4
5. 3 3 1 3 3 2 4 3
6. 3 1 1 2 4 4 1 2
7. 4 4 4 3 3 1 2 *
8. 1 1 4 4 3 1 3 3
9. 3 2 1 2 3 2 2 1
10. 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 4
11. 3 1 3 2 1 2 2 3
12. 4 4 3 1 1 3 2 1
13. 1 3 2 3 2 2 1 4
14. 4 3 3 1 1 1 4 3
15. 3 2 2 1 1 4 2 2
16. 3 4 1 4 3 2 2 1
17. 1 1 3 2 4 3 3 4
18. 3 4 3 1 3 3 2 3
19. 2 1 3 4 4 1 3 2
20. 3 3 4 1 1 2 2 2
21. 3 3 3 1 3 1 2 1
22. 3 1 3 1 4 3 2 3
23. 2 2 3 4 4 4 1 3
24. 2 2 2 1 2 4 3 3
25. 4 4 2 4 4 1 2 3
26. 2 4 4 3 4 3 2 2
27. 3 1 4 1 2 2 2 3
28. 1 4 4 3 1 3 4 1
29. 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2
30. 2 1 4 1 1 4 4 2
31. 1 1 4 1 4 3 4 4
32. 2 2 4 4 1 4 1 2
33. 3 2 4 1 3 4 4 2
34. 2 1 2 4 4 4 2 3
35. 1 3 4 2 2 2 2 2
36. 1 2 2 4 3 4 3 4
37. 3 3 4 4 3 2 2 2
38. 1 2 3 1 3 1 2 1
ANSWER KEY PAPER - 1 JEE (MAIN) - 2014
39. 2 4 2 2 4 2 3 3
40. 4 2 4 2 3 1 3 4
41. 3 1 1 2 2 3 4 3
42. 2 1 4 4 3 3 3 2
43. 2 3 2 3 2 4 4 2
44. 1 3 2 4 3 2 2 3
45. 4 2 4 4 1 4 4 2
46. 2 1 3 3 2 2 4 2
47. 2 1 1 4 2 3 1 1
48. 1 1 3 1 2 2 2 4
49. 4 4 4 4 3 3 1 4
50. 2 4 3 1 1 2 3 4
51. 2 1 1 3 4 4 1 4
52. 4 1 1 2 3 3 2 4
53. 4 1 3 4 2 1 3 2
54. 3 4 2 4 1 3 1 3
55. 1 4 4 3 2 2 4 2
56. 1 1 2 4 2 3 4 3
57. 4 4 4 3 4 3 3 4
58. 1 2 4 1 2 3 1 4
59. 1 3 3 1 3 3 4 3
60. 3 1 1 3 2 3 4 2
61. 2 4 2 3 4 3 2 4
62. 4 2 2 4 4 1 3 2
63. 3 1 2 4 2 2 3 1
64. 2 2 2 3 1 1 3 2
65. 1 2 2 1 2 4 1 4
66. 4 1 3 3 1 4 2 2
67. 2 1 4 2 3 4 2 2
68. 1 4 3 4 2 3 1 2
69. 2 2 3 4 3 2 3 4
70. 2 1 4 4 1 4 2 4
71. 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 2
72. 2 4 2 4 4 3 2 4
73. 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 3
74. 4 3 4 3 2 3 2 2
75. 2 4 1 2 2 1 4 4
76. 3 3 1 4 3 3 1 1
ANSWER KEY PAPER - 1 JEE (MAIN) - 2014
77. 3 2 1 4 2 4 4 3
78. 4 2 3 2 3 2 2 4
79. 1 3 3 2 3 2 3 2
80. 1 2 3 2 4 2 4 1
81. 2 1 4 3 4 3 4 1
82. 3 4 3 3 1 4 4 1
83. 3 4 3 3 3 3 2 2
84. 3 3 1 1 3 2 3 3
85. 2 4 2 3 3 4 2 3
86. 1 1 4 4 1 2 2 1
87. 4 2 2 3 4 2 1 2
88. 2 2 2 1 3 2 4 3
89. 2 2 3 3 2 1 3 3
90. 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 3